Index
A
- AdminRootController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
- AdminRootController::admin_url() — Method in class AdminRootController
Returns the root admin URL for the site with trailing slash
- CMSBatchAction::applicablePagesHelper() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for applicablePages() methods. Acts as a skeleton implementation.
- CMSBatchAction::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSMenu::add_controller() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add a LeftAndMain controller to the CMS menu.
- CMSMenu::add_link() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add an arbitrary URL to the CMS menu.
- CMSMenu::add_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
- $ UsedOnTable#allowed_actions — Property in class UsedOnTable
- $ LeftAndMain#admin_themes — Property in class LeftAndMain
Assign themes to use for cms
- $ LeftAndMain#application_link — Property in class LeftAndMain
The href for the anchor on the Silverstripe logo
- $ LeftAndMain#application_name — Property in class LeftAndMain
The application name
- LeftAndMain::ApplicationLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- LeftAndMainExtension::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- AssetAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller
AssetAdmin is the 'file store' section of the CMS.
- $ AssetAdmin#allowed_max_file_size — Property in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::apiCreateFile() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Creates a single file based on a form-urlencoded upload.
- AssetAdmin::apiUploadFile() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Upload a new asset for a pre-existing record. Returns the asset tuple.
- AssetAdmin::apiHistory() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Returns a JSON array for history of a given file ID. Returns a list of all the history.
- AssetAdmin::addtocampaign() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Action handler for adding pages to a campaign
- AssetAdmin::addToCampaignForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Url handler for add to campaign form
- AssetAdminFieldsExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller
- AssetAdminFile — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Controller
Update File dataobjects to be editable in this asset admin
- AssetFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- $ UploadField#allowed_actions — Property in class UploadField
- CreateFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
- CreateFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
- CreateFolderMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
- CreateFolderMutationCreator::args() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
- DeleteFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
- DeleteFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
- FileFilterInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator
- FileInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
- FileInterfaceTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileInterfaceTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileUsageType::attributes() — Method in class FileUsageType
- FolderInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- MoveFilesMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
- MoveFilesMutationCreator::args() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
- PublicationMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
- PublicationMutationCreator::args() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
- PublicationNoticeType::attributes() — Method in class PublicationNoticeType
- ReadFileQueryCreator::attributes() — Method in class ReadFileQueryCreator
- ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::attributes() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
- ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::args() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
- UpdateFileMutationCreator::attributes() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
- UpdateFileMutationCreator::args() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
- AssetControlExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
This class provides the necessary business logic to ensure that any assets attached to a record are safely deleted, published, or protected during certain operations.
- AssetManipulationList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Provides a mechanism for determining the effective visibility of a set of assets (identified by filename and hash), given their membership to objects of varying visibility.
- AssetManipulationList::addAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Add asset with the given state
- AssetManipulationList::addPublicAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Mark a file as public
- AssetManipulationList::addProtectedAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Record an asset as protected
- AssetManipulationList::addDeletedAsset() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Record an asset as deleted
- TestAssetStore::activate() — Method in class TestAssetStore
Set this store as the new asset backend
- $ File#allowed_extensions — Property in class File
- $ File#app_categories — Property in class File
- $ File#apply_restrictions_to_admin — Property in class File
- File::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class File
Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
- File::appCategory() — Method in class File
Returns a category based on the file extension.
- AssetAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
Adapter for local filesystem based on assets directory
- $ ImageManipulation#asset_preview_width — Property in class ImageManipulation
The width of an image preview in the Asset section
- $ ImageManipulation#asset_preview_height — Property in class ImageManipulation
The height of an image preview in the Asset section
- FileLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
Find HTMLText fields on {@link owner} to scrape for links that need tracking
- $ FileShortcodeProvider#allow_session_grant — Property in class FileShortcodeProvider
Set to true if shortcodes should apply a session grant on their calls to
getAsURL
.- AssetContainer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Represents a container for a specific asset.
- AssetNameGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Provides a mechanism for suggesting filename alterations to a file
- AssetStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Represents an abstract asset persistence layer. Acts as a backend to files.
- AssetStoreRouter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Represents a store usable with ProtectedFileController to serve up non-direct file requests
- DBFile::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class DBFile
Return absolute URL for this image. Alias for getAbsoluteURL()
- $ Upload_Validator#allowedMaxFileSize — Property in class Upload_Validator
Restrict filesize for either all filetypes or a specific extension, with extension-name as array-key and the size-restriction in bytes as array-value.
- $ Upload_Validator#allowedExtensions — Property in class Upload_Validator
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
{see SiteTree::canEdit()}
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
- CMSMain::archive() — Method in class CMSMain
Delete this page from both live and stage
- CMSPageAddController::AddForm() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- CMSPageEditController::addtocampaign() — Method in class CMSPageEditController
Action handler for adding pages to a campaign
- CMSPageEditController::AddToCampaignForm() — Method in class CMSPageEditController
Url handler for add to campaign form
- AnchorLinkFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
- AnchorSelectorField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
Assists with selecting anchors on a given page
- AnchorSelectorField::anchors() — Method in class AnchorSelectorField
Find all anchors available on the given page.
- $ SiteTree#allowed_children — Property in class SiteTree
Indicates what kind of children this page type can have.
- SiteTree::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the absolute URL for this page, including protocol and host.
- SiteTree::allowedChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns an array of the class names of classes that are allowed to be children of this class.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Find HTMLText fields on {@link owner} to scrape for links that need tracking
- VirtualPage::allowedChildren() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::allMethodNames() — Method in class VirtualPage
{@inheritdoc}
- AddToCampaignHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
Class AddToCampaignHandler - handle the AddToCampaign action.
- AddToCampaignHandler::addToCampaign() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler
Performs the actual action of adding the object to the ChangeSet, once the ChangeSet ID is known
- AddToCampaignHandler_FormAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
A form action to return from getCMSActions or otherwise include in a CMS Edit Form that has the right action name and CSS classes to trigger the AddToCampaignHandler.
- AddToCampaignValidator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
- ConfigCollectionInterface::addMiddleware() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
- MiddlewareAware::addMiddleware() — Method in class MiddlewareAware
- YamlTransformer::addRule() — Method in class YamlTransformer
This allows external rules to be added to only/except checks. Config is only supposed to be setup once, so adding rules is a one-way system. You cannot remove rules after being set. This also prevent built-in rules from being removed.
- $ Director#alternate_base_folder — Property in class Director
- $ Director#alternate_public_dir — Property in class Director
Override PUBLIC_DIR. Set to a non-null value to override.
- Director::absoluteURL() — Method in class Director
Converts the given path or url into an absolute url. This method follows the below rules:
- Absolute urls (e.g.
http://localhost
) are not modified - Relative urls (e.g.
//localhost
) have current protocol added (http://localhost
) - Absolute paths (e.g.
/base/about-us
) are resolved by adding the current protocol and host (http://localhost/base/about-us
) - Relative paths (e.g.
about-us/staff
) must be resolved using one of three methods, disambiguated via the $relativeParent argument:- BASE - Append this path to the base url (i.e. behaves as though
<base>
tag is provided in a html document). This is the default.
- BASE - Append this path to the base url (i.e. behaves as though
- Absolute urls (e.g.
- Director::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Director
Returns the Absolute URL of the site root.
- Director::absoluteBaseURLWithAuth() — Method in class Director
Returns the Absolute URL of the site root, embedding the current basic-auth credentials into the URL.
- $ Email#admin_email — Property in class Email
This will be set in the config on a site-by-site basis
- Email::addFrom() — Method in class Email
- Email::addTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::addCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::addBCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::addReplyTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::addAttachment() — Method in class Email
- Email::addAttachmentFromData() — Method in class Email
- Email::addData() — Method in class Email
- HTTP::absoluteURLs() — Method in class HTTP
Turn all relative URLs in the content to absolute URLs.
- HTTP::add_cache_headers() — Method in class HTTP
Add the appropriate caching headers to the response, including If-Modified-Since / 304 handling.
- HTTP::augmentState() — Method in class HTTP
Ensure that all deprecated HTTP cache settings are respected
- HTTPRequest::addHeader() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
- HTTPRequest::allParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::allParsed() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns true if the URL has been completely parsed.
- HTTPResponse::addHeader() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
- AllowedHostsMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Secures requests by only allowing a whitelist of Host values
- AjaxBypass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
Bypass for AJAX requests
- HttpMethodBypass::addMethods() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass
Add new HTTP methods to the list
- Url::addHttpMethods() — Method in class Url
Add HTTP methods to check against
- $ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#allowed_directives — Property in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
A list of allowed cache directives for HTTPResponses
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::addVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Add a vary
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::applyToResponse() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Generate all headers to add to this object
- HTTPMiddlewareAware::addMiddleware() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware
- RSSFeed_Entry::Author() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get the author of this entry
- RSSFeed_Entry::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get a link to this entry
- $ RequestHandler#allowed_actions — Property in class RequestHandler
Define a list of action handling methods that are allowed to be called directly by URLs.
- RequestHandler::allowedActions() — Method in class RequestHandler
Get a array of allowed actions defined on this controller, any parent classes or extensions.
- Session::addToArray() — Method in class Session
Merge value with array
- Application — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Identifies a class as a root silverstripe application
- ApcuCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
- ClassInfo::allClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
Wrapper for classes getter.
- ClassInfo::ancestry() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns the passed class name along with all its parent class names in an array, sorted with the root class first.
- ConfigLoader::activate() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Mark this instance as the current instance
- Convert::array2json() — Method in class Convert
Encode an array as a JSON encoded string.
- CoreKernel::activate() — Method in class CoreKernel
Ensures this kernel is the active kernel after or during nesting
- CustomMethods::allMethodNames() — Method in class CustomMethods
Return the names of all the methods available on this object
- Extensible::add_extension() — Method in class Extensible
Add an extension to a specific class.
- Extension::add_to_class() — Method in class Extension
Called when this extension is added to a particular class
- AfterCallAspect — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
An AfterCallAspect is run after a method is executed
- AfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class AfterCallAspect
Call this aspect after a method is executed
- AopProxyService — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A class that proxies another, allowing various functionality to be injected.
- $ AopProxyService#afterCall — Property in class AopProxyService
- Injector::addAutoProperty() — Method in class Injector
Add an object that should be automatically set on managed objects
- InjectorLoader::activate() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Mark this instance as the current instance
- Kernel::activate() — Method in class Kernel
Ensures this kernel is the active kernel after or during nesting
- ManifestFileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
- Module::activate() — Method in class Module
Activate _config.php for this module, if one exists
- ModuleManifest::addModule() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Adds a path as a module
- ModuleManifest::activateConfig() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Includes all of the php _config.php files found by this manifest.
- BulkLoader_Result::addCreated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::addUpdated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::addDeleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- ArraySubset — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Constraint
Constraint that asserts that the array it is evaluated for has a specified subset.
- $ DevelopmentAdmin#allow_all_cli — Property in class DevelopmentAdmin
Assume that CLI equals admin permissions If set to false, normal permission model will apply even in CLI mode Applies to all development admin tasks (E.g. TaskRunner, DatabaseAdmin)
- FixtureBlueprint::addCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
See class documentation.
- FunctionalTest::assertPartialMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertExactMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertPartialHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::assertExactHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autodiscover() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Detects all _register_database.php files and invokes them.
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autoconfigure() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Detects all _configure_database.php files and invokes them Called by ConfigureFromEnv.php.
- SapphireTest::assertArraySubset() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that an array has a specified subset.
- SapphireTest::assertContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertEmailSent() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the matching email was sent since the last call to clearEmails() All of the parameters can either be a string, or, if they start with "/", a PREG-compatible regular expression.
- SapphireTest::assertListContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertListNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that no items in a given list appear in the given dataobject list
- SapphireTest::assertNotDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertListEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes only DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertListAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the every record in the given {@link SS_List} matches the given key-value pairs.
- SapphireTest::assertDOSAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::assertSQLEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that two SQL queries are equivalent
- SapphireTest::assertSQLContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
- SapphireTest::assertSQLNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
- SapphireTest::actWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest
A wrapper for automatically performing callbacks as a user with a specific permission
- $ ErrorPageExtension#allowed_children — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- FieldList::addFieldToTab() — Method in class FieldList
Add an extra field to a tab within this FieldList.
- FieldList::addFieldsToTab() — Method in class FieldList
Add a number of extra fields to a tab within this FieldList.
- Form::actionIsValidationExempt() — Method in class Form
Passed a FormAction, returns true if that action is exempt from Form validation
- Form::Actions() — Method in class Form
Return the form's action buttons - used by the templates
- Form::addExtraClass() — Method in class Form
Add a CSS-class to the form-container. If needed, multiple classes can be added by delimiting a string with spaces.
- FormAction::actionName() — Method in class FormAction
Get the action name
- FormField::addExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
Add one or more CSS-classes to the FormField container.
- FormField::attrTitle() — Method in class FormField
Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
- FormField::attrValue() — Method in class FormField
Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
- $ FormRequestHandler#allowed_actions — Property in class FormRequestHandler
- $ FormScaffolder#ajaxSafe — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FormScaffolder::addManyManyRelationshipFields() — Method in class FormScaffolder
Adds the default many-many relation fields for the relationship provided.
- AbstractRequestAwareStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction
- AttributeStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction
Stores GridField action state on an attribute on the action and then analyses request parameters to load it back
- GridField::addDataFields() — Method in class GridField
Add additional calculated data fields to be used on this GridField
- GridFieldConfig::addComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::addComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldDataColumns::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridFieldDeleteAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Add a column 'Delete'
- GridFieldEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Add a column 'Delete'
- GridFieldEditButton::addExtraClass() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Add an extra HTML class
- GridFieldStateManager::addStateToURL() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
- GridFieldStateManagerInterface::addStateToURL() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
- GridFieldViewButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridField_ActionMenu::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- GridState::array_to_object() — Method in class GridState
- GridState::attrValue() — Method in class GridState
- TinyMCEConfig::addButtonsToLine() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Add buttons to the end of a line
- RequiredFields::addRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
Adds a single required field to required fields stack.
- RequiredFields::appendRequiredFields() — Method in class RequiredFields
Add {@link RequiredField} objects together
- AuthenticatorInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
An AuthenticatorInterface is responsible for authenticating against a SilverStripe CMS Member from the given request data.
- AuthenticatorInterface::authenticate() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface
Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- BasicAuthAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator
Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- Configuration::apply() — Method in class Configuration
- Controller::autobuildEnabled() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::addCorsHeaders() — Method in class Controller
Process the CORS config options and add the appropriate headers to the response.
- QueryRecorderExtension::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class QueryRecorderExtension
Record query against a given class.
- QueryHandler::addContextProvider() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandler::addMiddleware() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandlerInterface::addContextProvider() — Method in class QueryHandlerInterface
- ApplyVersionFilters — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Resolvers
- ApplyVersionFilters::applyToReadingState() — Method in class ApplyVersionFilters
Use this as a fallback where resolver results aren't queried as a DataList, but rather use DataObject::get_one(). Example: SiteTree::get_by_link().
- ApplyVersionFilters::applyToList() — Method in class ApplyVersionFilters
- AbstractBulkLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Provides base functionality to all bulk loaders. Should override the collect() method with computations that parse the include/exclude directives and return a collection of classes.
- AbstractBulkLoader::applyConfig() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
- BulkLoaderSet::applyConfig() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
- BulkLoaderSet::addLoader() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
- AbstractTypeResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Used for unions and interfaces to map a class instance to a type
- $ FieldAccessor#allowed_aggregates — Property in class FieldAccessor
- FieldAccessor::accessField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
Resolves complex dot syntax references.
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::applyUnionsToQueries() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
Changes all queries to use inheritance unions where applicable
- InterfaceBuilder::applyBaseInterface() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- InterfaceBuilder::applyInterfacesToQueries() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- ModelCreator::appliesTo() — Method in class ModelCreator
- AbstractCanViewPermission — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Defines a permission checking plugin for queries. Subclasses just need to provide a resolver function
- AbstractCanViewPermission::apply() — Method in class AbstractCanViewPermission
- DBDateArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBDateArgs
- DBDecimalArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
- DBFieldArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
- DBFieldArgsPlugin::apply() — Method in class DBFieldArgsPlugin
- DBFloatArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
- DBHTMLTextArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBHTMLTextArgs
- DBTextArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBTextArgs
- DBTimeArgs::applyToField() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
- DBFieldTypes::apply() — Method in class DBFieldTypes
- FirstResult::apply() — Method in class FirstResult
- Inheritance::apply() — Method in class Inheritance
- InheritedPlugins::apply() — Method in class InheritedPlugins
- FieldFilterInterface::apply() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
- FieldFilterRegistry::addFilter() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FilterRegistryInterface::addFilter() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- ContainsFilter::apply() — Method in class ContainsFilter
- EndsWithFilter::apply() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
- EqualToFilter::apply() — Method in class EqualToFilter
- GreaterThanFilter::apply() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
- InFilter::apply() — Method in class InFilter
- LessThanFilter::apply() — Method in class LessThanFilter
- LessThanOrEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
- NotEqualFilter::apply() — Method in class NotEqualFilter
- StartsWithFilter::apply() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
- QueryFilter::apply() — Method in class QueryFilter
- QuerySort::apply() — Method in class QuerySort
- ScalarDBField::apply() — Method in class ScalarDBField
- Argument — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
An abstraction of a field argument
- Argument::applyConfig() — Method in class Argument
- Field::applyConfig() — Method in class Field
- Field::addArg() — Method in class Field
- Field::addResolverContext() — Method in class Field
- Field::addResolverMiddleware() — Method in class Field
- Field::addResolverAfterware() — Method in class Field
- ModelField::applyConfig() — Method in class ModelField
- ConfigurationApplier::applyConfig() — Method in class ConfigurationApplier
- FieldPlugin::apply() — Method in class FieldPlugin
- ModelFieldPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelFieldPlugin
- ModelMutationPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelMutationPlugin
- ModelQueryPlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelQueryPlugin
- ModelTypePlugin::apply() — Method in class ModelTypePlugin
- MutationPlugin::apply() — Method in class MutationPlugin
- QueryPlugin::apply() — Method in class QueryPlugin
- SchemaModelCreatorInterface::appliesTo() — Method in class SchemaModelCreatorInterface
- TypePlugin::apply() — Method in class TypePlugin
- Logger::alert() — Method in class Logger
- AbstractQueryFilterPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin
Generic plugin that can be used for filter inputs
- AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::apply() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
- AbstractQuerySortPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin
Generic plugin that can be used to add sort paramaters to a query
- AbstractQuerySortPlugin::apply() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
- PaginationPlugin::apply() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
- PluginConsumer::addPlugin() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- SortPlugin::apply() — Method in class SortPlugin
- EncodedResolver::addContext() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::addMiddleware() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::addAfterware() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- Schema::applyConfig() — Method in class Schema
Converts a configuration array to instance state.
- Schema::addQuery() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addMutation() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addEnum() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addScalar() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addModel() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addModelbyClassName() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addInterface() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::addUnion() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::applyBulkLoader() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::applyBulkLoaders() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::assertValidConfig() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::assertValidName() — Method in class Schema
- AbstractTypeRegistry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
- Enum::addValue() — Method in class Enum
- InterfaceType::applyConfig() — Method in class InterfaceType
- ModelType::applyConfig() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::addField() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::addFields() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::addAllFields() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::addAllOperations() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::applyOperationsConfig() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::addOperation() — Method in class ModelType
- Scalar::applyConfig() — Method in class Scalar
- Type::applyConfig() — Method in class Type
- Type::addField() — Method in class Type
- Type::addInterface() — Method in class Type
- UnionType::applyConfig() — Method in class UnionType
- ArrayLib — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Library of static methods for manipulating arrays.
- ArrayLib::array_values_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Flattens a multi-dimensional array to a one level array without preserving the keys
- ArrayLib::array_map_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Similar to array_map, but recurses when arrays are encountered.
- ArrayLib::array_merge_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Recursively merges two or more arrays.
- ArrayList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A list object that wraps around an array of objects or arrays.
- ArrayList::add() — Method in class ArrayList
Add this $item into this list
- DBConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- DBSchemaManager::alterationMessage() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Show a message about database alteration
- DBSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Alter an index on a table.
- DBSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Alter a table's schema.
- Database::affectedRows() — Method in class Database
Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Alter a table's schema.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Change the database type of the given field.
- MySQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Alter an index on a table.
- MySQLiConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- PDOConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
- $ DB#alternative_database_enabled — Property in class DB
Allow alternative DB to be disabled.
- DB::affected_rows() — Method in class DB
Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
- DB::alteration_message() — Method in class DB
Show a message about database alteration
- DataExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class DataExtension
Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension
- DataExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class DataExtension
Update the database schema as required by this extension.
- DataExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
Augment a write-record request.
- DataList::alterDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object altered
- DataList::addFilter() — Method in class DataList
Return a new instance of the list with an added filter
- DataList::applyRelation() — Method in class DataList
Given a field or relation name, apply it safely to this datalist.
- DataList::avg() — Method in class DataList
Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::addMany() — Method in class DataList
Add a number of items to the component set.
- DataList::add() — Method in class DataList
This method are overloaded by HasManyList and ManyMany list to perform more sophisticated list manipulation
- $ DataObject#api_access — Property in class DataObject
Allow API access to this object?
- DataQuery::avg() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::aggregate() — Method in class DataQuery
Runs a raw aggregate expression. Please handle escaping yourself
- DataQuery::applyRelationPrefix() — Method in class DataQuery
Prefix of all joined table aliases. E.g. ->filter('Banner.Image.Title)' Will join the Banner, and then Image relations
$relationPrefx
will bebanner_image_
Each table in the Image chain will be suffixed to this prefix. E.g.- DataQuery::applyRelation() — Method in class DataQuery
Traverse the relationship fields, and add the table mappings to the query object state. This has to be called in any overloaded {@link SearchFilter->apply()} methods manually.
- DataQuery::addSelectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
Add the given fields from the given table to the select statement.
- DataQueryManipulator::afterGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQueryManipulator
Invoked after getFinalisedQuery()
- DBComposite::addToQuery() — Method in class DBComposite
Add all columns which are defined through {@link requireField()} and {@link $composite_db}, or any additional SQL that is required to get to these columns. Will mostly just write to the {@link SQLSelect->select} array.
- DBDate::Ago() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the number of seconds/minutes/hours/days or months since the timestamp.
- DBField::addToQuery() — Method in class DBField
Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
- DBField::ATT() — Method in class DBField
Gets the value appropriate for a HTML attribute string
- DBHTMLText::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls (with placeholders parsed).
- PartialMatchFilter::apply() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.
- SearchFilter::applyAggregate() — Method in class SearchFilter
Given an escaped HAVING clause, add it along with the appropriate GROUP BY clause
- SearchFilter::apply() — Method in class SearchFilter
Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.
- HasManyList::add() — Method in class HasManyList
Adds the item to this relation.
- Hierarchy::AllChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all children, including those 'not in menus'.
- Hierarchy::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all children, including those that have been deleted but are still in live.
- Hierarchy::AllHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all the children that this page had, including pages that were deleted from both stage & live.
- ListDecorator::add() — Method in class ListDecorator
Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
- ManyManyList::add() — Method in class ManyManyList
Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
- ManyManyThroughList::add() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::afterGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Invoked after getFinalisedQuery()
- PolymorphicHasManyList::add() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Adds the item to this relation.
- SQLAssignmentRow::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Adds assignments for a list of several fields
- SQLAssignmentRow::assign() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Set the value for a single field
- SQLAssignmentRow::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLConditionalExpression::addFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add a table to include in the query or update
- SQLConditionalExpression::addLeftJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add a LEFT JOIN criteria to the tables list.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addInnerJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add an INNER JOIN criteria
- SQLConditionalExpression::addFilterToJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add an additional filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Adds a WHERE clause.
- SQLConditionalExpression::addWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- SQLDelete::addDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
- SQLInsert::addRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Appends a new row to insert
- SQLInsert::addRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
Adds the list of rows to the array
- SQLInsert::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLInsert::assign() — Method in class SQLInsert
Set the value for a single field
- SQLInsert::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLInsert
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLSelect::addSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add to the list of columns to be selected by the query.
- SQLSelect::addOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::addGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add a GROUP BY clause.
- SQLSelect::addHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add a HAVING clause
- SQLSelect::aggregate() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a new SQLSelect that calls the given aggregate functions on this data.
- SQLUpdate::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLUpdate::assign() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Set the value for a single field
- SQLUpdate::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SQLWriteExpression::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
- SQLWriteExpression::assign() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Set the value for a single field
- SQLWriteExpression::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
- SS_List::add() — Method in class SS_List
Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
- SearchContext::addFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
Adds a instance of {@link SearchFilter}.
- SearchContext::addField() — Method in class SearchContext
Adds a new {@link FormField} instance.
- UnsavedRelationList::add() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Add an item to this relationship
- UnsavedRelationList::addMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Add a number of items to the relation.
- ValidationResult::addError() — Method in class ValidationResult
Record an error against this validation result,
- ValidationResult::addFieldError() — Method in class ValidationResult
Record an error against this validation result,
- ValidationResult::addMessage() — Method in class ValidationResult
Add a message to this ValidationResult without necessarily marking it as an error
- ValidationResult::addFieldMessage() — Method in class ValidationResult
Add a message to this ValidationResult without necessarily marking it as an error
- ReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class ReportWrapper
Override this method to perform some actions after querying.
- AuthenticationHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
An AuthenticationHandler is responsible for providing an identity (in the form of a Member object) for a given HTTPRequest.
- AuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class AuthenticationHandler
Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- AuthenticationMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- Authenticator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Abstract base class for an authentication method
- Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator
Method to authenticate an user.
- Group::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Group
Returns all of the children for the CMS Tree.
- $ Member#auto_login_token_lifetime — Property in class Member
Default lifetime of auto login token.
- $ Member#AutoLoginHash — Property in class Member
- $ Member#AutoLoginExpired — Property in class Member
- Member::afterMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class Member
Called after a member is logged in via session/cookie/etc
- Member::afterMemberLoggedOut() — Method in class Member
Audit logging hook, called after a member is logged out
- Member::actAs() — Method in class Member
Temporarily act as the specified user, limited to a $callback, but without logging in as that user.
- Member::addToGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
Adds the member to a group. This will create the group if the given group code does not return a valid group object.
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
- $ LoginHandler#allowed_actions — Property in class LoginHandler
- $ LostPasswordHandler#allowed_actions — Property in class LostPasswordHandler
Since the logout and dologin actions may be conditionally removed, it's necessary to ensure these remain valid actions regardless of the member login state.
- MemberAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Method to authenticate an user.
- SessionAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
- Member_GroupSet::add() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
- NullSecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- PasswordExpirationMiddleware::allowCurrentRequest() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
Allow the current request to be finished without password expiration check
- $ Permission#admin_implies_all — Property in class Permission
Set to false to prevent the 'ADMIN' permission from implying all permissions in the system
- RequestAuthenticationHandler::authenticateRequest() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler
Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).
- $ Security#autologin_enabled — Property in class Security
Showing "Remember me"-checkbox on loginform, and saving encrypted credentials to a cookie.
- SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
- ArchiveAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin
Archive admin is a section of the CMS that displays archived records from versioned objects and allows for users to restore them.
- ArchiveRestoreAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
Adds a restore action to the item edit form of ArchiveAdmin
- ArchiveViewProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Interfaces
A provider of a view for the archive admin
- ChangeSet::addObject() — Method in class ChangeSet
Add a new change to this changeset. Will automatically include all owned changes as those are dependencies of this item.
- $ ChangeSetItem#Added — Property in class ChangeSetItem
- DeleteExtension::augmentMutation() — Method in class DeleteExtension
Hooks into the
augmentMutation
extension point in see Delete::resolve- CopyToStageInputType::attributes() — Method in class CopyToStageInputType
- VersionedInputType::attributes() — Method in class VersionedInputType
- GridFieldArchiveAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Add a column 'Actions'
- GridFieldRestoreAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Add a column 'Delete'
- Versioned::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class Versioned
Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with versioned-specific information.
- Versioned::augmentSQL() — Method in class Versioned
Augment the the SQLSelect that is created by the DataQuery
- Versioned::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class Versioned
For lazy loaded fields requiring extra sql manipulation, ie versioning.
- Versioned::augmentDatabase() — Method in class Versioned
Update the database schema as required by this extension.
- Versioned::augmentWrite() — Method in class Versioned
Augment a write-record request.
- Versioned::Author() — Method in class Versioned
Get author of this record.
- VersionedGridFieldState::augmentColumns() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
- ArrayData — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Lets you wrap a bunch of array data, or object members, into a {@link ViewableData} object.
- ArrayData::array_to_object() — Method in class ArrayData
Converts an associative array to a simple object
- Requirements::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements
Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
- Requirements_Backend::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
- SSTemplateParser::addClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %><% end_name %> syntax
- SSTemplateParser::addOpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %> syntax
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
If we get a bare value, we don't know enough to determine exactly what php would be the translation, because we don't know if the position of use indicates a lookup or a string argument.
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_Null() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_Boolean() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_IntegerOrFloat() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Argument_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::add_themes() — Method in class SSViewer
Add to the list of active themes to apply
- ThemeResourceLoader::addSet() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Add a new theme manifest for a given identifier. E.g. '$default'
B
- CMSBatchAction::batchaction() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for processing batch actions.
- $ CMSBatchActionHandler#batch_actions — Property in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActionList() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Return a SS_List of ArrayData objects containing the following pieces of info about each batch action:
- Link
- Title
- CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Get all registered actions through the static defaults set by {@link register()}.
- CMSProfileController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Only show first element, as the profile form is limited to editing the current member it doesn't make much sense to show the member name in the breadcrumbs.
- LeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::batchactions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Batch Actions Handler
- LeftAndMain::BatchActionsForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::BaseCSSClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Same as {@link ViewableData->CSSClasses()}, but with a changed name to avoid problems when using {@link ViewableData->customise()} (which always returns "ArrayData" from the $original object).
- ModelAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::Backlink() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Disable GridFieldDetailForm backlinks for this view, as its
- SecurityAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- AssetAdmin::breadcrumbs() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::baseCSSClasses() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Don't include class namespace in auto-generated CSS class
- $ TestAssetStore#basedir — Property in class TestAssetStore
Base dir of current file
- TestAssetStore::base_path() — Method in class TestAssetStore
Get absolute path to basedir
- File::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class File
Get the back-link tracking objects that link to this file via HTML fields
- File::BackLinkTrackingCount() — Method in class File
Count of backlinks Note: Doesn't filter broken records
- File::BackLinks() — Method in class File
List of SiteTreeLink objects attached to this page
- CMSMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::batchactions() — Method in class CMSMain
Batch Actions Handler
- CMSMain::BatchActionParameters() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::BatchActionList() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns a list of batch actions
- CMSPagesController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPagesController
- $ SiteTree#base_plural_name — Property in class SiteTree
Plural form for SiteTree / Page classes. Not inherited by subclasses.
- $ SiteTree#base_singular_name — Property in class SiteTree
Plural form for SiteTree / Page classes. Not inherited by subclasses.
- $ SiteTree#base_description — Property in class SiteTree
Description for Page and SiteTree classes, but not inherited by subclasses.
- SiteTree::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a breadcrumb trail to this page. Excludes "hidden" pages (with ShowInMenus=0) by default.
- SiteTree::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the back-link tracking objects that link to this page
- SiteTree::BackLinks() — Method in class SiteTree
List of SiteTreeLink objects attached to this page
- SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
Generate an HTML list which provides links to where a file is used.
- BrokenFilesReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
- BrokenLinksReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
Content side-report listing pages with broken links
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
- Director::baseURL() — Method in class Director
Return the root-relative url for the baseurl
- Director::baseFolder() — Method in class Director
Returns the root filesystem folder for the site. It will be automatically calculated unless it is overridden with {@link setBaseFolder()}.
- $ Email#bcc_all_emails_to — Property in class Email
- Email::BaseURL() — Method in class Email
- SwiftPlugin::beforeSendPerformed() — Method in class SwiftPlugin
Before sending a message make sure all our overrides are taken into account
- Bypass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A bypass for manual confirmation by user (depending on some runtime conditions)
- URLSpecialsMiddleware::buildImpactRedirect() — Method in class URLSpecialsMiddleware
Looks up for the special flags passed in the request and schedules the changes accordingly for the next request.
- ClassInfo::baseDataClass() — Method in class ClassInfo
- CoreConfigFactory::buildStaticTransformer() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
- CoreConfigFactory::buildYamlTransformerForPath() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
- Convert::base64url_encode() — Method in class Convert
Encode a value into a string that can be used as part of a filename.
- Convert::base64url_decode() — Method in class Convert
Decode a value that was encoded with Convert::base64url_encode.
- Convert::bytes2memstring() — Method in class Convert
- CoreKernel::boot() — Method in class CoreKernel
- $ AopProxyService#beforeCall — Property in class AopProxyService
- BeforeCallAspect — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A BeforeCallAspect is run before a method is executed.
- BeforeCallAspect::beforeCall() — Method in class BeforeCallAspect
Call this aspect before a method is executed
- Kernel::boot() — Method in class Kernel
- ClassManifestVisitor::beforeTraverse() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- Backtrace — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Backtrace helper
- Backtrace::backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace
Render or return a backtrace from the given scope.
- BehatFixtureFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
- BuildTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Interface for a generic build task. Does not support dependencies. This will simply run a chunk of code when called.
- BulkLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A base for bulk loaders of content into the SilverStripe database.
- BulkLoader_Result — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Encapsulates the result of a {@link BulkLoader} import (usually through the {@link BulkLoader->processAll()} method).
- DebugView::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class DebugView
Generate breadcrumb links to the URL path being displayed
- DevBuildController::build() — Method in class DevBuildController
- DevelopmentAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes Should match the $url_handlers rule: 'build/defaults' => 'buildDefaults',
- SapphireInfo::BaseURL() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- FormRequestHandler::buttonClicked() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Get instance of button which was clicked for this request
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
CMS-specific functionality: Passes through navigation breadcrumbs to the template, and includes the currently edited record (if any).
- $ TinyMCEConfig#base_dir — Property in class TinyMCEConfig
Location of module relative to BASE_DIR. This must contain the following dirs
- plugins
- themes
- skins
- BasicAuthAuthenticator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
An authenticator using SilverStripe's BasicAuth
- Build — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev
- Build::build() — Method in class Build
- Build::buildSchema() — Method in class Build
- BulkLoaderSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Composed with a list of bulk loaders to be executed in serial and return the aggregate result of all their collect() calls
- DBFieldArgs::baseFormatResolver() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
- Resolver::baseResolve() — Method in class Resolver
Just the basic ViewableData field accessor bit, without all the property mapping overhead. Useful for custom dataobject types that circumvent the model layer.
- BaseFieldsProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Defines a model that provides required fields for all the types it creates
- SchemaBuilder::build() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
Stores a schema and fetches the graphql-php instance
- SchemaBuilder::buildByName() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
Boots a schema, persists it, and fetches it
- SchemaBuilder::boot() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
Auto-discovers the schema based on the provided schema key in Silverstripe's configuration layer. Merges the global schema with specifics for this schema key.
- NestedInputBuilder::buildPathsFromArgs() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
Public API that can be used by a resolver to flatten the input argument into dot.separated.paths that can be normalised
- AbstractTypeRegistry::Boolean() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- ModelType::buildOperations() — Method in class ModelType
- ArrayList::byIDs() — Method in class ArrayList
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- ArrayList::byID() — Method in class ArrayList
Return the first item with the given ID
- DBQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Builds a sql query with the specified connection
- DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the DELETE clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the UPDATE clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildFromFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the FROM clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildWhereFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the WHERE clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildOrderByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the ORDER BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildGroupByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the GROUP BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildHavingFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the HAVING clauses ready for inserting into a query.
- DBQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
- DBSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'boolean' column
- MySQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class MySQLQueryBuilder
Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
- MySQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a boolean type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a bigint type-formatted string
- MySQLiConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Binds a list of parameters to a statement
- PDOConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class PDOConnector
Bind all parameters to a PDOStatement
- TempDatabase::build() — Method in class TempDatabase
Create temp DB without creating extra objects
- DB::build_sql() — Method in class DB
Builds a sql query with the specified connection
- DataList::byIDs() — Method in class DataList
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- DataList::byID() — Method in class DataList
Return the first DataObject with the given ID
- $ DataObject#belongs_to — Property in class DataObject
A meta-relationship that allows you to define the reverse side of a {@link DataObject::$has_one}.
- $ DataObject#belongs_many_many — Property in class DataObject
The inverse side of a many-many relationship.
- DataObject::belongsTo() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the class of a remote belongs_to relationship. If no component is specified a map of all components and their class name will be returned.
- DataObject::baseTable() — Method in class DataObject
Get the name of the base table for this object
- DataObject::baseClass() — Method in class DataObject
Get the base class for this object
- DataObjectSchema::baseDataClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Returns the root class (the first to extend from DataObject) for the passed class.
- DataObjectSchema::baseDataTable() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get the base table
- DataObjectSchema::belongsToComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return data for a specific belongs_to component.
- DataQueryManipulator::beforeGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQueryManipulator
Invoked prior to getFinalisedQuery()
- DatabaseAdmin::build() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
- DatabaseAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes
- DBComposite::bindTo() — Method in class DBComposite
Bind this field to the dataobject, and set the underlying table to that of the owner
- Filterable::byID() — Method in class Filterable
Return the first item with the given ID
- Filterable::byIDs() — Method in class Filterable
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- ListDecorator::byID() — Method in class ListDecorator
Return the first item with the given ID
- ListDecorator::byIDs() — Method in class ListDecorator
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::beforeGetFinalisedQuery() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Invoked prior to getFinalisedQuery()
- ReportAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Returns the Breadcrumbs for the ReportAdmin
- ReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class ReportWrapper
Override this method to perform some actions prior to querying.
- BasicAuth — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Provides an interface to HTTP basic authentication.
- BasicAuthMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- Member::beforeMemberLoggedIn() — Method in class Member
Called before a member is logged in via session/cookie/etc
- Member::beforeMemberLoggedOut() — Method in class Member
Audit logging hook, called before a member is logged out
- Security::basicauthlogin() — Method in class Security
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- ArchiveAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Use 'Archives' as the top title rather than the model title
- BlockArchiveExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
Adds a archive view for Elemental blocks
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
- Requirements::backend() — Method in class Requirements
- Requirements::block() — Method in class Requirements
Block inclusion of a specific file
- Requirements_Backend::block() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Block inclusion of a specific file
- $ i18nTextCollector#basePath — Property in class i18nTextCollector
The directory base on which the collector should act.
- $ i18nTextCollector#baseSavePath — Property in class i18nTextCollector
Save path
C
- CMSBatchAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
A class representing back actions.
- CMSBatchAction::canView() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
If you wish to restrict the batch action to some users, overload this function.
- CMSBatchActionHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Special request handler for admin/batchaction
- CMSMenu — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
The object manages the main CMS menu. See {@link LeftAndMain::init()} for example usage.
- CMSMenu::clear_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
Clears the entire menu
- CMSMenuItem — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
A simple CMS menu item.
- $ CMSMenuItem#controller — Property in class CMSMenuItem
Parent controller class name
- CMSProfileController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
- CMSProfileController::canView() — Method in class CMSProfileController
- LeftAndMain::canView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::Content() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::currentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order):
- GET/POST parameter named 'ID'
- URL parameter named 'ID'
- Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
- LeftAndMain::currentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Uses {@link getRecord()} and {@link currentPageID()} to get the currently selected record.
- LeftAndMain::CMSVersion() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the version number of this application, ie. 'CMS: 4.2.1'
- LeftAndMain::CMSVersionNumber() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the version number of the CMS, ie. '4.2.1'
- AssetAdmin::createfolder() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::canView() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- CampaignAdminExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Extensions
Extension that updates the Popover menu of
FileFormFactory
.- CreateFileMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- CreateFolderMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
API available but currently not used, as create folder uses FormBuilder
- ReadFileQueryCreator::createConnection() — Method in class ReadFileQueryCreator
- TestAssetStore::cleanFilename() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- $ File#class_for_file_extension — Property in class File
Map of file extensions to class type
- $ File#Content — Property in class File
- File::canView() — Method in class File
- File::canEdit() — Method in class File
Check if this file can be modified
- File::canCreate() — Method in class File
Check if a file can be created
- File::canDelete() — Method in class File
Check if this file can be deleted
- File::collateDescendants() — Method in class File
Collate selected descendants of this page.
- File::copyFile() — Method in class File
Copy to new filename.
- File::canViewFile() — Method in class File
Check if the current user can view the given file.
- File::CMSEditLink() — Method in class File
- FileDefaultPermissions::canEdit() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions
Can root be edited?
- FileDefaultPermissions::canView() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions
Can root be viewed?
- FileDefaultPermissions::canDelete() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions
Can root be deleted?
- FileDefaultPermissions::canCreate() — Method in class FileDefaultPermissions
Can root objects be created?
- FlysystemAssetStore::copy() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Copy a file (and all variants) to a new filename
- FlysystemAssetStore::canView() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Check if the current user can view the given file.
- Folder::ChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Get the children of this folder that are also folders.
- ImageBackendFactory::create() — Method in class ImageBackendFactory
Creates a new service instance.
- $ ImageManipulation#cms_thumbnail_width — Property in class ImageManipulation
The width of an image thumbnail in the CMS.
- $ ImageManipulation#cms_thumbnail_height — Property in class ImageManipulation
The height of an image thumbnail in the CMS.
- ImageManipulation::CropWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Crop image on X axis if it exceeds specified width. Retain height.
- ImageManipulation::CropHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Crop image on Y axis if it exceeds specified height. Retain width.
- ImageManipulation::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Default CMS thumbnail
- Image_Backend::croppedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.
- Image_Backend::crop() — Method in class Image_Backend
Crop's part of image.
- InterventionBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.
- InterventionBackend::crop() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Crop's part of image.
- AssetContainer::copyFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Copy to new filename.
- AssetContainer::canViewFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Check if the current user can view the given file.
- AssetStore::copy() — Method in class AssetStore
Copy a file (and all variants) to a new filename
- AssetStore::canView() — Method in class AssetStore
Check if the current user can view the given file.
- DBFile::canViewFile() — Method in class DBFile
Check if the current user can view the given file.
- DBFile::copyFile() — Method in class DBFile
Copy to new filename.
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::current() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
- Upload::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload
Clear out all errors (mostly set by {loadUploaded()}) including the validator's errors
- Upload_Validator::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Clear out all errors
- CMSBatchAction_Archive — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions
Delete items batch action.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions
Publish items batch action.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions
Batch restore of pages
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\BatchActions
Unpublish items batch action.
- CMSMain — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
The main "content" area of the CMS.
- CMSMain::clearCache() — Method in class CMSMain
Clears all dependent cache backends
- CMSMain::CanOrganiseSitetree() — Method in class CMSMain
Whether the current member has the permission to reorganise SiteTree objects.
- CMSMain::childfilter() — Method in class CMSMain
Callback to request the list of page types allowed under a given page instance.
- CMSMain::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain
Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order):
- GET/POST parameter named 'ID'
- URL parameter named 'ID'
- Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
- CMSPageAddController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- CMSPageEditController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- CMSPageSettingsController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- CMSPagesController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- CMSSiteTreeFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Base class for filtering the subtree for certain node statuses.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Gets all pages which have changed on stage.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Works a bit different than the other filters: Shows all pages including those deleted from stage and live.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
This filter will display the SiteTree as a site visitor might see the site, i.e only the pages that is currently published.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Filters pages which have a status "Deleted".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Filters pages which have a status "Draft".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Filters pages which have a status "Removed from Draft".
- ContentController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
The most common kind of controller; effectively a controller linked to a {@link DataObject}.
- ContentController::ChildrenOf() — Method in class ContentController
Return the children of a given page. The parent reference can either be a page link or an ID.
- ContentController::ContentLocale() — Method in class ContentController
Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.
- ModelAsController::controller_for() — Method in class ModelAsController
Get the appropriate {@link ContentController} for handling a {@link SiteTree} object, link it to the object and return it.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
- CurrentPageIdentifier — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
This interface lets us set up objects that will tell us what the current page is.
- CurrentPageIdentifier::currentPageID() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
Get the current page ID.
- RedirectorPage::ContentSource() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Returns this page if the redirect is external, otherwise returns the target page.
- $ SiteTree#can_be_root — Property in class SiteTree
Controls whether a page can be in the root of the site tree.
- $ SiteTree#controller_name — Property in class SiteTree
You can define the class of the controller that maps to your SiteTree object here if you don't want to rely on the magic of appending Controller to the Classname
- $ SiteTree#can_create — Property in class SiteTree
If this is false, the class cannot be created in the CMS by regular content authors, only by ADMINs.
- $ SiteTree#create_default_pages — Property in class SiteTree
- $ SiteTree#Content — Property in class SiteTree
HTML content of the page.
- SiteTree::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Generates a link to edit this page in the CMS.
- SiteTree::can() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can execute this action. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can add children to this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canView() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can view this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page can be published
- SiteTree::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can delete this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can create new pages of this class, regardless of class. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can edit this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
- SiteTree::collateDescendants() — Method in class SiteTree
Collate selected descendants of this page.
- SiteTree::ContentSource() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the object that contains the content that a user would associate with this page.
- SiteTree::creatableChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::creatableChildPages() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets a list of the page types that can be created under this specific page, including font icons
- SiteTree::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the CSS classes to apply to this node in the CMS tree.
- SiteTree::classDescription() — Method in class SiteTree
Get description for this page type
- SiteTreeExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called to determine if a user may add children to this SiteTree object
- SiteTreeExtension::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called to determine if a user may publish this SiteTree object
- $ VirtualPage#CopyContentFromID — Property in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::ContentSource() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::canPublish() — Method in class VirtualPage
We can only publish the page if there is a published source page
- VirtualPage::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::castingHelper() — Method in class VirtualPage
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
- VirtualPage::CopyContentFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
- BrokenFilesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- EmptyPagesReport::columns() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- RecentlyEditedReport::columns() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- ContentControllerSearchExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Search
Extension to provide a search interface when applied to ContentController
- SearchForm::classesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
Set the classes to search.
- CampaignAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
Campaign section of the CMS
- CampaignAdmin::campaignEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Url handler for edit form
- CampaignAdmin::campaignCreateForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Url handler for create form
- CampaignAdminExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
- CampaignAdminList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
Warning: Volatile API as placeholder for standard "GridField"
- CachedConfigCollection — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
- CachedConfigCollection::create() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- ConfigCollectionInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
This represents a collection of config keys and values.
- DeltaConfigCollection::createFromCollection() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Create a delta collection from a parent collection
- MemoryConfigCollection::create() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
- YamlTransformer::create() — Method in class YamlTransformer
- CLIRequestBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
CLI specific request building logic
- CLIRequestBuilder::cleanEnvironment() — Method in class CLIRequestBuilder
Clean up HTTP global vars for $_GET / $_REQUEST prior to bootstrapping
- CLIRequestBuilder::createFromVariables() — Method in class CLIRequestBuilder
- CliController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Base class invoked from CLI rather than the webserver (Cron jobs, handling email bounces).
- ContentNegotiator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
The content negotiator performs "text/html" or "application/xhtml+xml" switching. It does this through the public static function ContentNegotiator::process(). By default, ContentNegotiator will comply to the Accept headers the clients sends along with the HTTP request, which is most likely "application/xhtml+xml" (see "Order of selection" below).
- $ ContentNegotiator#content_type — Property in class ContentNegotiator
- Controller — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Controllers are the cornerstone of all site functionality in SilverStripe. The {@link Director} selects a controller to pass control to, and then calls {@link handleRequest()}. This method will execute the appropriate action - either by calling the action method, or displaying the action's template.
- Controller::curr() — Method in class Controller
Returns the current controller.
- Controller::can() — Method in class Controller
Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action. Defaults to the currently logged in user.
- Cookie — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A set of static methods for manipulating cookies.
- CookieJar — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A default backend for the setting and getting of cookies
- Cookie_Backend — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
The Cookie_Backend interface for use with
Cookie::$inst
.- $ Email#cc_all_emails_to — Property in class Email
- $ HTTP#cache_ajax_requests — Property in class HTTP
- $ HTTP#cache_control — Property in class HTTP
List of names to add to the Cache-Control header.
- HTTPRequestBuilder::createFromEnvironment() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder
Create HTTPRequest instance from the current environment variables.
- HTTPRequestBuilder::createFromVariables() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder
Build HTTPRequest from given variables
- HTTPRequestBuilder::cleanEnvironment() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder
Clean up HTTP global vars for $_GET / $_REQUEST prior to bootstrapping
- IPUtils::checkIP() — Method in class IPUtils
Checks if an IPv4 or IPv6 address is contained in the list of given IPs or subnets.
- IPUtils::checkIP4() — Method in class IPUtils
Compares two IPv4 addresses.
- IPUtils::checkIP6() — Method in class IPUtils
Compares two IPv6 addresses.
- CanonicalURLMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Implements the following URL normalisation rules
- redirect basic auth requests to HTTPS
- force WWW, redirect to the subdomain "www."
- force SSL, redirect to https
- ChangeDetectionMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Handles internal change detection via etag / ifmodifiedsince headers, conditionally sending a 304 not modified if possible.
- ConfirmationMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Checks whether user manual confirmation is required for HTTPRequest depending on the rules given.
- ConfirmationMiddleware::canBypass() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Check whether the rules can be bypassed without user confirmation
- AjaxBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class AjaxBypass
Returns true for AJAX requests
- Bypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class Bypass
Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation
- CliBypass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
Allows a bypass when the request has been run in CLI mode
- CliBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class CliBypass
Returns true if the current process is running in CLI mode
- EnvironmentBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass
Checks whether the current environment type in the list of allowed ones
- GetParameter::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class GetParameter
Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation
- HttpMethodBypass::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass
Returns true if the current process is running in CLI mode
- Url::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class Url
Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation
- Url::checkRequest() — Method in class Url
Match the request against the rules
- UrlPathStartswith::checkRequestForBypass() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith
Check the request for whether we can bypass the confirmation
- RequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
Check that the given action is allowed to be called from a URL.
- $ Session#cookie_domain — Property in class Session
- $ Session#cookie_path — Property in class Session
- $ Session#cookie_secure — Property in class Session
- $ Session#cookie_name_secure — Property in class Session
- Session::clear() — Method in class Session
Clear session value
- Session::clearAll() — Method in class Session
Clear all values
- Session::changedData() — Method in class Session
Returns the list of changed keys
- ApcuCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ApcuCacheFactory
- CacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
- CacheFactory::create() — Method in class CacheFactory
Note: While the returned object is used as a singleton (by the originating Injector->get() call), this cache object shouldn't be a singleton itself - it has varying constructor args for the same service name.
- DefaultCacheFactory::create() — Method in class DefaultCacheFactory
- FilesystemCacheFactory::create() — Method in class FilesystemCacheFactory
- ManifestCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ManifestCacheFactory
Note: While the returned object is used as a singleton (by the originating Injector->get() call), this cache object shouldn't be a singleton itself - it has varying constructor args for the same service name.
- ManifestCacheFactory::createCache() — Method in class ManifestCacheFactory
Create cache directly without config / injector
- MemcachedCacheFactory::create() — Method in class MemcachedCacheFactory
- RateLimiter::clearAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::canAccess() — Method in class RateLimiter
- ClassInfo — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Provides introspection information about the class tree.
- ClassInfo::class_name() — Method in class ClassInfo
Convert a class name in any case and return it as it was defined in PHP
- ClassInfo::classImplements() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns true if the given class implements the given interface
- ClassInfo::classes_for_file() — Method in class ClassInfo
Get all classes contained in a file.
- ClassInfo::classes_for_folder() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns all classes contained in a certain folder.
- Config — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
- ConfigLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
Registers config sources via ConfigCollectionInterface
- ConfigLoader::countManifests() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Check number of manifests
- Config_ForClass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
- Configurable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
Provides extensions to this object to integrate it with standard config API methods.
- Configurable::config() — Method in class Configurable
Get a configuration accessor for this class. Short hand for Config::inst()->get($this->class, .....).
- CoreConfigFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config
Factory for silverstripe configs
- CoreConfigFactory::createRoot() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
Create root application config.
- CoreConfigFactory::createCore() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
Rebuild new uncached config, which is mutable
- Convert — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Library of conversion functions, implemented as static methods.
- CoreKernel — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Simple Kernel container
- CustomMethods — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Allows an object to declare a set of custom methods
- Extension::clearOwner() — Method in class Extension
Clear the current owner, and restore extension to the state prior to the last setOwner()
- Factory::create() — Method in class Factory
Creates a new service instance.
- Injectable::create() — Method in class Injectable
An implementation of the factory method, allows you to create an instance of a class
- InjectionCreator::create() — Method in class InjectionCreator
Creates a new service instance.
- Injector::convertServiceProperty() — Method in class Injector
Recursively convert a value into its proper representation with service references resolved to actual objects
- Injector::create() — Method in class Injector
Similar to get() but always returns a new object of the given type
- Injector::createWithArgs() — Method in class Injector
Creates an object with the supplied argument array
- InjectorLoader::countManifests() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Check number of manifests
- ClassContentRemover — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Class ClassContentRemover
- ClassLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
A class that handles loading classes and interfaces from a class manifest instance.
- ClassLoader::classExists() — Method in class ClassLoader
Returns true if a class or interface name exists in the manifest.
- ClassManifest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
A utility class which builds a manifest of all classes, interfaces and caches it.
- ClassManifestErrorHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Error handler which throws, but retains the original path context.
- ClassManifestVisitor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
- ModuleLoader::countManifests() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Check number of manifests
- CallbackFlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
Handle a callable object as a discoverer
- CompositeFlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
Implements the composite over flush discoverers
- BehatFixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class BehatFixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
- $ BulkLoader#columnMap — Property in class BulkLoader
Map columns to DataObject-properties.
- BulkLoader_Result::Count() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns the count of all objects which were created or updated.
- BulkLoader_Result::CreatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::Created() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns all created objects. Each object might contain specific importer feedback in the "_BulkLoaderMessage" property.
- CLI — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Class to facilitate command-line output.
- CSSContentParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
CSSContentParser enables parsing & assertion running of HTML content via CSS selectors.
- CSVParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Class to handle parsing of CSV files, where the column headers are in the first row.
- CSVParser::current() — Method in class CSVParser
- CliDebugView — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
- CsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Utility class to facilitate complex CSV-imports by defining column-mappings and custom converters.
- Debug::caller() — Method in class Debug
Returns the caller for a specific method
- Debug::create_debug_view() — Method in class Debug
Create an instance of an appropriate DebugView object.
- $ DebugView#columns — Property in class DebugView
Column size to wrap long strings to
- FixtureBlueprint::createObject() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
- FixtureFactory::createRaw() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database directly using a database manipulation.
- FixtureFactory::clear() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Remove all fixtures previously defined through {@link createObject()} or {@link createRaw()}, both from the internal fixture mapping and the database.
- FunctionalTest::content() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Return the most recent content
- FunctionalTest::cssParser() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Return a CSSContentParser for the most recent content.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkValidDatabaseName() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines if a given database name is a valid Silverstripe name.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermissionGrant() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Checks if a specified grant proves that the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermission() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Checks if the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
- SapphireTest::clearFixtures() — Method in class SapphireTest
Clear all fixtures which were previously loaded through {@link loadFixture()}
- SapphireTest::clearEmails() — Method in class SapphireTest
Clear the log of emails sent
- CleanupTestDatabasesTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks
Cleans up leftover databases from aborted test executions (starting with ss_tmpdb) Task is restricted to users with administrator rights or running through CLI.
- TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer
Clear the log of emails sent
- TestSession::cssParser() — Method in class TestSession
Return a CSSContentParser containing the most recent response
- ErrorPageExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageExtension::createErrorCodeField() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
- CheckboxField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Single checkbox field.
- CheckboxField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Readonly version of a checkbox field - "Yes" or "No".
- CheckboxSetField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Displays a set of checkboxes as a logical group.
- CompositeField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Base class for all fields that contain other fields.
- CompositeField::collateDataFields() — Method in class CompositeField
Add all of the non-composite fields contained within this field to the list.
- ConfirmedPasswordField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Two masked input fields, checks for matching passwords.
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#canBeEmpty — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Allow empty fields in serverside validation
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#children — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Child fields (_Password, _ConfirmPassword)
- CurrencyField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Renders a text field, validating its input as a currency.
- CurrencyField_Disabled — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
- CurrencyField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
- FieldList::changeFieldOrder() — Method in class FieldList
Change the order of fields in this FieldList by specifying an ordered list of field names.
- $ Form#casting — Property in class Form
- Form::clearFormState() — Method in class Form
Flush persistant form state details
- Form::clearMessage() — Method in class Form
Clear form message (and in session)
- Form::castingHelper() — Method in class Form
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- $ FormAction#casting — Property in class FormAction
- FormField::castingHelper() — Method in class FormField
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- FormField::castedCopy() — Method in class FormField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
- FormField::canSubmitValue() — Method in class FormField
Determine if the value of this formfield accepts front-end submitted values and is saveable.
- FormRequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
- GridFieldFilterHeader::canFilterAnyColumns() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Returns whether this {@link GridField} has any columns to filter on at all
- ReadonlyField::castingHelper() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- SelectField::castedCopy() — Method in class SelectField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.
- SingleSelectField::castedCopy() — Method in class SingleSelectField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.
- TreeDropdownField::castedCopy() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- Configuration — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Config
- Controller — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
Top level controller for handling graphql requests.
- $ Controller#cors — Property in class Controller
Cors default config
- ClientConfigProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
- CSRFMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
Adds functionality that checks a request for a token before allowing a mutation to happen. Protects against CSRF attacks
- AbstractBulkLoader::collect() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
- Collection — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Defines a collection of class names paired with file paths
- Collection::createFromClassList() — Method in class Collection
- ExtensionLoader::collect() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
- FilepathLoader::collect() — Method in class FilepathLoader
- InheritanceLoader::collect() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
- NamespaceLoader::collect() — Method in class NamespaceLoader
- CreateCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates a "create" mutation for a DataObject
- CreateCreator::createOperation() — Method in class CreateCreator
- DeleteCreator::createOperation() — Method in class DeleteCreator
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::createUnions() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
- InterfaceBuilder::createInterfaces() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- ModelCreator::createModel() — Method in class ModelCreator
- CanViewPermission — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
A permission checking plugin for DataLists
- QueryCollector::collectQueries() — Method in class QueryCollector
- QueryCollector::collectQueriesForType() — Method in class QueryCollector
- ContainsFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A filter that selects records that partially match a keyword
- ReadCreator::createOperation() — Method in class ReadCreator
- ReadOneCreator::createOperation() — Method in class ReadOneCreator
- UpdateCreator::createOperation() — Method in class UpdateCreator
- ConfigurationApplier — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Applies an array of config to a class
- ContextProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A class that can store a generic array of context
- OperationCreator::createOperation() — Method in class OperationCreator
- SchemaModelCreatorInterface::createModel() — Method in class SchemaModelCreatorInterface
- SchemaStorageCreator::createStore() — Method in class SchemaStorageCreator
- SchemaStorageInterface::clear() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
- Logger::critical() — Method in class Logger
- PaginationPlugin::createPaginationResult() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
- ComposedResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
Given a stack of resolver middleware and afterware, compress it into one composed function, passing along the return value.
- Schema::createStoreableSchema() — Method in class Schema
Creates a readonly object that can be used by a storage service.
- Schema::createModel() — Method in class Schema
- SchemaConfig::createModel() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- CodeGenerationStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
- $ CodeGenerationStore#configFilename — Property in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::clear() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStoreCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
- CodeGenerationStoreCreator::createStore() — Method in class CodeGenerationStoreCreator
- CanonicalModelAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
- TypeReference::createFromPath() — Method in class TypeReference
- ArrayList::count() — Method in class ArrayList
Return the number of items in this list
- ArrayList::column() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- ArrayList::columnUnique() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns a unique array of a single field value for all the items in the list
- ArrayList::canSortBy() — Method in class ArrayList
You can always sort a ArrayList
- ArrayList::canFilterBy() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.
- CMSPreviewable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Interface to provide enough information about a record to make it previewable through the CMS. It uses the record database ID, its "frontend" and "backend" links to link up the edit form with its preview.
- CMSPreviewable::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
- DBConnector::connect() — Method in class DBConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- $ DBSchemaManager#check_and_repair_on_build — Property in class DBSchemaManager
- DBSchemaManager::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Cancels the schema updates requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
- DBSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a database with the specified name
- DBSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a new table.
- DBSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a new field on a table.
- DBSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.
- Database::clearAllData() — Method in class Database
Clear all data out of the database
- Database::clearTable() — Method in class Database
Clear all data in a given table
- Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class Database
Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
- Database::concatOperator() — Method in class Database
String operator for concatenation of strings
- Database::canLock() — Method in class Database
Returns if the lock is available.
- Database::connect() — Method in class Database
Instruct the database to generate a live connection
- $ MySQLDatabase#connection_charset — Property in class MySQLDatabase
Default connection charset (may be overridden in $databaseConfig)
- $ MySQLDatabase#connection_collation — Property in class MySQLDatabase
Default connection collation
- $ MySQLDatabase#charset — Property in class MySQLDatabase
Default charset
- $ MySQLDatabase#collation — Property in class MySQLDatabase
Default collation
- MySQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Instruct the database to generate a live connection
- MySQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
- MySQLDatabase::canLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Returns if the lock is available.
- MySQLDatabase::clearTable() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Clear all data in a given table
- MySQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a new table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- MySQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a new field on a table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a database with the specified name
- MySQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create an index on a table.
- MySQLiConnector::connect() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- PDOConnector::connect() — Method in class PDOConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
- PDOStatementHandle::closeCursor() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again (PDOStatement::closeCursor)
- Query::column() — Method in class Query
Return an array containing all the values from a specific column. If no column is set, then the first will be returned
- TempDatabase::clearAllData() — Method in class TempDatabase
Remove all content from the temporary database.
- DB::connect() — Method in class DB
Specify connection to a database
- DB::connection_attempted() — Method in class DB
Returns true if a database connection has been attempted.
- DB::create_database() — Method in class DB
Create the database and connect to it. This can be called if the initial database connection is not successful because the database does not exist.
- DB::create_table() — Method in class DB
Create a new table.
- DB::create_field() — Method in class DB
Create a new field on a table.
- DB::check_and_repair_table() — Method in class DB
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
- DataExtension::can() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canEdit() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::canCreate() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataList::canSortBy() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList can be sorted by the given field.
- DataList::canFilterBy() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList can be filtered by the given field.
- DataList::createDataObject() — Method in class DataList
Create a DataObject from the given SQL row
- DataList::count() — Method in class DataList
Return the number of items in this DataList
- DataList::column() — Method in class DataList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- DataList::columnUnique() — Method in class DataList
Returns a unique array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- $ DataObject#cascade_deletes — Property in class DataObject
List of relations that should be cascade deleted, similar to
owns
Note: This will trigger delete on many_many objects, not only the mapping table.- $ DataObject#create_table_options — Property in class DataObject
Specify custom options for a CREATE TABLE call.
- $ DataObject#ClassName — Property in class DataObject
Class name of the DataObject
- $ DataObject#Created — Property in class DataObject
Date and time of DataObject creation.
- DataObject::castedUpdate() — Method in class DataObject
Pass changes as a map, and try to get automatic casting for these fields.
- DataObject::castingHelper() — Method in class DataObject
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- DataObject::can() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.
- DataObject::canView() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canEdit() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canDelete() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::canCreate() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObjectSchema::classHasTable() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Check if the given class has a table
- DataObjectSchema::compositeFields() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Returns a list of all the composite if the given db field on the class is a composite field.
- DataObjectSchema::compositeField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get a composite field for a class
- DataObjectSchema::classForField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Returns the class name in the class hierarchy which contains a given field column for a {@link DataObject}. If the field does not exist, this will return null.
- DataQuery::count() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the number of records in this query.
- DataQuery::conjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
Create a conjunctive subgroup
- DataQuery::column() — Method in class DataQuery
Query the given field column from the database and return as an array.
- DataQuery_SubGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
- DatabaseAdmin::cleanup() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Remove invalid records from tables - that is, records that don't have corresponding records in their parent class tables.
- DBClassName::clear_classname_cache() — Method in class DBClassName
Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.
- $ DBComposite#composite_db — Property in class DBComposite
Similiar to {@link DataObject::$db}, holds an array of composite field names.
- DBComposite::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class DBComposite
Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
- DBComposite::castingHelper() — Method in class DBComposite
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- $ DBCurrency#currency_symbol — Property in class DBCurrency
- DBDatetime::clear_mock_now() — Method in class DBDatetime
Clear any mocked date, which causes {@link Now()} to return the current system date.
- DBField::create_field() — Method in class DBField
Create a DBField object that's not bound to any particular field.
- DBField::CDATA() — Method in class DBField
Safely escape for XML string
- DBHTMLText::CDATA() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Safely escape for XML string
- DBHTMLVarchar::CDATA() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Safely escape for XML string
- DBText::ContextSummary() — Method in class DBText
Perform context searching to give some context to searches, optionally highlighting the search term.
- Filterable::canFilterBy() — Method in class Filterable
Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
- ComparisonFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Base class for creating comparison filters, eg; greater than, less than, greater than or equal, etc
- Hierarchy::Children() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get the children for this DataObject filtered by canView()
- MarkedSet::clearMarks() — Method in class MarkedSet
Reset marked nodes
- ListDecorator::Count() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::column() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- ListDecorator::columnUnique() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::canSortBy() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
- ListDecorator::canFilterBy() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
- ManyManyList::createDataObject() — Method in class ManyManyList
Create a DataObject from the given SQL row.
- ManyManyThroughList::createDataObject() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Create a DataObject from the given SQL row
- Map::count() — Method in class Map
Returns the count of items in the list including the additional items set through {@link Map::push()} and {@link Map::unshift}.
- PaginatedList::CurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- SQLAssignmentRow::clear() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Clears all assignment values
- SQLConditionGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class SQLConditionGroup
Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
- SQLDelete::create() — Method in class SQLDelete
Construct a new SQLDelete.
- SQLInsert::create() — Method in class SQLInsert
Construct a new SQLInsert object
- SQLInsert::currentRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the currently set row
- SQLInsert::clearRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Clears all currently set assigment values on the current row
- SQLInsert::clear() — Method in class SQLInsert
Clears all rows
- SQLSelect::create() — Method in class SQLSelect
Construct a new SQLSelect.
- SQLSelect::canSortBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns true if this query can be sorted by the given field.
- SQLSelect::count() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return the number of rows in this query, respecting limit and offset.
- SQLUpdate::create() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Construct a new SQLUpdate object
- SQLUpdate::clear() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Clears all currently set assigment values
- SS_List::column() — Method in class SS_List
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- $ SearchContext#connective — Property in class SearchContext
The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Defaults to AND.
- SearchContext::clearEmptySearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Callback map function to filter fields with empty values from being included in the search expression.
- Sortable::canSortBy() — Method in class Sortable
Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
- UnsavedRelationList::changeToList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Save all the items in this list into the RelationList
- UnsavedRelationList::column() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- UnsavedRelationList::columnUnique() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns a unique array of a single field value for all items in the list.
- ValidationResult::combineAnd() — Method in class ValidationResult
Combine this Validation Result with the ValidationResult given in other.
- Report::columns() — Method in class Report
- Report::canView() — Method in class Report
- ReportAdmin::canView() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Does the parent permission checks, but also makes sure that instantiatable subclasses of {@link SilverStripe\Reports\Report} exist. By default, the CMS doesn't include any Reports, so there's no point in showing
- ReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- ReportWrapper::canView() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- SideReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SideReportWrapper
- Authenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class Authenticator
Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).
- CMSSecurity — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Provides a security interface functionality within the cms
- Item::confirm() — Method in class Item
Mark the item as confirmed
- Storage::cleanup() — Method in class Storage
Remove all the data from the storage Cleans up Session and Cookie related to this storage
- Storage::confirm() — Method in class Storage
Gets user input data (usually POST array), checks all the items in the storage has been confirmed and marks them as such.
- Storage::check() — Method in class Storage
Check all items to be confirmed in the storage
- DefaultAdminService::clearDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Flush the default admin credentials.
- DefaultPermissionChecker::canEdit() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker
Can root be edited?
- DefaultPermissionChecker::canView() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker
Can root be viewed?
- DefaultPermissionChecker::canDelete() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker
Can root be deleted?
- DefaultPermissionChecker::canCreate() — Method in class DefaultPermissionChecker
Can root objects be created?
- $ Group#Code — Property in class Group
Group code
- Group::collateFamilyIDs() — Method in class Group
Return a set of this record's "family" of IDs - the IDs of this record and all its descendants.
- Group::collateAncestorIDs() — Method in class Group
Returns an array of the IDs of this group and all its parents
- Group::cmsCleanup_parentChanged() — Method in class Group
This isn't a descendant of SiteTree, but needs this in case the group is "reorganised";
- Group::canEdit() — Method in class Group
Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
- Group::canView() — Method in class Group
Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
- Group::canDelete() — Method in class Group
- InheritedPermissions::canEditMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::canViewMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::canDeleteMultiple() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::canDelete() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::canEdit() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::canView() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::clearCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- $ InheritedPermissionsExtension#CanViewType — Property in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
- $ InheritedPermissionsExtension#CanEditType — Property in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
- $ Member#casting — Property in class Member
- Member::checkPassword() — Method in class Member
Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).
- Member::canLogin() — Method in class Member
Check if this user can login
- Member::currentUser() — Method in class Member
Returns the current logged in user
- Member::currentUserID() — Method in class Member
Get the ID of the current logged in user
- Member::create_new_password() — Method in class Member
Generate a random password, with randomiser to kick in if there's no words file on the filesystem.
- Member::canView() — Method in class Member
Users can view their own record.
- Member::canEdit() — Method in class Member
Users can edit their own record.
- Member::canDelete() — Method in class Member
Users can edit their own record.
- Member::changePassword() — Method in class Member
Change password. This will cause rehashing according to the
PasswordEncryption
property via theonBeforeWrite()
method. This method will allow extensions to perform actions and augment the validation result if required before the password is written and can check it after the write also.- CMSLoginHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
- CMSMemberAuthenticator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Provides authentication for the user within the CMS
- CMSMemberLoginForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Provides the in-cms session re-authentication form for the "member" authenticator
- ChangePasswordForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Standard Change Password Form
- ChangePasswordHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
- ChangePasswordHandler::changepassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
Handle the change password request
- ChangePasswordHandler::changePasswordForm() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
Factory method for the lost password form
- CookieAuthenticationHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Authenticate a member pased on a session cookie
- LoginHandler::checkLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler
Try to authenticate the user
- MemberAuthenticator::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).
- MemberPassword::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberPassword
Check if the given password is the same as the one stored in this record.
- $ Member_Validator#customRequired — Property in class Member_Validator
Fields that are required by this validator
- NullSecurityToken::check() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullSecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- PasswordEncryptor::create_for_algorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- PasswordEncryptor::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::checkAEncryptionLevel() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
The algorithm returned by using '$2a$' is not consistent - it might be either the correct (y), incorrect (x) or mostly-correct (a) version, depending on the version of PHP and the operating system, so we need to test it.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
- $ PasswordValidator#character_strength_tests — Property in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::characterStrength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::checkHistoricalPasswords() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- Permission::check() — Method in class Permission
Check that the current member has the given permission.
- Permission::checkMember() — Method in class Permission
Check that the given member has the given permission.
- PermissionChecker::canEditMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
- PermissionChecker::canViewMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Get the canView information for a number of objects
- PermissionChecker::canDeleteMultiple() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
- PermissionChecker::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Check delete permission for a single record ID
- PermissionChecker::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Check edit permission for a single record ID
- PermissionChecker::canView() — Method in class PermissionChecker
Check view permission for a single record ID
- PermissionRole::canView() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
- PermissionRole::Codes() — Method in class PermissionRole
List of PermissionRoleCode objects
- PermissionRoleCode::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PermissionRoleCode::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- PermissionRoleCode::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- RememberLoginHash::clear() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
Deletes existing tokens for this member if logout_across_devices is true, all tokens are deleted, otherwise only the token for the provided device ID will be removed
- Security::clearSessionMessage() — Method in class Security
Clear login message
- Security::changepassword() — Method in class Security
Show the "change password" page.
- Security::clear_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Flush the default admin credentials
- Security::check_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Checks if the passed credentials are matching the default-admin.
- Security::clear_database_is_ready() — Method in class Security
Resets the database_is_ready cache
- SecurityToken::check() — Method in class SecurityToken
Checks for an existing CSRF token in the current users session.
- SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken
See {@link check()}.
- SiteConfig::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteConfig
- SiteConfig::current_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the current sites SiteConfig, and creates a new one through {@link make_site_config()} if none is found.
- SiteConfig::canView() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user view this SiteConfig instance?
- SiteConfig::canViewPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user view pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from.
- SiteConfig::canEditPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user edit pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from, or on new records without a parent.
- SiteConfig::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfig
- SiteConfig::canCreateTopLevel() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user create pages in the root of this site?
- SiteConfig::CreateTopLevelGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
List of groups that can create root-level pages.
- SiteConfigPagePermissions::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions
Can root be edited?
- SiteConfigPagePermissions::canView() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions
Can root be viewed?
- SiteConfigPagePermissions::canDelete() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions
Can root be deleted?
- SiteConfigPagePermissions::canCreate() — Method in class SiteConfigPagePermissions
Can root objects be created?
- ArchiveAdmin::createArchiveGridField() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Create a gridfield which displays archived objects
- CMSPageHistoryViewerController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Controllers
The history viewer controller replaces the {@link CMSPageHistoryController} and uses the React based {@link HistoryViewerField} to display the history for a {@link DataObject} that has the {@link Versioned} extension.
- HistoryControllerFactory::create() — Method in class HistoryControllerFactory
Creates a new service instance.
- HistoryViewerController::compareForm() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
- CMSMainExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
- ProxyCacheAdapter::clear() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ProxyCacheFactory::create() — Method in class ProxyCacheFactory
- ChangeSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
The ChangeSet model tracks several VersionedAndStaged objects for later publication as a single atomic action
- ChangeSet::canView() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSet::canEdit() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSet::canCreate() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSet::canDelete() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSet::canPublish() — Method in class ChangeSet
Check if this item is allowed to be published
- ChangeSet::canRevert() — Method in class ChangeSet
Check if this changeset (if published) can be reverted
- ChangeSet::can() — Method in class ChangeSet
Default permissions for this changeset
- ChangeSet::Changes() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSetItem — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
A single line in a changeset
- $ ChangeSetItem#ChangeSetID — Property in class ChangeSetItem
ID of parent ChangeSet object
- ChangeSetItem::canView() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::canEdit() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::canCreate() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::canDelete() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::canRevert() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Check if the BeforeVersion of this changeset can be restored to draft
- ChangeSetItem::canPublish() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Check if this ChangeSetItem can be published
- ChangeSetItem::can() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Default permissions for this ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::CMSEditLink() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get edit link for this item
- ChangeSetItem::ChangeSet() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Parent changeset
- DataDifferencer::ChangedFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get a SS_List of the changed fields.
- DataDifferencer::changedFieldNames() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get an array of the names of every fields that has changed.
- Rollback::createDefaultArgs() — Method in class Rollback
- CopyToStageInputType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
- $ Versioned#casting — Property in class Versioned
Ensure versioned records cast extra fields properly
- Versioned::canPublish() — Method in class Versioned
This function should return true if the current user can publish this record.
- Versioned::canUnpublish() — Method in class Versioned
Check if the current user can delete this record from live
- Versioned::canArchive() — Method in class Versioned
Check if the current user is allowed to archive this record.
- Versioned::canRevertToLive() — Method in class Versioned
Check if the user can revert this record to live
- Versioned::canRestoreToDraft() — Method in class Versioned
Check if the user can restore this record to draft
- Versioned::canView() — Method in class Versioned
Extend permissions to include additional security for objects that are not published to live.
- Versioned::canViewVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if there are any additional restrictions on this object for the given reading version.
- Versioned::canViewStage() — Method in class Versioned
Determines canView permissions for the latest version of this object on a specific stage.
- Versioned::canBeVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if a class is supporting the Versioned extensions (e.g.
- Versioned::copyVersionToStage() — Method in class Versioned
Move a database record from one stage to the other.
- Versioned::compareVersions() — Method in class Versioned
Compare two version, and return the diff between them.
- Versioned::can_choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if the current user is able to set the given site stage / archive
- Versioned::choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Choose the stage the site is currently on.
- Versioned::current_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current archive date.
- Versioned::current_archived_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current archive stage.
- Versioned::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class Versioned
Return a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific.
- HTML::createTag() — Method in class HTML
Construct and return HTML tag.
- Diff::cleanHTML() — Method in class Diff
Attempt to clean invalid HTML, which messes up diffs.
- Diff::compareHTML() — Method in class Diff
- $ HTMLCleaner#config — Property in class HTMLCleaner
Configuration variables for HTMLCleaners that support configuration (like Tidy)
- HTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- PurifierHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class PurifierHTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- ShortcodeParser::clear() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Remove all registered shortcodes.
- ShortcodeParser::callShortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Call a shortcode and return its replacement text Returns false if the shortcode isn't registered
- TidyHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class TidyHTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
- Requirements::customScript() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
- Requirements::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
- Requirements::css() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
- Requirements::clear() — Method in class Requirements
Clear either a single or all requirements
- Requirements::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
- Requirements::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Re-sets the combined files definition. See {@link Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files()}
- $ Requirements_Backend#combine_in_dev — Property in class Requirements_Backend
Determine if files should be combined automatically on dev mode.
- $ Requirements_Backend#combine_hash_querystring — Property in class Requirements_Backend
Flag to include the hash in the querystring instead of the filename for combined files.
- Requirements_Backend::customScript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
- Requirements_Backend::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
- Requirements_Backend::css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
- Requirements_Backend::clear() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Clear either a single or all requirements
- Requirements_Backend::combineFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
- Requirements_Backend::clearCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Clear all registered CSS and JavaScript file combinations
- SSTemplateParser::construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Override the function that constructs the result arrays to also prepare a 'php' item in the array
- SSTemplateParser::CallArguments_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Values are bare words in templates, but strings in PHP. We rely on PHP's type conversion to back-convert strings to numbers when needed.
- SSTemplateParser::Comparison_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Comparison_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArguments_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_Condition() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
As mentioned in the parser comment, block handling is kept fairly generic for extensibility. The match rule builds up two important elements in the match result array: 'ArgumentCount' - how many arguments were passed in the opening tag 'Arguments' an array of the Argument match rule result arrays
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an example of a block handler function. This one handles the loop tag.
- SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_With() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The closed block handler for with blocks
- SSTemplateParser::Comment__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
- SSTemplateParser::compileFile() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Compiles some file that contains template source code, and returns the php code that will execute as per that source
- SSViewer::chooseTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer
Find the template to use for a given list
- $ SSViewer_FromString#cache_template — Property in class SSViewer_FromString
The global template caching behaviour if no instance override is specified
- TemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class TemplateParser
Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
- $ ViewableData#casting — Property in class ViewableData
An array of objects to cast certain fields to. This is set up as an array in the format:
- ViewableData::customise() — Method in class ViewableData
Merge some arbitrary data in with this object. This method returns a {@link ViewableData_Customised} instance with references to both this and the new custom data.
- ViewableData::castingHelper() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object. This helper will be a subclass of DBField.
- ViewableData::castingClass() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the class name a field on this object will be casted to.
- ViewableData::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData
A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
- ViewableData::CSSClasses() — Method in class ViewableData
Get part of the current classes ancestry to be used as a CSS class.
- ViewableData_Customised::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
- IntlLocales::countryName() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get name of country
- IntlLocales::countryFromLocale() — Method in class IntlLocales
Returns the country code / suffix on any locale
- Locales::countryName() — Method in class Locales
Get name of country by code
- Locales::countryFromLocale() — Method in class Locales
Returns the country code / suffix on any locale
- i18nTextCollector::collect() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extract all strings from modules and return these grouped by module name
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromCode() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extracts translatables from .php files.
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromTemplate() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extracts translatables from .ss templates (Self referencing)
- i18nTextCollector::collectFromEntityProviders() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Allows classes which implement i18nEntityProvider to provide additional translation strings.
- i18n::convert_rfc1766() — Method in class i18n
Gets a RFC 1766 compatible language code, e.g. "en-US".
D
- $ AdminRootController#default_panel — Property in class AdminRootController
- GroupImportForm::doImport() — Method in class GroupImportForm
- LeftAndMain::delete() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- MemberImportForm::doImport() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- DeleteAssets — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\BatchAction
Delete multiple {@link Folder} records (and the associated filesystem nodes).
- DeleteFileMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
Handles create and update
- $ FileMigrationHelper#delete_invalid_files — Property in class FileMigrationHelper
If a file fails to validate during migration, delete it.
- $ TestAssetStore#denied_response_code — Property in class TestAssetStore
Enable disclosure of secure assets
- File::deleteFile() — Method in class File
Delete a file (and all variants).
- $ FileNameFilter#default_use_transliterator — Property in class FileNameFilter
- $ FileNameFilter#default_replacements — Property in class FileNameFilter
- $ AssetAdapter#default_server — Property in class AssetAdapter
Default server configuration to use if the server type defined by the environment is not found
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#denied_response_code — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Set HTTP error code for requests to secure denied assets.
- FlysystemAssetStore::delete() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Delete a file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash
- $ FileLinkTracking#dependencies — Property in class FileLinkTracking
Inject parser for each page
- AssetContainer::deleteFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Delete a file (and all variants).
- AssetStore::delete() — Method in class AssetStore
Delete a file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash
- DBFile — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Represents a file reference stored in a database
- DBFile::deleteFile() — Method in class DBFile
Delete a file (and all variants).
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Basic filename renamer
- $ Upload_Validator#default_max_file_size — Property in class Upload_Validator
Contains a list of the max file sizes shared by all upload fields. This is then duplicated into the "allowedMaxFileSize" instance property on construct.
- CMSMain::doSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::delete() — Method in class CMSMain
Delete the current page from draft stage.
- CMSMain::doRollback() — Method in class CMSMain
Rolls a site back to a given version ID
- CMSMain::duplicate() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::duplicatewithchildren() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPageAddController::doAdd() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- CMSPageAddController::doCancel() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
- ContentController::data() — Method in class ContentController
Returns the associated database record
- ContentController::deleteinstallfiles() — Method in class ContentController
- $ RootURLController#default_homepage_link — Property in class RootURLController
- $ SiteTree#default_child — Property in class SiteTree
The default child class for this page.
- $ SiteTree#default_classname — Property in class SiteTree
Default value for SiteTree.ClassName enum {see DBClassName::getDefault}
- $ SiteTree#default_parent — Property in class SiteTree
The default parent class for this page.
- $ SiteTree#description — Property in class SiteTree
Description of the class functionality, typically shown to a user when selecting which page type to create. Translated through {@link provideI18nEntities()}.
- SiteTree::duplicateWithChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
Duplicates each child of this node recursively and returns the top-level duplicate node.
- SiteTree::duplicateAsChild() — Method in class SiteTree
Duplicate this node and its children as a child of the node with the given ID
- SiteTree::DependentPages() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the pages that depend on this page. This includes virtual pages, pages that link to it, etc.
- SiteTree::doRestoreToStage() — Method in class SiteTree
Restore the content in the active copy of this SiteTree page to the stage site.
- SiteTree::defaultChild() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the class name of the default class for children of this page.
- SiteTree::defaultParent() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the class name of the default class for the parent of this page.
- SiteTree::disableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
Stops extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields(). This is useful when you need access to fields added by subclasses of SiteTree in a extension. Call before calling parent::getCMSFields(), and reenable afterwards.
- $ SiteTreeLinkTracking#dependencies — Property in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Inject parser for each page
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::doSubmit() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- CampaignAdmin::deleteCampaign() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
REST endpoint to delete a campaign.
- DeltaConfigCollection — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
Applies config modifications as a set of deltas on top of the middleware, instead of as modifications to the underlying list.
- DeltaMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Middleware
Applies a set of user-customised modifications to config
- $ ContentNegotiator#default_format — Property in class ContentNegotiator
- Controller::doInit() — Method in class Controller
A stand in function to protect the init function from failing to be called as well as providing before and after hooks for the init function itself
- Controller::defaultAction() — Method in class Controller
This is the default action handler used if a method doesn't exist. It will process the controller object with the template returned by {@link getViewer()}.
- Controller::disableBasicAuth() — Method in class Controller
Call this to disable site-wide basic authentication for a specific controller. This must be called before Controller::init(). That is, you must call it in your controller's init method before it calls parent::init().
- Director — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Director is responsible for processing URLs, and providing environment information.
- $ Director#default_base_url — Property in class Director
Base url to populate if cannot be determined otherwise.
- Email::debug() — Method in class Email
Debugging help
- $ HTTP#disable_http_cache — Property in class HTTP
- HTTPRequest::detect_method() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Gets the "real" HTTP method for a request.
- $ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#defaultState — Property in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Set default state
- $ HTTPCacheControlMiddleware#defaultForcingLevel — Property in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Default forcing level
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::disableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Simple way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
- RSSFeed::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the description of this feed
- RSSFeed_Entry::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get the description of this entry
- Session::destroy() — Method in class Session
Destroy this session
- DefaultCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
Returns the most performant combination of caches available on the system:
PhpFilesCache
(PHP 7 with opcache enabled)ApcuCache
(requires APC) with aFilesystemCache
fallback (for larger cache volumes)FilesystemCache
if none of the above is available
- ClassInfo::dataClassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns an array of the current class and all its ancestors and children which require a DB table.
- DeployFlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
Checks whether a filesystem resource has been changed since the manifest generation
- $ BulkLoader#duplicateChecks — Property in class BulkLoader
Specifies how to determine duplicates based on one or more provided fields in the imported data, matching to properties on the used {@link DataObject} class.
- $ BulkLoader#deleteExistingRecords — Property in class BulkLoader
- BulkLoader_Result::DeletedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::Deleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- CliDebugView::debugVariable() — Method in class CliDebugView
Similar to renderVariable() but respects debug() method on object if available
- CliDebugView::debugVariableText() — Method in class CliDebugView
Get debug text for this object
- $ CsvBulkLoader#delimiter — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
Delimiter character (Default: comma).
- Debug — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Supports debugging and core error handling.
- Debug::dump() — Method in class Debug
Quick dump of a variable.
- DebugView — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
- DebugView::debugVariable() — Method in class DebugView
Similar to renderVariable() but respects debug() method on object if available
- DebugView::debugVariableText() — Method in class DebugView
Get debug text for this object
- Deprecation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Handles raising an notice when accessing a deprecated method
- Deprecation::dump_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
Method for when testing. Dump all the current version settings to a variable for later passing to restore
- DevBuildController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
- DevConfirmationController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A simple controller using DebugView to wrap up the confirmation form with a template similar to other DevelopmentAdmin endpoints and UIs
- DevelopmentAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Base class for development tools.
- $ DevelopmentAdmin#deny_non_cli — Property in class DevelopmentAdmin
Deny all non-cli requests (browser based ones) to dev admin
- $ FixtureBlueprint#dependencies — Property in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::define() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Install
This class keeps track of the available database adapters and provides a meaning of registering community built adapters in to the installer process.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Install
Interface for database helper classes.
- MigrationTask::down() — Method in class MigrationTask
- ErrorPage::defaultRecordsAllowed() — Method in class ErrorPage
- $ ErrorPageExtension#db — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- $ ErrorPageExtension#defaults — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- $ ErrorPageExtension#description — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageExtension::defaultRecordsAllowed() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Default records are allowed by default override on model if needed
- CheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- CompositeField::debug() — Method in class CompositeField
- CurrencyField::dataValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
Overwrite the datavalue before saving to the db ;-) return 0.00 if no value, or value is non-numeric
- DatalessField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Abstract class for all fields without data.
- DateField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Form used for editing a date string
- DateField_Disabled — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Disabled version of {@link DateField}.
- DatetimeField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Form field used for editing date time strings.
- DisabledTransformation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Transformation that disables all the fields on the form.
- DropdownField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Dropdown field, created from a select tag.
- FieldList::dataFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return a sequential set of all fields that have data. This excludes wrapper composite fields as well as heading / help text fields.
- FieldList::dataFieldNames() — Method in class FieldList
Return array of all field names
- FieldList::dataFieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
Returns a named field in a sequential set.
- $ Form#default_classes — Property in class Form
- Form::defaultAction() — Method in class Form
Return the default button that should be clicked when another one isn't available.
- Form::disableDefaultAction() — Method in class Form
Disable the default button.
- Form::disableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Disable the requirement of a security token on this form instance. This security protects against CSRF attacks, but you should disable this if you don't want to tie a form to a session - eg a search form.
- Form::debug() — Method in class Form
- $ FormField#default_classes — Property in class FormField
- FormField::dataValue() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- FormField::debug() — Method in class FormField
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Returns a json array of a search results that can be used by for example Jquery.ui.autosuggestion
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doDelete() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- $ GridFieldPaginator#default_items_per_page — Property in class GridFieldPaginator
Specifies default items per page
- GridState::dataValue() — Method in class GridState
Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.
- $ HTMLEditorConfig#default_config — Property in class HTMLEditorConfig
Name of default config. This will be ignored if $current is assigned a value.
- $ HTMLEditorField#default_rows — Property in class HTMLEditorField
Number of rows
- TinyMCEConfig::disablePlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Enable one or several plugins. Will properly handle being passed a plugin that is already disabled
- MoneyField::dataValue() — Method in class MoneyField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
- NullableField::debug() — Method in class NullableField
- NumericField::dataValue() — Method in class NumericField
Get internal database value
- RequiredFields::debug() — Method in class RequiredFields
Debug helper
- DevelopmentAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev
- DebugSchemaState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
- DisableTypeCacheState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
- DevBuildExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
- DevErrorHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
Throws everything, including notices, so the JSON response doesn't get corruped by E_NOTICE, E_WARN outputs.
- DataObjectModel — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Defines the model that generates types, queries, and mutations based on DataObjects
- DeleteCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates a delete operation for a DataObject
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::defaultUnionFormatter() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
- InterfaceBuilder::defaultInterfaceFormatter() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- DBDateArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBDatetimeArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBDecimalArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBFieldArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
Defines a set of arguments that applies to a field that maps to a DBField.
- DBFieldArgsPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBFloatArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBHTMLTextArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBTextArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBTimeArgs — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\DBFieldArgs
- DBFieldTypes — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
- DefaultFieldsProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
For models that can provide a default set of fields
- Logger::debug() — Method in class Logger
- $ PaginationPlugin#default_limit — Property in class PaginationPlugin
- DefaultResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
Default field resolver for any type
- DefaultResolver::defaultFieldResolver() — Method in class DefaultResolver
Note: this is copied and pasted from Executor::defaultFieldResolver(), but migrated out of thirdparty so it will be easy to update if we need to.
- DefaultResolverStrategy — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
A good starting point for a resolver discovery implementation.
- SchemaConfig::discoverResolver() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- $ CodeGenerationStore#dirName — Property in class CodeGenerationStore
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Logging
Produce a friendly error message
- DetailedErrorFormatter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Logging
Monolog-compatible error handler that will output a detailed error message to the screen.
- ArrayList::dataClass() — Method in class ArrayList
Return the class of items in this list, by looking at the first item inside it.
- ArrayList::debug() — Method in class ArrayList
- DBConnector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Represents an object responsible for wrapping DB connector api
- $ DBConnector#ddl_operations — Property in class DBConnector
List of operations to treat as DDL
- DBQueryBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
- DBSchemaManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Represents and handles all schema management for a database
- DBSchemaManager::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if schema modifications were requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
- DBSchemaManager::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
- DBSchemaManager::dontRequireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
If the given field exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(fieldname).
- DBSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- DBSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- DBSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- DBSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Drops a database with the specified name
- DBSchemaManager::date() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'date' column
- DBSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'decimal' column
- DBSchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'datetime' column
- Database — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Abstract database connectivity class.
- Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
- Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
- Database::databaseExists() — Method in class Database
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- Database::databaseList() — Method in class Database
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- Database::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class Database
Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.
- DatabaseException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Error class for database exceptions
- MySQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
- MySQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
- MySQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
- MySQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
- MySQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Drops a database with the specified name
- MySQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- MySQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a date type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
- MySQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a decimal type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::datetime() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a datetime type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'datetime', no other parameters are necessary
- TempDatabase::deleteAll() — Method in class TempDatabase
Clear all temp DBs on this connection
- DB — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Global database interface, complete with static methods.
- DB::dont_require_table() — Method in class DB
If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
- DB::dont_require_field() — Method in class DB
See {@link SS_Database->dontRequireField()}.
- DataExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
An extension that adds additional functionality to a {@link DataObject}.
- DataList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Implements a "lazy loading" DataObjectSet.
- DataList::dataClass() — Method in class DataList
Get the dataClass name for this DataList, ie the DataObject ClassName
- DataList::dataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of the internal {@link DataQuery} object
- DataList::distinct() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with distinct records or not
- DataList::debug() — Method in class DataList
- DataList::dbObject() — Method in class DataList
- DataObject — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A single database record & abstract class for the data-access-model.
- $ DataObject#default_classname — Property in class DataObject
Allows specification of a default value for the ClassName field.
- $ DataObject#destroyed — Property in class DataObject
- $ DataObject#db — Property in class DataObject
Database field definitions.
- $ DataObject#defaults — Property in class DataObject
Inserts standard column-values when a DataObject is instantiated. Does not insert default records {see $default_records}.
- $ DataObject#default_records — Property in class DataObject
Multidimensional array which inserts default data into the database on a db/build-call as long as the database-table is empty. Please use this only for simple constructs, not for SiteTree-Objects etc. which need special behaviour such as publishing and ParentNodes.
- $ DataObject#default_sort — Property in class DataObject
The default sort expression. This will be inserted in the ORDER BY clause of a SQL query if no other sort expression is provided.
- DataObject::destroy() — Method in class DataObject
Destroy all of this objects dependant objects and local caches.
- DataObject::duplicate() — Method in class DataObject
Create a duplicate of this node. Can duplicate many_many relations
- DataObject::defineMethods() — Method in class DataObject
Adds methods from the extensions.
- DataObject::data() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the associated database record - in this case, the object itself.
- DataObject::doValidate() — Method in class DataObject
Public accessor for {see DataObject::validate()}
- DataObject::delete() — Method in class DataObject
Delete this data object.
- DataObject::delete_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
Delete the record with the given ID.
- DataObject::database_extensions() — Method in class DataObject
This returns an array (if it exists) describing the database extensions that are required, or false if none
- DataObject::debug() — Method in class DataObject
Debugging used by Debug::show()
- DataObject::dbObject() — Method in class DataObject
Return the DBField object that represents the given field.
- DataObject::defaultSearchFilters() — Method in class DataObject
Defines a default list of filters for the search context.
- DataObject::disable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
Temporarily disable subclass access in data object qeur
- DataObjectInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
DataObjectInterface is an interface that other data systems in your application can implement in order to behave in a manner similar to DataObject.
- DataObjectInterface::delete() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Remove this object from the database. Doesn't do anything if this object isn't in the database.
- DataObjectSchema — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Provides {@link \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject} and database schema mapping functionality
- DataObjectSchema::databaseFields() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return the complete map of fields to specification on this object, including fixed_fields.
- DataObjectSchema::databaseField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Gets a single database field.
- DataObjectSchema::databaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
- DataQuery — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
An object representing a query of data from the DataObject's supporting database.
- DataQuery::dataClass() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the {@link DataObject} class that is being queried.
- DataQuery::disjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
Create a disjunctive subgroup.
- DataQuery::distinct() — Method in class DataQuery
Set whether this query should be distinct or not.
- DataQueryManipulator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Allows middleware to modily finalised dataquery on a per-instance basis
- DataQuery_SubGroup — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Represents a subgroup inside a WHERE clause in a {@link DataQuery}
- DatabaseAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
DatabaseAdmin class
- DatabaseAdmin::doBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
- DBBigInt — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a signed 8 byte integer field. Do note PHP running as 32-bit might not work with Bigint properly, as it would convert the value to a float when queried from the database since the value is a 64-bit one.
- DBBoolean — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a boolean field.
- DBClassName — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a classname selector, which respects obsolete clasess.
- DBComposite — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Apply this interface to any {@link DBField} that doesn't have a 1-1 mapping with a database field.
- DBComposite::dbObject() — Method in class DBComposite
Get a db object for the named field
- DBCurrency — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a decimal field containing a currency amount.
- DBDate — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a date field.
- DBDate::DayOfWeek() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the day of the week
- DBDate::DayOfMonth() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the day of the month.
- DBDatetime — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a date-time field.
- DBDatetime::Date() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns the standard localised date
- DBDecimal — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a Decimal field.
- DBDouble — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Supports double precision DB types
- DBEnum — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Class Enum represents an enumeration of a set of strings.
- DBField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Single field in the database.
- $ DBField#default_search_filter_class — Property in class DBField
Subclass of {@link SearchFilter} for usage in {@link defaultSearchFilter()}.
- DBField::defaultSearchFilter() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::debug() — Method in class DBField
- DBFloat — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a floating point field.
- DBForeignKey — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
A special type Int field used for foreign keys in has_one relationships.
- $ DBForeignKey#dropdown_field_threshold — Property in class DBForeignKey
This represents the number of related objects to show in a dropdown before it reverts to a NumericField. If you are tweaking this value, you should also consider constructing your form field manually rather than allowing it to be scaffolded
- DBHTMLText — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a large text field that contains HTML content.
- DBHTMLVarchar — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a short text field that is intended to contain HTML content.
- DBIndexable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Classes that implement the DBIndexable interface will provide options to set various index types and index contents, which will be processed by {@link \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObjectSchema}
- DBInt — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a signed 32 bit integer field.
- DBLocale — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Locale database field, mainly used in {@link Translatable} extension.
- DBMoney — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Provides storage of a localised money object in currency and amount components.
- DBMultiEnum — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents an multi-select enumeration field.
- DBPercentage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a decimal field from 0-1 containing a percentage value.
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
A special ForeignKey class that handles relations with arbitrary class types
- DBPrimaryKey — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
A special type Int field used for primary keys.
- DBString — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
An abstract base class for the string field types (i.e. Varchar and Text)
- DBText — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a variable-length string of up to 16 megabytes, designed to store raw text
- DBTime — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a column in the database with the type 'Time'.
- DBVarchar — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Class Varchar represents a variable-length string of up to 255 characters, designed to store raw text
- DBYear — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\FieldType
Represents a single year field.
- ListDecorator::debug() — Method in class ListDecorator
- Relation::dbObject() — Method in class Relation
Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.
- Relation::dataClass() — Method in class Relation
- UnsavedRelationList::dataClass() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Get the dataClass name for this relation, ie the DataObject ClassName
- UnsavedRelationList::dbObject() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.
- Report::description() — Method in class Report
Return the description of this report.
- Report::dataClass() — Method in class Report
Return the data class for this report
- ReportWrapper::description() — Method in class ReportWrapper
Return the description of this report.
- Form::doRefuse() — Method in class Form
The form refusal handler. Cleans up the confirmation storage and returns the failure redirection (kept in the storage)
- Form::doConfirm() — Method in class Form
The form confirmation handler. Checks all the items in the storage has been confirmed and marks them as such. Returns a redirect when all the storage items has been verified and marked as confirmed.
- DefaultAdminService — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Provides access to the default admin
- DefaultPermissionChecker — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Allows objects to enforce permissions for the "root" level, where permissions can not be tied to a particular database record.
- $ Group#Description — Property in class Group
Description of the group
- Group::DirectMembers() — Method in class Group
Return only the members directly added to this group
- $ GroupCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecks — Property in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
- $ Member#DateFormat — Property in class Member
- Member::default_admin() — Method in class Member
Get the default admin record if it exists, or creates it otherwise if enabled
- Member::DirectGroups() — Method in class Member
- ChangePasswordHandler::doChangePassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
Change the password
- LoginHandler::doLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler
Login form handler method
- LogoutHandler::doLogOut() — Method in class LogoutHandler
- $ MemberCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecks — Property in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- $ PasswordExpirationMiddleware#default_redirect — Property in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
Where users with expired passwords get redirected by default when login form didn't register a custom one with {see SilverStripe\Security\AuthenticationMiddleware::setRedirect}
- Permission::deny() — Method in class Permission
Deny the given permission code/arg to the given group
- $ RememberLoginHash#device_expiry_days — Property in class RememberLoginHash
Number of days the device ID will be valid for
- $ RememberLoginHash#DeviceID — Property in class RememberLoginHash
- $ Security#default_message_set — Property in class Security
Default message set used in permission failures.
- $ Security#default_login_dest — Property in class Security
- $ Security#default_reset_password_dest — Property in class Security
- Security::default_admin_username() — Method in class Security
Get default admin username
- Security::default_admin_password() — Method in class Security
Get default admin password
- Security::database_is_ready() — Method in class Security
Checks the database is in a state to perform security checks.
- SecurityToken::disable() — Method in class SecurityToken
Globally disable the token (override with {@link NullSecurityToken}) implementation. Note: Does not apply for
- ArchiveRestoreAction::doRestore() — Method in class ArchiveRestoreAction
Restore the record to its original place or top level if that's not possible
- DataObjectVersionFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
- DiffField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
This form field is both a field object in it's own right, and a decorator for another field type.
- DiffTransformation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
- $ HistoryViewerField#default_page_size — Property in class HistoryViewerField
The default pagination page size
- ProxyCacheAdapter::delete() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ProxyCacheAdapter::deleteMultiple() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- DataDifferencer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Utility class to render views of the differences between two data objects (or two versions of the same data object).
- DataDifferencer::diffedData() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get a DataObject with altered values replaced with HTML diff strings, incorporating and
tags.- DataObjectScaffolderExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
- DeleteExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
Extends the see Delete CRUD scaffolder to unpublish any items first
- RecursivePublishable::deleteFromChangeSets() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Remove this item from any changesets
- $ Versioned#draft_site_secured — Property in class Versioned
Default config for $is_draft_site_secured
- $ Versioned#db — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::doArchive() — Method in class Versioned
Removes the record from both live and stage
- Versioned::doUnpublish() — Method in class Versioned
Removes this record from the live site
- Versioned::doRevertToLive() — Method in class Versioned
Revert the draft changes: replace the draft content with the content on live
- Versioned::deleteFromStage() — Method in class Versioned
Delete this record from the given stage
- Versioned::doRollbackTo() — Method in class Versioned
Roll the draft version of this record to match the published record.
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doArchive() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
Archive this versioned record
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doPublish() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
Publish this versioned record
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::doUnpublish() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
Delete this record from the live site
- Diff — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Class representing a 'diff' between two sequences of strings.
- $ URLSegmentFilter#default_use_transliterator — Property in class URLSegmentFilter
- $ URLSegmentFilter#default_replacements — Property in class URLSegmentFilter
- $ URLSegmentFilter#default_allow_multibyte — Property in class URLSegmentFilter
Doesn't try to replace or transliterate non-ASCII filters.
- $ Requirements#disable_flush_combined — Property in class Requirements
Flag whether combined files should be deleted on flush.
- Requirements::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself
- Requirements::debug() — Method in class Requirements
Output debugging information
- $ Requirements_Backend#default_combined_files_folder — Property in class Requirements_Backend
Configures the default prefix for combined files.
- Requirements_Backend::deleteAllCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Clears all combined files
- Requirements_Backend::debug() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Output debugging information.
- SSTemplateParser::DollarMarkedLookup_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::dontRewriteHashlinks() — Method in class SSViewer
Call this to disable rewriting of links. This is useful in Ajax applications.
- $ ViewableData#default_cast — Property in class ViewableData
The default object to cast scalar fields to if casting information is not specified, and casting to an object is required.
- ViewableData::defineMethods() — Method in class ViewableData
Add methods from the {@link ViewableData::$failover} object, as well as wrapping any methods prefixed with an underscore into a {@link ViewableData::cachedCall()}.
- ViewableData::Debug() — Method in class ViewableData
Return debug information about this object that can be rendered into a template
- $ i18n#default_locale — Property in class i18n
- $ i18n#date_format — Property in class i18n
System-wide date format. Will be overruled for CMS UI display by the format defaults inferred from the browser as well as any user-specific locale preferences.
E
- EditorEmailLinkFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
- EditorExternalLinkFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
- $ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_javascript — Property in class LeftAndMain
Register additional requirements through the {@link Requirements} class.
- $ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_css — Property in class LeftAndMain
YAML configuration example:
LeftAndMain: extra_requirements_css: mysite/css/mystyle.css: media: screen
- $ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_themedCss — Property in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::EditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.
- LeftAndMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns a placeholder form, used by {@link getEditForm()} if no record is selected.
- LeftAndMain::EditFormTools() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Renders a panel containing tools which apply to the currently displayed edit form.
- ModalController::EditorExternalLink() — Method in class ModalController
Builds and returns the external link form
- ModalController::EditorEmailLink() — Method in class ModalController
Builds and returns the external link form
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#enabled — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Allow oembed to be disabled
- EmbedResource — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Model
- Embeddable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Model
- File::exists() — Method in class File
A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record
- FlysystemAssetStore::exists() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Determine if a file exists with the given tuple
- Folder::exists() — Method in class Folder
A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record
- ImageManipulation::existingOnly() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Return clone of self which promises to only return existing thumbnails
- ImageManipulation::exists() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Determine if this container has a valid value
- $ InterventionBackend#error_cache_ttl — Property in class InterventionBackend
How long to cache each error type
- AssetContainer::exists() — Method in class AssetContainer
Determine if this container has a valid value
- AssetStore::exists() — Method in class AssetStore
Determine if a file exists with the given tuple
- DBFile::exists() — Method in class DBFile
Composite field defaults to exists only if all fields have values
- $ CMSMain#enable_dynamic_archive_warning_message — Property in class CMSMain
Should the archive warning message be dynamic based on the specific content? This is slow on larger sites and can be disabled.
- CMSMain::ExtraTreeTools() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::EditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.
- CMSMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns a placeholder form, used by {@link getEditForm()} if no record is selected.
- InternalLinkModalExtension::editorInternalLink() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension
Form for inserting internal link pages
- InternalLinkModalExtension::editorAnchorLink() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension
- $ RedirectorPage#ExternalURL — Property in class RedirectorPage
URL to redirect to if $RedirectionType is 'External'
- $ SiteTree#enforce_strict_hierarchy — Property in class SiteTree
- $ SiteTree#ExtraMeta — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::ElementName() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a CSS identifier generated from this page's link.
- SiteTree::enableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
Reenables extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields() after it has been disabled by disableCMSFieldsExtensions().
- SiteTree::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteTree
List of groups that can edit this object.
- EmptyPagesReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
- CampaignAdmin::EditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Retrieves an edit form, either for display, or to process submitted data.
- CachedConfigCollection::exists() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class
- ConfigCollectionInterface::exists() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class
- MemoryConfigCollection::exists() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Checks to see if a config item exists, or a property on that class
- $ ContentNegotiator#encoding — Property in class ContentNegotiator
- $ ContentNegotiator#enabled — Property in class ContentNegotiator
- ContentNegotiator::enabled_for() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Returns true if negotiation is enabled for the given response. By default, negotiation is only enabled for pages that have the xml header.
- Email — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Email
Class to support sending emails.
- HTTPApplication::execute() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Safely boot the application and execute the given main action
- HTTPRequestBuilder::extractRequestHeaders() — Method in class HTTPRequestBuilder
Takes a $_SERVER data array and extracts HTTP request headers.
- EnvironmentBypass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
Allows a bypass for a list of environment types (e.g. DEV, TEST, LIVE)
- ExecMetricMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Display execution metrics for the current request if in dev mode and
execmetric
is provided as a request variable.- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::enableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Simple way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
- RSSFeed::Entries() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the RSS feed entries
- Application::execute() — Method in class Application
Safely boot the application and execute the given main action
- ClassInfo::exists() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns true if a class or interface name exists.
- ExtensionMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config\Middleware
- Environment — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Consolidates access and modification of PHP global variables and settings.
- EnvironmentLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Loads environment variables from .env files Loosely based on https://github.com/vlucas/phpdotenv/blob/master/src/Loader.php
- Extensible — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Allows an object to have extensions applied to it.
- $ Extensible#extensions — Property in class Extensible
An array of extension names and parameters to be applied to this object upon construction.
- Extensible::extend() — Method in class Extensible
Run the given function on all of this object's extensions. Note that this method originally returned void, so if you wanted to return results, you're hosed
- Extension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Add extension that can be added to an object with {@link Object::add_extension()}.
- ClassManifestVisitor::enterNode() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- ModuleResource::exists() — Method in class ModuleResource
Determine if this resource exists
- CLI::end_colour() — Method in class CLI
Send control codes for returning to normal colour
- ArraySubset::evaluate() — Method in class ArraySubset
Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other
- SSListContains::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContains
Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other
- SSListContainsOnly::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContainsOnly
Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other
- SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems::evaluate() — Method in class SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems
Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other
- ViewableDataContains::evaluate() — Method in class ViewableDataContains
Evaluates the constraint for parameter $other
- $ CsvBulkLoader#enclosure — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
Enclosure character (Default: doublequote)
- Debug::endshow() — Method in class Debug
Close out the show dumper.
- DevelopmentAdmin::errors() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- SapphireInfo::EnvironmentType() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- SapphireREPL::error_handler() — Method in class SapphireREPL
- ExtensionTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Manages illegal and required extensions for sapphiretest
- ErrorPage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
ErrorPage holds the content for the page of an error response.
- ErrorPageController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
Class ErrorPageController
- ErrorPageControllerExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
Class ErrorPageControllerExtension
- ErrorPageErrorFormatter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
Class ErrorPageErrorFormatter
- ErrorPageExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
Class ErrorPageExtension
- $ ErrorPageExtension#enable_static_file — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
Allows control over writing directly to the configured
GeneratedAssetStore
.- $ ErrorPageExtension#ErrorCode — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageFileExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ErrorPage
Class ErrorPageFileExtension
- CompositeField::extraClass() — Method in class CompositeField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- EmailField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Text input field with validation for correct email format according to RFC 2822.
- Form::enableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Enable {@link SecurityToken} protection for this form instance.
- Form::extraClass() — Method in class Form
Compiles all CSS-classes.
- FormField::extraClass() — Method in class FormField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::edit() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- $ TinyMCEConfig#editor_css — Property in class TinyMCEConfig
Extra editor.css file paths.
- TinyMCEConfig::enablePlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Enable one or several plugins. Will maintain unique list if already enabled plugin is re-passed. If passed in as a map of plugin-name to path, the plugin will be loaded by tinymce.PluginManager.load() instead of through tinyMCE.init().
- Tab::extraClass() — Method in class Tab
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- TreeDropdownField::extraClass() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "form-group--no-label" class if no title was set on the FormField.
- $ DevBuildExtension#enabled — Property in class DevBuildExtension
- $ QueryHandler#errorHandler — Property in class QueryHandler
- AbstractBulkLoader::exclude() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
- ExtensionLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Loads classes that have a given extension assigned to them.
- ExtensionLoader::exclude() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
- InheritanceLoader::exclude() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
- EndsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by the end of a field's contents
- EqualToFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by exact match of a keyword
- EmptySchemaException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
- Encoder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A class that is capable of expressing itself in generated code
- Encoder::encode() — Method in class Encoder
- ExtraTypeProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
For models that provide extra types to the schema
- SchemaStorageInterface::exists() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
- Logger::emergency() — Method in class Logger
- Logger::error() — Method in class Logger
- EncodedResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
A resolver function that can be expressed in generated PHP code
- EncodedResolver::encode() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- Schema::exists() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::eagerLoad() — Method in class Schema
Some types must be eagerly loaded into the schema if they cannot be discovered through introspection.
- StorableSchema::exists() — Method in class StorableSchema
- CodeGenerationStore::exists() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- Encoder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
- Encoder::encode() — Method in class Encoder
- EncodedType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
A type that can be expressed as generated PHP code
- EncodedType::encode() — Method in class EncodedType
- Enum — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Abstraction for enum types
- Type::exists() — Method in class Type
- ErrorHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Logging
Core error handler for a SilverStripe application
- ArrayList::exists() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns true if this list has items
- ArrayList::each() — Method in class ArrayList
Walks the list using the specified callback
- ArrayList::exclude() — Method in class ArrayList
Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
- DBConnector::escapeString() — Method in class DBConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- DBSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns the values of the given enum field
- DBSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'set' column
- Database::escapeString() — Method in class Database
Returns an escaped string. This string won't be quoted, so would be suitable for appending to other quoted strings.
- Database::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class Database
Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!
- MySQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Returns the values of the given enum field
- MySQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a enum type-formatted string
- MySQLiConnector::escapeString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- $ PDOConnector#emulate_prepare — Property in class PDOConnector
Should ATTR_EMULATE_PREPARES flag be used to emulate prepared statements?
- PDOConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PDOConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
- PDOConnector::exec() — Method in class PDOConnector
Executes a query that doesn't return a resultset
- PDOStatementHandle::errorCode() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle (PDOStatement::errorCode)
- PDOStatementHandle::errorInfo() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle (PDOStatement::errorInfo)
- PDOStatementHandle::execute() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Executes a prepared statement (PDOStatement::execute)
- DataExtension::extraStatics() — Method in class DataExtension
Define extra database fields
- DataList::exclude() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items that match all params
- DataList::excludeAny() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items with any of these params
- DataList::each() — Method in class DataList
Walks the list using the specified callback
- DataList::exists() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList has items
- DataObject::exists() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if this object "exists", i.e., has a sensible value.
- DataObject::extendedCan() — Method in class DataObject
Process tri-state responses from permission-alterting extensions. The extensions are expected to return one of three values:
- DataObject::enable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::execute() — Method in class DataQuery
Execute the query and return the result as {@link SS_Query} object.
- DBComposite::exists() — Method in class DBComposite
Composite field defaults to exists only if all fields have values
- DBEnum::enumValues() — Method in class DBEnum
Returns the values of this enum as an array, suitable for insertion into a {@link DropdownField}
- $ DBField#escape_type — Property in class DBField
The escape type for this field when inserted into a template - either "xml" or "raw".
- DBField::exists() — Method in class DBField
Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.
- DBHTMLText::exists() — Method in class DBHTMLText
(non-PHPdoc)
- DBHTMLVarchar::exists() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
(non-PHPdoc)
- DBMoney::exists() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBString::exists() — Method in class DBString
(non-PHPdoc)
- Filterable::exclude() — Method in class Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics
- EndsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Matches textual content with a substring match on a text fragment leading to the end of the string.
- ExactMatchFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Selects textual content with an exact match between columnname and keyword.
- SearchFilter::exclude() — Method in class SearchFilter
Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query.
- ListDecorator::exists() — Method in class ListDecorator
Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
- ListDecorator::each() — Method in class ListDecorator
Walks the list using the specified callback
- ListDecorator::exclude() — Method in class ListDecorator
Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::extractInheritableQueryParameters() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Calculate the query parameters that should be inherited from the base many_many to the nested has_many list.
- SQLExpression::execute() — Method in class SQLExpression
Execute this query.
- SQLSelect::expressionForField() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return the SQL expression for the given field alias.
- SS_List::each() — Method in class SS_List
Walks the list using the specified callback
- FulltextSearchable::enable() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
Enable the default configuration of MySQL full-text searching on the given data classes.
- $ Report#excluded_reports — Property in class Report
Reports which should not be collected and returned in get_reports
- Report::extendedCan() — Method in class Report
Helper to assist with permission extension
- $ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected — Property in class BasicAuth
- $ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_code — Property in class BasicAuth
- $ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_message — Property in class BasicAuth
- CMSSecurity::enabled() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Determine if CMSSecurity is enabled
- InheritedPermissionsExtension::EditorGroups() — Method in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
- $ LoginAttempt#Email — Property in class LoginAttempt
Email address used for login attempt. @deprecated 3.0.0:5.0.0
- $ LoginAttempt#EmailHashed — Property in class LoginAttempt
sha1 hashed Email address used for login attempt
- $ Member#Email — Property in class Member
- Member::encryptWithUserSettings() — Method in class Member
Utility for generating secure password hashes for this member.
- $ PasswordEncryptor#encryptors — Property in class PasswordEncryptor
- PasswordEncryptor::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptX() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptY() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptA() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_None::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
- $ RememberLoginHash#ExpiryDate — Property in class RememberLoginHash
- Security::encrypt_password() — Method in class Security
Encrypt a password according to the current password encryption settings.
- SecurityToken::enable() — Method in class SecurityToken
Globally enable tokens that have been previously disabled through {@link disable}.
- SiteConfig::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
List of groups that can edit SiteConfig.
- VersionableExtension::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class VersionableExtension
Modify table name with suffix.
- Versioned::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class Versioned
- EmbedResource — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Embed
Encapsulation of an embed tag, linking to an external media source.
- Embeddable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Embed
Abstract interface for an embeddable resource
- $ ShortcodeParser#error_behavior — Property in class ShortcodeParser
- ShortcodeParser::extractTags() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Look through a string that contains shortcode tags and pull out the locations and details of those tags
- SSViewer::exists() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::execute_template() — Method in class SSViewer
Execute the given template, passing it the given data.
- SSViewer::execute_string() — Method in class SSViewer
Execute the evaluated string, passing it the given data.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Even() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this object is an even item in the set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::EvenOdd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return 'even' or 'odd' if this object is in an even or odd position in the set respectively.
- EmbedShortcodeProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Shortcodes
Provider for the [embed] shortcode tag used by the embedding service in the HTML Editor field.
- EmbedShortcodeProvider::embedForTemplate() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
- ViewableData::exists() — Method in class ViewableData
Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
- ViewableData::escapeTypeForField() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the string-format type for the given field.
- i18n::encode_plurals() — Method in class i18n
Convert CLDR array plural form to
|
pipe-delimited string.
F
- $ LeftAndMain#frame_options — Property in class LeftAndMain
Value of X-Frame-Options header
- AssetAdmin::fileEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get file edit form
- AssetAdmin::fileInsertForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get file insert media form
- AssetAdmin::fileEditorLinkForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get the file insert link form
- AssetAdmin::fileSelectForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get form for selecting a file
- AssetAdmin::fileHistoryForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get file history form
- AssetAdmin::folderCreateForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::fileSearchForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Scaffold a search form.
- FileFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- FileHistoryFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- FileSearchFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
Scaffolds a form for searching files
- FolderCreateFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- FolderFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
Empty form factory, because the defaults from AssetFormFactory was enough
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_scheme_whitelist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Force whitelist for resource protocols to the given list.
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_scheme_blacklist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Blacklist of resources. Takes priority over whitelists if both are provided.
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_domain_whitelist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Force whitelist for resource domains to the given list
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_domain_blacklist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Blacklist of domains. For example, live sites should probably include 'localhost' and other protected urls.
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_port_whitelist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Whitelist of ports allowed.
- $ RemoteFileFormFactory#fileurl_port_blacklist — Property in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Blacklist of ports allowed.
- FileFilterInputTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FileFilterInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator
- FileFilterInputTypeCreator::filterList() — Method in class FileFilterInputTypeCreator
Caution: Does NOT enforce canView permissions
- FileInputTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FileInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
- FileInterfaceTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FileInterfaceTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileInterfaceTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FileTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileUsageType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
Define the return type for ReadFileUsageQueryCreator. File usage is return as an array of object with an 'id' property and 'inUseCount' property.
- FileUsageType::fields() — Method in class FileUsageType
- FolderInputTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FolderInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- FolderTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- PublicationNoticeType::fields() — Method in class PublicationNoticeType
- FileMigrationHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
Service to help migrate File dataobjects to the new APL.
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::findBadFiles() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
Loop through all the files and find the ones that aren't stored in the correct store.
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::fix() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
Make sure all versions of the povided file are stored in the correct asset store.
- File — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
This class handles the representation of a file on the filesystem within the framework.
- $ File#file_types — Property in class File
A list of file extensions and a description of what type of file they represent
- $ File#Filename — Property in class File
Full filename of this file
- $ File#File — Property in class File
asset stored behind this File record
- File::find() — Method in class File
Find a File object by the given filename.
- File::format_size() — Method in class File
Formats a file size (eg: (int)42 becomes string '42 bytes')
- File::forTemplate() — Method in class File
Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)
- File::flushCache() — Method in class File
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- FileDefaultPermissions — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Permissions for root files with Can*Type = Inherit
- FileFinder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
A utility class that finds any files matching a set of rules that are present within a directory tree.
- FileFinder::find() — Method in class FileFinder
Finds all files matching the options within a directory. The search is performed depth first.
- FileNameFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility.
- FileNameFilter::filter() — Method in class FileNameFilter
Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string. In this case, {@link getDefaultName()} will be used to return a randomly generated file name, while retaining its extension.
- Filesystem — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
A collection of static methods for manipulating the filesystem.
- $ Filesystem#file_create_mask — Property in class Filesystem
- $ Filesystem#folder_create_mask — Property in class Filesystem
- Filesystem::fixfiles() — Method in class Filesystem
Cleanup function to reset all the Filename fields. Visit File/fixfiles to call.
- Filesystem::folderModTime() — Method in class Filesystem
Return the most recent modification time of anything in the folder.
- $ AssetAdapter#file_permissions — Property in class AssetAdapter
Config compatible permissions configuration
- AssetAdapter::flush() — Method in class AssetAdapter
Force flush and regeneration of server files
- FlysystemAssetStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
Asset store based on flysystem Filesystem as a backend
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#file_response_headers — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Custom headers to add to all custom file responses
- FlysystemAssetStore::flush() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Ensure each adapter re-generates its own server configuration files
- Folder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Represents a logical folder, which may be used to organise assets stored in the configured backend.
- Folder::find_or_make() — Method in class Folder
Find the given folder or create it as a database record
- FolderNameFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility.
- $ ImageManipulation#force_resample — Property in class ImageManipulation
Force all images to resample in all cases Off by default, as this can be resource intensive to apply to multiple images simultaneously.
- ImageManipulation::Fit() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds
- ImageManipulation::FitMax() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider or taller than the specified dimensions.
- ImageManipulation::FillMax() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Crop this image to the aspect ratio defined by the specified width and height, then scale down the image to those dimensions if it exceeds them.
- ImageManipulation::Fill() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.
- $ InterventionBackend#flush_enabled — Property in class InterventionBackend
Is cache flushing enabled?
- InterventionBackend::flush() — Method in class InterventionBackend
This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
- FileLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes
Represents a link between a dataobject parent and a file shortcode in a HTML content area
- FileLinkTracking — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes
Adds tracking of links in any HTMLText fields which reference SiteTree or File items.
- FileLinkTracking::FileTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
List of files linked on this dataobject
- FileLinkTrackingParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes
A helper object for extracting information about links.
- FileShortcodeProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes
Provides shortcodes for File dataobject
- FileShortcodeProvider::find_shortcode_record() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
Find the record to use for a given shortcode.
- FileShortcodeProvider::flush() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
- $ DBFile#Filename — Property in class DBFile
Name of the file, including directory
- CMSMain::flush() — Method in class CMSMain
Clear the cache on ?flush
- CMSMain::flushMemberCache() — Method in class CMSMain
Flush the hints cache for a specific member
- OldPageRedirector::find_old_page() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
Attempt to find an old/renamed page from some given the URL as an array
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Field() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns the form field.
- SiteTree::flushCache() — Method in class SiteTree
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- SiteTree::flushMemberCache() — Method in class SiteTree
Flushes the member specific cache for creatable children
- SiteTree::fieldLabels() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::flush() — Method in class SiteTree
Clear the creatableChildren cache on flush
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Form() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- AddToCampaignHandler::Form() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler
Builds a Form that mirrors the parent editForm, but with an extra field to collect the ChangeSet ID
- CampaignAdminList::FieldHolder() — Method in class CampaignAdminList
Placeholder for react-only custom form field
- Cookie::force_expiry() — Method in class Cookie
- CookieJar::forceExpiry() — Method in class CookieJar
Force the expiry of a cookie by name
- Cookie_Backend::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Force the expiry of a cookie by name
- Director::fileExists() — Method in class Director
Returns true if the given file exists. Filename should be relative to the site root.
- Director::forceSSL() — Method in class Director
Force the site to run on SSL.
- Director::forceWWW() — Method in class Director
Force a redirect to a domain starting with "www."
- Email::findPlainPart() — Method in class Email
- HTTP::filename2url() — Method in class HTTP
Turns a local system filename into a URL by comparing it to the script filename.
- HTTP::findByTagAndAttribute() — Method in class HTTP
Search for all tags with a specific attribute, then return the value of that attribute in a flat array.
- FlushMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Triggers a call to flush() on all implementors of Flushable.
- FlushScheduler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\URLSpecialsMiddleware
Schedule flush operation for a following request
- Session::finalize() — Method in class Session
Set user agent key
- FilesystemCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
- MemberCacheFlusher::flushMemberCache() — Method in class MemberCacheFlusher
- Config::forClass() — Method in class Config
Get an accessor that returns results by class by default.
- Config_ForClass::forClass() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- Flushable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Provides an interface for classes to implement their own flushing functionality whenever flush=1 is requested.
- Flushable::flush() — Method in class Flushable
This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
- Factory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A factory which is used for creating service instances.
- FlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
Public interface for startup flush discoverers
- Backtrace::filtered_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace
Return debug_backtrace() results with functions filtered specific to the debugging system, and not the trace.
- Backtrace::filter_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace
Filter a backtrace so that it doesn't show the calls to the debugging system, which is useless information.
- Backtrace::full_func_name() — Method in class Backtrace
Return the full function name. If showArgs is set to true, a string representation of the arguments will be shown
- CsvBulkLoader::findExistingObject() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
Find an existing objects based on one or more uniqueness columns specified via {@link self::$duplicateChecks}.
- FixtureBlueprint — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A blueprint on how to create instances of a certain {@link DataObject} subclass.
- FixtureFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Manages a set of database fixtures for {@link DataObject} records as well as raw database table rows.
- FunctionalTest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
SilverStripe-specific testing object designed to support functional testing of your web app. It simulates get/post requests, form submission, and can validate resulting HTML, looking up content by CSS selector.
- FunctionalTest::findAttribute() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Find an attribute in a SimpleXMLElement object by name.
- SapphireTest::findEmail() — Method in class SapphireTest
Search for an email that was sent.
- FixtureTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
- FlushableTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Clears flushable / resettable objects
- FixFolderPermissionsHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks
Files imported from SS3 might end up with broken permissions if there is a case conflict.
- TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer
Search for an email that was sent.
- TestSession::followRedirection() — Method in class TestSession
If the last request was a 3xx response, then follow the redirection
- CheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
- CompositeField::FieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
- CompositeField::fieldByName() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::fieldPosition() — Method in class CompositeField
Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::Field() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- CurrencyField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Disabled
Overloaded to display the correctly formatted value for this data type
- CurrencyField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
Overloaded to display the correctly formatted value for this data type
- DatalessField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns the field's representation in the form.
- DateField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
Returns the form field.
- DatetimeField::frontendToInternal() — Method in class DatetimeField
Convert frontend date to the internal representation (ISO 8601).
- DropdownField::Field() — Method in class DropdownField
- FieldGroup — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Lets you include a nested group of fields inside a template.
- FieldList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
A list designed to hold form field instances.
- FieldList::flattenFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return a flattened list of all fields
- FieldList::findTab() — Method in class FieldList
Returns the specified tab object, if it exists
- FieldList::findOrMakeTab() — Method in class FieldList
Returns the specified tab object, creating it if necessary.
- FieldList::fieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
Returns a named field.
- FieldList::fieldPosition() — Method in class FieldList
Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
- FieldList::forTemplate() — Method in class FieldList
Default template rendering of a FieldList will concatenate all FieldHolder values.
- FileField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a file type which can be added to a form.
- FileField::Field() — Method in class FileField
- FileHandleField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- FileUploadReceiver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Provides operations for reading and writing uploaded files to/from {see File} dataobject instances.
- Form — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Base class for all forms.
- Form::Fields() — Method in class Form
Return the form's fields - used by the templates
- Form::FormAttributes() — Method in class Form
- Form::FormHttpMethod() — Method in class Form
Returns the real HTTP method for the form: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE or HEAD.
- Form::FormMethod() — Method in class Form
Returns the form method to be used in the
- Form::FormAction() — Method in class Form
Return the form's action attribute.
- Form::FormName() — Method in class Form
Returns the name of the form.
- Form::FieldMap() — Method in class Form
Returns an object where there is a method with the same name as each data field on the form.
- Form::forTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return a rendered version of this form.
- Form::forAjaxTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return a rendered version of this form, suitable for ajax post-back.
- Form::formHtmlContent() — Method in class Form
Returns an HTML rendition of this form, without the
- FormAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
The action buttons are
<input type="submit">
as well as- FormAction::Field() — Method in class FormAction
- FormAction::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormAction
- FormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
A service which can generate a form
- FormField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a field in a form.
- FormField::Field() — Method in class FormField
Returns the form field.
- FormField::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormField
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- FormField::forTemplate() — Method in class FormField
This function is used by the template processor. If you refer to a field as a $ variable, it will return the $Field value.
- FormMessage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Form component which contains a castable message
- FormMessageBootstrapExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Will convert a SilverStripe message type into a Bootstrap alert type
- FormRequestHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- FormRequestHandler::forTemplate() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
- FormScaffolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- $ FormScaffolder#fieldClasses — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FormTemplateHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
A helper class for managing {@link Form} and {@link FormField} HTML template output.
- FormTransformation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
This class represents "transformations" of a form - such as making it printable or making it readonly.
- Form_FieldMap — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- GridField::FieldHolder() — Method in class GridField
Returns the whole gridfield rendered with all the attached components.
- GridField::Field() — Method in class GridField
- $ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldCasting — Property in class GridFieldDataColumns
- $ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldFormatting — Property in class GridFieldDataColumns
- $ GridFieldFilterHeader#force_legacy — Property in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Forces all filter components to revert to displaying the legacy table header style rather than the react driven search box
- $ GridFieldSortableHeader#fieldSorting — Property in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- HTMLEditorField::Field() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Returns the form field.
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::flush() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
- HTMLReadonlyField::Field() — Method in class HTMLReadonlyField
Returns the form field.
- HiddenField::FieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
- ListboxField::Field() — Method in class ListboxField
Returns a select tag containing all the appropriate option tags
- LiteralField::FieldHolder() — Method in class LiteralField
- LiteralField::Field() — Method in class LiteralField
- LookupField::Field() — Method in class LookupField
Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.
- NullableField::Field() — Method in class NullableField
- OptionsetField::Field() — Method in class OptionsetField
Returns the form field.
- PrintableTransformation_TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet
Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
- RequiredFields::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
Returns true if the named field is "required".
- FormSchema — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\Schema
Represents a {@link Form} as structured data which allows a frontend library to render it.
- SelectionGroup::FieldSet() — Method in class SelectionGroup
- SelectionGroup::FieldList() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
- SelectionGroup::FieldHolder() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
- SingleLookupField::Field() — Method in class SingleLookupField
Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.
- Tab::Fields() — Method in class Tab
Get child fields
- TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class TabSet
Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
- ToggleCompositeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- TreeDropdownField::filterMarking() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Marking public function for the tree, which combines different filters sensibly.
- TreeDropdownField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField_Readonly
Returns the form field.
- TreeMultiselectField::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
- TreeMultiselectField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField_Readonly
We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
- Validator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class Validator
Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field. The base implementation always returns false.
- FileProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
Class FileProvider
- QueryHandler::formatError() — Method in class QueryHandler
More verbose error display defaults.
- FilepathLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Loads classes by fuzzy match (glob), relative to the root e.g.
src/*.model.php
- FieldAccessor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
A utility class that handles an assortment of issues related to field access on DataObjects, particularly with case insensitivity.
- $ FieldAccessor#field_formatter — Property in class FieldAccessor
A function that makes an object property a field name
- FieldAccessor::formatField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
- FieldReconciler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
- InheritanceBuilder::fillAncestry() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- InheritanceBuilder::fillDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- FirstResult — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
- FirstResult::firstResult() — Method in class FirstResult
- FieldFilterInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
Defines the interface used by all read filters for operations
- FieldFilterRegistry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
- FilterRegistryInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
Filters for queries are registered as services and retrieved by identifiers.
- QueryFilter::filter() — Method in class QueryFilter
- Field — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
An abstraction of a field that appears on a Type abstraction
- FieldPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that applies to a Field abstraction
- $ AbstractQueryFilterPlugin#field_name — Property in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
- $ AbstractQuerySortPlugin#field_name — Property in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
- $ SortPlugin#field_name — Property in class SortPlugin
- Schema::findOrMakeType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::findOrMakeModel() — Method in class Schema
- SchemaTranscribeHandler::fire() — Method in class SchemaTranscribeHandler
- AbstractTypeRegistry::Float() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::format() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::formatBatch() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
- DetailedErrorFormatter::format() — Method in class DetailedErrorFormatter
- DetailedErrorFormatter::formatBatch() — Method in class DetailedErrorFormatter
- ArrayLib::filter_keys() — Method in class ArrayLib
Filter an array by keys (useful for only allowing certain form-input to be saved).
- ArrayLib::flatten() — Method in class ArrayLib
Takes an multi dimension array and returns the flattened version.
- ArrayList::first() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns the first item in the list
- ArrayList::find() — Method in class ArrayList
Find the first item of this list where the given key = value
- ArrayList::filter() — Method in class ArrayList
Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
- ArrayList::filterAny() — Method in class ArrayList
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- ArrayList::filterByCallback() — Method in class ArrayList
- DBSchemaManager::fixTableCase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Ensure the given table has the correct case
- DBSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- DBSchemaManager::float() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'float' column
- Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
- MySQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
- MySQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a float type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
- PDOConnector::flushStatements() — Method in class PDOConnector
Flush all prepared statements
- Query::first() — Method in class Query
- DB::field_list() — Method in class DB
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
- DataList::filter() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which only includes items with these charactaristics
- DataList::filterAny() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- DataList::filterByCallback() — Method in class DataList
Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
- DataList::first() — Method in class DataList
Returns the first item in this DataList
- DataList::find() — Method in class DataList
Find the first DataObject of this DataList where the given key = value
- $ DataObject#fixed_fields — Property in class DataObject
Base fields which are not defined in static $db
- $ DataObject#field_labels — Property in class DataObject
User defined labels for searchable_fields, used to override default display in the search form.
- DataObject::forceChange() — Method in class DataObject
Forces the record to think that all its data has changed.
- DataObject::findCascadeDeletes() — Method in class DataObject
Find all objects that will be cascade deleted if this object is deleted
- DataObject::flushCache() — Method in class DataObject
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
- DataObject::flush_and_destroy_cache() — Method in class DataObject
Flush the get_one global cache and destroy associated objects.
- DataObject::fieldLabels() — Method in class DataObject
Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
- DataObject::fieldLabel() — Method in class DataObject
Get a human-readable label for a single field, see {@link fieldLabels()} for more details.
- DataObject::findRelatedObjects() — Method in class DataObject
Find objects in the given relationships, merging them into the given list
- DataObjectSchema::fieldSpecs() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get all DB field specifications for a class, including ancestors and composite fields.
- DataObjectSchema::fieldSpec() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get specifications for a single class field
- DataQuery::firstRow() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the first row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT ... LIMIT 1 query.
- DBDate::Full() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the date in the localised full format
- DBDate::Format() — Method in class DBDate
Return the date using a particular formatting string. Use {o} to include an ordinal representation for the day of the month ("1st", "2nd", "3rd" etc)
- DBDate::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBDate
Return a date formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
- DBDatetime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBDatetime
Return a date and time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
- DBEnum::flushCache() — Method in class DBEnum
Clear all cached enum values.
- DBEnum::formField() — Method in class DBEnum
Return a dropdown field suitable for editing this field.
- DBField::forTemplate() — Method in class DBField
Determine 'default' casting for this field.
- DBHTMLText::forTemplate() — Method in class DBHTMLText
- DBHTMLVarchar::forTemplate() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
- DBInt::Formatted() — Method in class DBInt
Returns the number, with commas added as appropriate, eg “1,000”.
- DBMultiEnum::formField() — Method in class DBMultiEnum
Return a {@link CheckboxSetField} suitable for editing this field
- DBString::forTemplate() — Method in class DBString
- DBText::FirstSentence() — Method in class DBText
Return the first string that finishes with a period (.) in this text.
- DBText::FirstParagraph() — Method in class DBText
Get first paragraph
- DBTime::Format() — Method in class DBTime
Return the time using a particular formatting string.
- DBTime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class DBTime
Return a time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
- Filterable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are filterable.
- Filterable::filter() — Method in class Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that only includes items with these charactaristics
- Filterable::filterAny() — Method in class Filterable
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- Filterable::filterByCallback() — Method in class Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics Filter this List by a callback function. The function will be passed each record of the List in turn, and must return true for the record to be included. Returns the filtered list.
- FulltextFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Filters by full-text matching on the given field.
- Hierarchy::flushCache() — Method in class Hierarchy
Flush all Hierarchy caches:
- Children (instance)
- NumChildren (instance)
- ListDecorator::first() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns the first item in the list.
- ListDecorator::forTemplate() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::find() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
- ListDecorator::filter() — Method in class ListDecorator
Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
- ListDecorator::filterAny() — Method in class ListDecorator
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
- ListDecorator::filterByCallback() — Method in class ListDecorator
Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
- PaginatedList::FirstItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of the first item being displayed on the current page. This is useful for things like "displaying 10-20".
- PaginatedList::FirstLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the first page.
- SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnID() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Checks whether this query is for a specific ID in a table
- SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnFK() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Checks whether this query is filtering on a foreign key, ie finding a has_many relationship
- SQLSelect::firstRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns a query that returns only the first row of this query
- Relation::forForeignID() — Method in class Relation
- RelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
Returns a copy of this list with the ManyMany relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
- SS_List::first() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the first item in the list.
- SS_List::find() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
- FulltextSearchable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Search
Provides a simple search engine for your site based on the MySQL FULLTEXT index.
- UnsavedRelationList::first() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns the first item in the list
- UnsavedRelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns a copy of this list with the relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
- SideReportView::forTemplate() — Method in class SideReportView
- Form — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\Confirmation
Basic confirmation form implementation.
- Handler::Form() — Method in class Handler
Returns an instance of Confirmation\Form initialized with the proper storage id taken from URL
- DefaultAdminService::findOrCreateDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
- DefaultAdminService::findOrCreateAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Find or create a Member with admin permissions
- Group::fieldLabels() — Method in class Group
- InheritedPermissionFlusher::flush() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
Flush all MemberCacheFlusher services
- InheritedPermissionFlusher::flushCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
Flushes all registered MemberCacheFlusher services
- InheritedPermissions::flushMemberCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Clear the cache for this instance only
- LoginAttempt::fieldLabels() — Method in class LoginAttempt
- $ Member#FirstName — Property in class Member
- $ Member#FailedLoginCount — Property in class Member
- Member::fieldLabels() — Method in class Member
- LostPasswordHandler::forgotPassword() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
Forgot password form handler method.
- Member_GroupSet::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Link this group set to a specific member.
- Member_GroupSet::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionRole::fieldLabels() — Method in class PermissionRole
Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
- $ RememberLoginHash#force_single_token — Property in class RememberLoginHash
If true, user can only use auto login on one device. A user can still login from multiple devices, but previous tokens from other devices will become invalid.
- $ Security#frame_options — Property in class Security
Value of X-Frame-Options header
- Security::findAnAdministrator() — Method in class Security
Return an existing member with administrator privileges, or create one of necessary.
- Security::force_database_is_ready() — Method in class Security
For the database_is_ready call to return a certain value - used for testing
- FileArchiveExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
Adds a archive view for Files
- ChangeSet::fieldLabels() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSetItem::findReferenced() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get all implicit objects for this change
- CopyToStageInputType::fields() — Method in class CopyToStageInputType
- VersionedInputType::fields() — Method in class VersionedInputType
- ReadingMode::fromDataQueryParams() — Method in class ReadingMode
Converts dataquery params to original reading mode.
- ReadingMode::fromQueryString() — Method in class ReadingMode
Convert querystring arguments to reading mode.
- RecursivePublishable::findOwned() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Find all objects owned by the current object.
- RecursivePublishable::findOwners() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Find objects which own this object.
- RecursivePublishable::findOwnersRecursive() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Find objects which own this object.
- Versioned::flushCache() — Method in class Versioned
- HTMLValue::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLValue
- SQLFormatter::formatPlain() — Method in class SQLFormatter
- SQLFormatter::formatHTML() — Method in class SQLFormatter
- URLSegmentFilter::filter() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
Note: Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string.
- Requirements::flush() — Method in class Requirements
Triggered early in the request when a flush is requested
- SSViewer::flush() — Method in class SSViewer
Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
- SSViewer::fromString() — Method in class SSViewer
Create a template from a string instead of a .ss file
- SSViewer::flush_template_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
Clears all parsed template files in the cache folder.
- SSViewer::flush_cacheblock_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
Clears all partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::First() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true if this object is the first in a set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FirstLast() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns 'first' or 'last' if this is the first or last object in the set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FromEnd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return the position of this item from the last item in the list. The position of the final item is $endIndex, which defaults to 1.
- ThemeResourceLoader::findTemplate() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Attempts to find possible candidate templates from a set of template names from modules, current theme directory and finally the application folder.
- ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedCSS() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Resolve themed CSS path
- ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedJavascript() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Resolve themed javascript path
- ThemeResourceLoader::findThemedResource() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Resolve a themed resource
- ThemeResourceLoader::flush() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Flush any cached data
- ViewableData_Debugger::forTemplate() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger
Return debugging information, as XHTML. If a field name is passed, it will show debugging information on that field, otherwise it will show information on all methods and fields.
- FlushInvalidatedResource — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages\Symfony
Some arbitrary resource which expires when flush is invoked.
- FlushInvalidatedResource::flush() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
G
- AdminRootController::get_admin_route() — Method in class AdminRootController
Convenience function to return the admin route config.
- AdminRootController::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class AdminRootController
- CMSBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction::getParameterFields() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
- CMSMenu::get_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get a single menu item by its code value.
- CMSMenu::get_menu_code() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get menu code for class
- CMSMenu::get_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get all menu entries.
- CMSMenu::get_viewable_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get all menu items that the passed member can view.
- CMSMenu::get_cms_classes() — Method in class CMSMenu
A utility funciton to retrieve subclasses of a given class that are instantiable (ie, not abstract) and have a valid menu title.
- CMSMenu::getIterator() — Method in class CMSMenu
IteratorAggregate Interface Method. Iterates over the menu items.
- CMSMenuItem::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
- CMSProfileController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()} by default to determine the form fields to display.
- GridFieldPrintButtonExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
- LinkFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
- LinkFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class LinkFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- UsedOnTable::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class UsedOnTable
- UsedOnTable::getRecord() — Method in class UsedOnTable
- UsedOnTable::getAttributes() — Method in class UsedOnTable
Attributes to be given for this field type
- GroupImportForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Imports {@link Group} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link GroupCsvBulkLoader}.
- LeftAndMain::getCombinedClientConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Gets the combined configuration of all LeftAndMain subclasses required by the client app.
- LeftAndMain::getClientConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns configuration required by the client app.
- LeftAndMain::getFormSchema() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get form schema helper
- LeftAndMain::getRequiredPermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get list of required permissions
- LeftAndMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Caution: Volatile API.
- LeftAndMain::getTemplatesWithSuffix() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return appropriate template(s) for this class, with the given suffix using {@link SSViewer::get_templates_by_class()}
- LeftAndMain::getRecord() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get dataobject from the current ID
- LeftAndMain::getNewItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Create new item.
- LeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()} by default to determine the form fields to display.
- LeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
- LeftAndMain::getHelpLinks() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns help_links in a format readable by a template
- LeftAndMain::getApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get the application name.
- LeftAndMain::getVersionProvider() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get the SilverStripe version provider
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
- MemberImportForm::getGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- ModalController::getRequest() — Method in class ModalController
Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.
- ModalController::getController() — Method in class ModalController
- ModalController::getName() — Method in class ModalController
Get urlsegment
- ModelAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Produces an edit form that includes a default {@link \SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\GridField} for the currently active {@link \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject}. The GridField will show data from the currently active
modelClass
only (see {@link self::init()}).- ModelAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Define which fields are used in the {@link getEditForm} GridField export.
- ModelAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::getList() — Method in class ModelAdmin
You can override how ModelAdmin returns DataObjects by either overloading this method, or defining an extension to ModelAdmin that implements the
updateList
method (and takes a {@link \SilverStripe\ORM\DataList} as the first argument).- ModelAdmin::getModelClass() — Method in class ModelAdmin
The model managed by this instance.
- ModelAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ModelAdmin
- ModelAdmin::getModelImporters() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Returns all importers defined in {@link self::$model_importers}.
- SecurityAdmin::groups() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
- SecurityAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()} by default to determine the form fields to display.
- SecurityAdmin::groupimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::GroupImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- DeleteAssets::getActionTitle() — Method in class DeleteAssets
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- AssetAdmin::getClientConfig() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Returns configuration required by the client app.
- AssetAdmin::getFileEditLink() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Given a file return the CMS link to edit it
- AssetAdmin::getFormFactory() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Build a form scaffolder for this model
- AssetAdmin::getFileEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
The form is used to generate a form schema, as well as an intermediary object to process data through API endpoints.
- AssetAdmin::getFileInsertForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
The form is used to generate a form schema, as well as an intermediary object to process data through API endpoints.
- AssetAdmin::getFileEditorLinkForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
The form used to generate a form schema, since it's used directly on API endpoints, it does not have any form actions.
- AssetAdmin::getMoveForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get form for moving files/folders to a new location
- AssetAdmin::getFileSelectForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get form for selecting a file
- AssetAdmin::getFileHistoryForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::getObjectFromData() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Build the array containing the all attributes the AssetAdmin client interact with.
- AssetAdmin::getMinimalistObjectFromData() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Build the array containing the minimal attributes needed to render an UploadFieldItem.
- AssetAdmin::generateThumbnails() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Generate thumbnails and provide links for a given file
- AssetAdmin::getAddToCampaignForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::getFolderCreateForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Returns the form to be used for creating a new folder
- AssetAdmin::getFileSearchform() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Allow search form to be accessible to schema
- AssetAdmin::getThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdminFile::getInsertWidth() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
Calculate width to insert into html area
- AssetAdminFile::getInsertHeight() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
Calculate width to insert into html area
- AssetAdminFile::getFilesInUse() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
Get the list of all nested files in use
- RemoteFileModalExtension::getOwner() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
- AssetFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
- AssetFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- FileFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileFormFactory
- FileHistoryFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory
- FileHistoryFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileHistoryFormFactory
- FileSearchFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory
Generates the form
- FileSearchFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- FolderCreateFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- FolderCreateFormFactory::getFormFields() — Method in class FolderCreateFormFactory
- HistoryListField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HistoryListField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- HistoryListField::getRecord() — Method in class HistoryListField
- ImageFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class ImageFormFactory
- MoveFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class MoveFormFactory
Generates the form
- MoveFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class MoveFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- PreviewImageField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class PreviewImageField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- PreviewImageField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class PreviewImageField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- PreviewImageField::getRecord() — Method in class PreviewImageField
- RemoteFileFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory
- RemoteFileFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class RemoteFileFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- UploadField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class UploadField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- UploadField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class UploadField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- UploadField::getIsMultiUpload() — Method in class UploadField
Check if allowed to upload more than one file
- UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField
Gets the number of files allowed for this field
- UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class UploadField
Returns the max allowed filesize
- UploadField::getAttributes() — Method in class UploadField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- UploadField::getUploadEnabled() — Method in class UploadField
Check if uploading files is enabled
- UploadField::getAttachEnabled() — Method in class UploadField
Check if attaching files is enabled
- FileTypeCreator::getThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator::getChildrenConnection() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- Notice::getType() — Method in class Notice
- Notice::getIDs() — Method in class Notice
- Notice::getMessage() — Method in class Notice
- ImageThumbnailHelper::getMaxImageFileSize() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper
Get the maximum file size for which thumbnails will be generated. Set to
0
to disable the limit.- ThumbnailGenerator::generateThumbnailLink() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
Generate thumbnail and return the "src" property for this thumbnail
- ThumbnailGenerator::generateThumbnail() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
Generate thumbnail object
- ThumbnailGenerator::generateLink() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
Generate "src" property for this thumbnail.
- ThumbnailGenerator::getGenerates() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
- AssetManipulationList::getPublicAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Get all public assets
- AssetManipulationList::getProtectedAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Get protected assets
- AssetManipulationList::getDeletedAssets() — Method in class AssetManipulationList
Get deleted assets
- TagsToShortcodeHelper::getNewContent() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
- TestAssetStore::getLocalPath() — Method in class TestAssetStore
Helper method to get local filesystem path for this file
- TestAssetStore::getFileID() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- TestAssetStore::getOriginalFilename() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- TestAssetStore::getFilesystemFor() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- TestAssetStore::getDefaultConflictResolution() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- VersionedFilesMigrator::getFinder() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
- VersionedFilesMigrator::getLog() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
- File::get_shortcodes() — Method in class File
- File::getTreeTitle() — Method in class File
- File::getCMSFields() — Method in class File
List of basic content editable file fields.
- File::getStatusTitle() — Method in class File
Get title for current file status
- File::get_app_category() — Method in class File
Returns a category based on the file extension.
- File::get_category_extensions() — Method in class File
For a category or list of categories, get the list of file extensions
- File::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class File
Gets the URL of this file
- File::getURL() — Method in class File
Gets the URL of this file
- File::getSourceURL() — Method in class File
Get URL, but without resampling.
- File::generateFilename() — Method in class File
Get expected value of Filename tuple value. Will be used to trigger a file move on draft stage.
- File::getExtension() — Method in class File
Returns the file extension
- File::get_file_extension() — Method in class File
Gets the extension of a filepath or filename, by stripping away everything before the last "dot".
- File::get_icon_for_extension() — Method in class File
Given an extension, determine the icon that should be used
- File::getFileType() — Method in class File
Return the type of file for the given extension on the current file name.
- File::get_file_type() — Method in class File
Get descriptive type of file based on filename
- File::getSize() — Method in class File
Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.
- File::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class File
Return file size in bytes.
- File::get_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
Maps a {@link File} subclass to a specific extension.
- File::getMetaData() — Method in class File
Get metadata for this file
- File::getMimeType() — Method in class File
Get mime type
- File::getStream() — Method in class File
- File::getString() — Method in class File
- File::getIsImage() — Method in class File
Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset
- File::getFilename() — Method in class File
Get value of filename
- File::getHash() — Method in class File
Get value of hash
- File::getVariant() — Method in class File
Get value of variant
- File::getTag() — Method in class File
Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)
- File::getVisibility() — Method in class File
Determine visibility of the given file
- File::grantFile() — Method in class File
Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.
- File::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class File
- File::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class File
Get the list of globally allowed file extensions for file uploads.
- FileFinder::getOption() — Method in class FileFinder
Returns an option value set on this instance.
- FileNameFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FileNameFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FileNameFilter::getDefaultName() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- FlysystemAssetStore::getPublicFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get the currently assigned flysystem backend
- FlysystemAssetStore::getProtectedFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get filesystem to use for non-public files
- FlysystemAssetStore::getCapabilities() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Return list of feature capabilities of this backend as an array.
- FlysystemAssetStore::getVisibility() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Determine visibility of the given file
- FlysystemAssetStore::getAsStream() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get a stream for this file
- FlysystemAssetStore::getAsString() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get contents of a given file
- FlysystemAssetStore::getAsURL() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get the url for the file
- FlysystemAssetStore::grant() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.
- FlysystemAssetStore::getMetadata() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get metadata for this file, if available
- FlysystemAssetStore::getMimeType() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Get mime type of this file
- FlysystemAssetStore::getResponseFor() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Generate a custom HTTP response for a request to a given asset, identified by a path.
- GeneratedAssets — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
Simple Flysystem implementation of GeneratedAssetHandler for storing generated content
- GeneratedAssets::getFilesystem() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Get the asset backend
- GeneratedAssets::getContentURL() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Returns a URL to a generated asset, if one is available.
- GeneratedAssets::getContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Returns the content for a generated asset, if one is available.
- ProtectedAdapter::getProtectedUrl() — Method in class ProtectedAdapter
Provide downloadable url that is restricted to granted users
- ProtectedAssetAdapter::getProtectedUrl() — Method in class ProtectedAssetAdapter
Provide secure downloadable
- PublicAdapter::getPublicUrl() — Method in class PublicAdapter
Provide downloadable url that is open to the public
- PublicAssetAdapter::getPublicUrl() — Method in class PublicAssetAdapter
Provide downloadable url
- Folder::getIcon() — Method in class Folder
Return the relative URL of an icon for this file type
- Folder::getTitle() — Method in class Folder
Get the folder title
- Folder::getSize() — Method in class Folder
A folder doesn't have a (meaningful) file size.
- Folder::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Folder
- Folder::getFilename() — Method in class Folder
Get value of filename
- Folder::getURL() — Method in class Folder
Folders do not have public URLs
- Folder::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class Folder
Folders do not have public URLs
- Image::getIsImage() — Method in class Image
Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset
- ImageManipulation::getAllowGeneration() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Check if resizes are allowed
- ImageManipulation::getString() — Method in class ImageManipulation
- ImageManipulation::getStream() — Method in class ImageManipulation
- ImageManipulation::getURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
- ImageManipulation::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
- ImageManipulation::getMetaData() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get metadata for this file
- ImageManipulation::getMimeType() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get mime type
- ImageManipulation::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Return file size in bytes.
- ImageManipulation::getFilename() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get value of filename
- ImageManipulation::getHash() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get value of hash
- ImageManipulation::getVariant() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get value of variant
- ImageManipulation::getIsImage() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset
- ImageManipulation::getIcon() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Return the relative URL of an icon for the file type, based on the {@link appCategory()} value.
- ImageManipulation::getImageBackend() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get Image_Backend instance for this image
- ImageManipulation::getWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get the width of this image.
- ImageManipulation::getHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get the height of this image.
- ImageManipulation::getOrientation() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get the orientation of this image.
- Image_Backend::getWidth() — Method in class Image_Backend
- Image_Backend::getHeight() — Method in class Image_Backend
- Image_Backend::getImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
Get the currently assigned image resource
- InterventionBackend::getTempPath() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getCache() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getAssetContainer() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getImageManager() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Get the currently assigned image resource, or generates one if not yet assigned.
- InterventionBackend::getQuality() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getWidth() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::getHeight() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- FileLinkTracking::getFileParser() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
FileParser for link tracking
- FileShortcodeProvider::get_shortcodes() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler
- FileShortcodeProvider::getCacheKey() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
Generates a cachekey with the given parameters
- FileShortcodeProvider::getCache() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
Gets the cache used by this provider
- ImageShortcodeProvider::get_shortcodes() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler
- ImageShortcodeProvider::getCache() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
Gets the cache used by this provider
- AssetContainer::getString() — Method in class AssetContainer
- AssetContainer::getStream() — Method in class AssetContainer
- AssetContainer::getURL() — Method in class AssetContainer
- AssetContainer::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class AssetContainer
- AssetContainer::getMetaData() — Method in class AssetContainer
Get metadata for this file
- AssetContainer::getMimeType() — Method in class AssetContainer
Get mime type
- AssetContainer::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class AssetContainer
Return file size in bytes.
- AssetContainer::getIsImage() — Method in class AssetContainer
Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset
- AssetContainer::getVisibility() — Method in class AssetContainer
Determine visibility of the given file
- AssetContainer::getFilename() — Method in class AssetContainer
Get value of filename
- AssetContainer::getHash() — Method in class AssetContainer
Get value of hash
- AssetContainer::getVariant() — Method in class AssetContainer
Get value of variant
- AssetContainer::grantFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.
- AssetNameGenerator::getMaxTries() — Method in class AssetNameGenerator
Number of attempts allowed
- AssetStore::getCapabilities() — Method in class AssetStore
Return list of feature capabilities of this backend as an array.
- AssetStore::getAsString() — Method in class AssetStore
Get contents of a given file
- AssetStore::getAsStream() — Method in class AssetStore
Get a stream for this file
- AssetStore::getAsURL() — Method in class AssetStore
Get the url for the file
- AssetStore::getMetadata() — Method in class AssetStore
Get metadata for this file, if available
- AssetStore::getMimeType() — Method in class AssetStore
Get mime type of this file
- AssetStore::getVisibility() — Method in class AssetStore
Determine visibility of the given file
- AssetStore::grant() — Method in class AssetStore
Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.
- AssetStoreRouter::getResponseFor() — Method in class AssetStoreRouter
Generate a custom HTTP response for a request to a given asset, identified by a path.
- DBFile::getIsImage() — Method in class DBFile
Determine if a valid non-empty image exists behind this asset, which is a format compatible with image manipulations
- DBFile::getTag() — Method in class DBFile
Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)
- DBFile::getFrontendTemplate() — Method in class DBFile
Determine the template to render as on the frontend
- DBFile::getBasename() — Method in class DBFile
Get trailing part of filename
- DBFile::getExtension() — Method in class DBFile
Get file extension
- DBFile::getTitle() — Method in class DBFile
Alt title for this
- DBFile::getStream() — Method in class DBFile
- DBFile::getString() — Method in class DBFile
- DBFile::getURL() — Method in class DBFile
- DBFile::getSourceURL() — Method in class DBFile
Get URL, but without resampling.
- DBFile::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class DBFile
Get the absolute URL to this resource
- DBFile::getMetaData() — Method in class DBFile
Get metadata for this file
- DBFile::getMimeType() — Method in class DBFile
Get mime type
- DBFile::getValue() — Method in class DBFile
Returns the value of this field.
- DBFile::getVisibility() — Method in class DBFile
Determine visibility of the given file
- DBFile::getFilename() — Method in class DBFile
Get value of filename
- DBFile::getHash() — Method in class DBFile
Get value of hash
- DBFile::getVariant() — Method in class DBFile
Get value of variant
- DBFile::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class DBFile
Return file size in bytes.
- DBFile::getAllowedCategories() — Method in class DBFile
Get list of allowed file categories
- DBFile::getSize() — Method in class DBFile
Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.
- DBFile::grantFile() — Method in class DBFile
Ensures that access to the specified protected file is granted for the current user.
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::getMaxTries() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
Number of attempts allowed
- GeneratedAssetHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Interface to define a handler for persistent generated files
- GeneratedAssetHandler::getContentURL() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler
Returns a URL to a generated asset, if one is available.
- GeneratedAssetHandler::getContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler
Returns the content for a generated asset, if one is available.
- ProtectedFileController::getRouteHandler() — Method in class ProtectedFileController
- Upload::getValidator() — Method in class Upload
Get current validator
- Upload::getReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
- Upload::getFile() — Method in class Upload
Get file-object, either generated from {load()}, or manually set.
- Upload::getErrors() — Method in class Upload
Return all errors that occurred while processing so far (mostly set by {loadUploaded()})
- Upload::getDefaultVisibility() — Method in class Upload
Get default visibility for uploaded files. {see AssetStore} One of the values of AssetStore::VISIBILITY_* constants
- Upload_Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Return all errors that occurred while validating the temporary file.
- Upload_Validator::getLargestAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Returns the largest maximum filesize allowed across all extensions
- Upload_Validator::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Get maximum file size for all or specified file extension.
- Upload_Validator::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
- Upload_Validator::getFileExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Return the extension of the uploaded file, in lowercase Returns an empty string for files without an extension
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
- CMSMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSMain
Caution: Volatile API.
- CMSMain::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSMain
Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.
- CMSMain::getHintsCache() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class CMSMain
Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.
- CMSMain::getTreeNodeClasses() — Method in class CMSMain
Get extra CSS classes for a page's tree node
- CMSMain::getsubtree() — Method in class CMSMain
Get a subtree underneath the request param 'ID'.
- CMSMain::getSearchContext() — Method in class CMSMain
This provides information required to generate the search form and can be modified on extensions through updateSearchContext
- CMSMain::getSearchFieldSchema() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns the search form schema for the current model
- CMSMain::getSearchForm() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns a Form for page searching for use in templates.
- CMSMain::getBreadcrumbsBackLink() — Method in class CMSMain
Get "back" url for breadcrumbs
- CMSMain::getRecord() — Method in class CMSMain
Get a database record to be managed by the CMS.
- CMSMain::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::getList() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns the pages meet a certain criteria as {see CMSSiteTreeFilter} or the subpages of a parent page defaulting to no filter and show all pages in first level.
- CMSMain::getNewItem() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPageEditController::getClientConfig() — Method in class CMSPageEditController
Returns configuration required by the client app.
- CMSPageEditController::getAddToCampaignForm() — Method in class CMSPageEditController
- CMSPageSettingsController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
- CMSPageSettingsController::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::get_all_filters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Returns a sorted array of all implementators of CMSSiteTreeFilter, suitable for use in a dropdown.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages
Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
Gets the list of filtered pages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
Filters out all pages who's status who's status that doesn't exist on live
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search
Retun an array of maps containing the keys, 'ID' and 'ParentID' for each page to be displayed in the search.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Deleted".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Draft".
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Removed from draft".
- ContentController::getMenu() — Method in class ContentController
Returns a fixed navigation menu of the given level.
- ContentController::getViewer() — Method in class ContentController
Return an SSViewer object to render the template for the current page.
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::generatePageIconsCss() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
Include CSS for page icons. We're not using the JSTree 'types' option because it causes too much performance overhead just to add some icons.
- ModelAsController::getNestedController() — Method in class ModelAsController
- RootURLController::get_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
Get the full form (e.g. /home/) relative link to the home page for the current HTTP_HOST value. Note that the link is trimmed of leading and trailing slashes before returning to ensure consistency.
- SilverStripeNavigator::getItems() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigator::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigator::get_for_record() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Machine-friendly name.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getPriority() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
- AnchorLinkFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class AnchorLinkFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- AnchorSelectorField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class AnchorSelectorField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- InternalLinkModalExtension::getOwner() — Method in class InternalLinkModalExtension
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getAttributes() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getPage() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- RedirectorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- RedirectorPageController::getContent() — Method in class RedirectorPageController
If we ever get this far, it means that the redirection failed.
- SiteTree::get_by_link() — Method in class SiteTree
Fetches the {@link SiteTree} object that maps to a link.
- SiteTree::getMimeType() — Method in class SiteTree
To determine preview mechanism (e.g. embedded / iframe)
- SiteTree::getAbsoluteLiveLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the absolute URL for this page on the Live site.
- SiteTree::getBreadcrumbItems() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns a list of breadcrumbs for the current page.
- SiteTree::getParent() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the parent of this page.
- SiteTree::getCreatableChildrenCache() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::getSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTree
Stub method to get the site config, unless the current class can provide an alternate.
- SiteTree::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::generateURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Generate a URL segment based on the title provided.
- SiteTree::getStageURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the URL segment for the latest draft version of this page.
- SiteTree::getLiveURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the URL segment for the currently published version of this page.
- SiteTree::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.
- SiteTree::getSettingsFields() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns fields related to configuration aspects on this record, e.g. access control. See {@link getCMSFields()} for content-related fields.
- SiteTree::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the actions available in the CMS for this page - eg Save, Publish.
- SiteTree::getMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the title for use in menus for this page. If the MenuTitle field is set it returns that, else it returns the Title field.
- SiteTree::getStatusFlags() — Method in class SiteTree
A flag provides the user with additional data about the current page status, for example a "removed from draft" status. Each page can have more than one status flag. Returns a map of a unique key to a (localized) title for the flag. The unique key can be reused as a CSS class. Use the 'updateStatusFlags' extension point to customize the flags.
- SiteTree::getIconClass() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the CSS class used for the page icon in the site tree.
- SiteTree::getTreeTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
getTreeTitle will return three html DOM elements, an empty with the class 'jstree-pageicon' in front, following by a wrapping around its MenuTitle, then following by a indicating its publication status.
- SiteTree::getPageLevel() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the depth of this page in the sitetree, where 1 is the root level
- SiteTree::getControllerName() — Method in class SiteTree
Find the controller name by our convention of {$ModelClass}Controller Can be overriden by config variable
- SiteTree::getPageIconURL() — Method in class SiteTree
Generate link to this page's icon
- SiteTree::getParentType() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns 'root' if the current page has no parent, or 'subpage' otherwise
- SiteTree::getAnchorsOnPage() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeFolderExtension::getUnusedFilesListFilter() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension
Looks for files used in system and create where clause which contains all ID's of files.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::getParser() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Parser for link tracking
- VirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
Generates the array of fields required for the page type.
- VirtualPage::getNonVirtualisedFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
List of fields or properties to never virtualise
- VirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.
- VirtualPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::getViewerTemplates() — Method in class VirtualPage
Use the target page's class name for fetching templates - as we need to take on its appearance
- VirtualPage::getField() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::getControllerName() — Method in class VirtualPage
{@inheritdoc}
- BrokenFilesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenFilesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
- EmptyPagesReport::group() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- RecentlyEditedReport::group() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- SearchForm::getClassesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
Get the classes to search
- SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm
Return dataObjectSet of the results using current request to get info from form.
- SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm
Get the search query for display in a "You searched for ..." sentence.
- SearchForm::getPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::getOrphanedPages() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
Gets all orphans from "Stage" and "Live" stages.
- CampaignAdmin::getClientConfig() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Returns configuration required by the client app.
- CampaignAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()} by default to determine the form fields to display.
- CampaignAdmin::getCampaignEditForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
- CampaignAdmin::getCampaignCreateForm() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Build create form
- CampaignAdminList::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class CampaignAdminList
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- CachedConfigCollection::getNestFactory() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Get callback for nesting the inner collection
- CachedConfigCollection::get() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class
- CachedConfigCollection::getAll() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Get complete config (excludes middleware)
- CachedConfigCollection::getMetadata() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Returns the entire metadata
- CachedConfigCollection::getHistory() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- CachedConfigCollection::getCollection() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Get or build collection
- CachedConfigCollection::getCollectionCreator() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- CachedConfigCollection::getCache() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- CachedConfigCollection::getFlush() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- ConfigCollectionInterface::get() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class
- ConfigCollectionInterface::getMetadata() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
Returns the entire metadata
- ConfigCollectionInterface::getHistory() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
- ConfigCollectionInterface::getMiddlewares() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
- ConfigCollectionInterface::getAll() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
Get complete config (excludes middleware)
- DeltaConfigCollection::getDeltaMiddleware() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Get middleware for handling deltas
- DeltaConfigCollection::getMiddlewares() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
- DeltaConfigCollection::getDeltas() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Get deltas for the given class
- MemoryConfigCollection::get() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Fetches value for a class, or a property on that class
- MemoryConfigCollection::getAll() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Get complete config (excludes middleware-applied config)
- MemoryConfigCollection::getMetadata() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Returns the entire metadata
- MemoryConfigCollection::getHistory() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
- DeltaMiddleware::getCollection() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware
- DeltaMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware
Get config for a class
- Middleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class Middleware
Get config for a class
- MiddlewareAware::getMiddlewares() — Method in class MiddlewareAware
- MiddlewareCommon::getDisableFlag() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon
Get flag to use to disable this middleware
- PrivateStaticTransformer::getClasses() — Method in class PrivateStaticTransformer
- ContentNegotiator::getEnabled() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Gets the current enabled status, if it is not set this will fallback to config
- Controller::getURLParams() — Method in class Controller
Returns the parameters extracted from the URL by the {@link Director}.
- Controller::getResponse() — Method in class Controller
Returns the HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up. Can be used to set the status code and headers.
- Controller::getAction() — Method in class Controller
Returns the action that is being executed on this controller.
- Controller::getViewer() — Method in class Controller
Return the viewer identified being the default handler for this Controller/Action combination.
- Controller::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Controller
- Cookie::get_inst() — Method in class Cookie
Fetch the current instance of the cookie backend.
- Cookie::get() — Method in class Cookie
Get the cookie value by name. Returns null if not set.
- Cookie::get_all() — Method in class Cookie
Get all the cookies.
- CookieJar::get() — Method in class CookieJar
Get the cookie value by name
- CookieJar::getAll() — Method in class CookieJar
Get all the cookies
- Cookie_Backend::get() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Get the cookie value by name
- Cookie_Backend::getAll() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Get all the cookies
- Director::get_current_page() — Method in class Director
Return the {@link SiteTree} object that is currently being viewed. If there is no SiteTree object to return, then this will return the current controller.
- Director::getAbsFile() — Method in class Director
Given a filesystem reference relative to the site root, return the full file-system path.
- Director::get_environment_type() — Method in class Director
Can also be checked with {@link Director::isDev()}, {@link Director::isTest()}, and {@link Director::isLive()}.
- Director::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Director
Returns an array of strings of the method names of methods on the call that should be exposed as global variables in the templates.
- Email::getSendAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email
Get send_all_emails_to
- Email::getCCAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email
Get cc_all_emails_to
- Email::getBCCAllEmailsTo() — Method in class Email
Get bcc_all_emails_to
- Email::getSendAllEmailsFrom() — Method in class Email
Get send_all_emails_from
- Email::getSwiftMessage() — Method in class Email
- Email::getFrom() — Method in class Email
- Email::getSender() — Method in class Email
- Email::getReturnPath() — Method in class Email
- Email::getTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::getCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::getBCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::getReplyTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::getSubject() — Method in class Email
- Email::getPriority() — Method in class Email
- Email::getData() — Method in class Email
- Email::getBody() — Method in class Email
- Email::getHTMLTemplate() — Method in class Email
- Email::getPlainTemplate() — Method in class Email
Get the template to render the plain part with
- Email::getFailedRecipients() — Method in class Email
- Email::generatePlainPartFromBody() — Method in class Email
Automatically adds a plain part to the email generated from the current Body
- SwiftMailer::getSwiftMailer() — Method in class SwiftMailer
- HTTP::getLinksIn() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::getImagesIn() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::get_mime_type() — Method in class HTTP
Get the MIME type based on a file's extension. If the finfo class exists in PHP, and the file exists relative to the project root, then use that extension, otherwise fallback to a list of commonly known MIME types.
- HTTP::gmt_date() — Method in class HTTP
Return an {@link http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2822 RFC 2822} date in the GMT timezone (a timestamp is always in GMT: the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT)
- HTTP::get_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP
Return static variable cache_age in second
- HTTPApplication::getFlushDiscoverer() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Returns the current flush discoverer
- HTTPApplication::getKernel() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Get the kernel for this application
- HTTPRequest::getBody() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::getVars() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::getVar() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::getExtension() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns a possible file extension found in parsing the URL as denoted by a "."-character near the end of the URL.
- HTTPRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::getHeader() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Remove an existing HTTP header
- HTTPRequest::getURL() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns the URL used to generate the page
- HTTPRequest::getHost() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::getIP() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns the client IP address which originated this request.
- HTTPRequest::getAcceptMimetypes() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns all mimetypes from the HTTP "Accept" header as an array.
- HTTPRequest::getScheme() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Return the URL scheme (e.g. "http" or "https").
- HTTPRequest::getSession() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPResponse::getProtocolVersion() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse::getStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse::getStatusDescription() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse::getBody() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse::getHeader() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Return the HTTP header of the given name.
- HTTPResponse::getHeaders() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse_Exception::getResponse() — Method in class HTTPResponse_Exception
- HTTPStreamResponse::getStream() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
- HTTPStreamResponse::getSavedBody() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
Get body prior to stream traversal
- HTTPStreamResponse::getBody() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
- HasRequestHandler::getRequestHandler() — Method in class HasRequestHandler
- AllowedHostsMiddleware::getAllowedHosts() — Method in class AllowedHostsMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSLPatterns() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSLDomain() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceWWW() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getForceBasicAuthToSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getRedirectType() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::getEnabledEnvs() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
Get enabled flag, or list of environments to enable in.
- ConfirmationMiddleware::getConfirmationItems() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Extract the confirmation items from the request and return
- EnvironmentBypass::getEnvironments() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass
Returns the list of environments
- GetParameter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A rule to match a GET parameter within HTTPRequest
- GetParameter::getName() — Method in class GetParameter
Return the parameter name
- GetParameter::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class GetParameter
Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item
- HttpMethodBypass::getMethods() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass
Returns the list of methods
- PathAware::getPath() — Method in class PathAware
Returns the path
- Rule::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class Rule
Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item
- Url::getHttpMethods() — Method in class Url
Returns HTTP methods to be checked
- Url::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class Url
Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item
- UrlPathStartswith::getRequestConfirmationItem() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith
Check the request by the rule and return a confirmation item
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Get current vary keys
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getState() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Get current state
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getStateDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Low level method to get the value of a directive for a state.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Get the value of the given directive for the current state
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getStateDirectives() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Get directives for the given state
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::getDirectives() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Get all directives for the currently active state
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::generateHeadersFor() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Generate all headers to output
- HTTPMiddlewareAware::getMiddlewares() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::getAffectedPermissions() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware
Returns the list of permissions that are affected
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::getEnforceAuthentication() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware
Returns flag whether we want to enforce authentication or not
- RateLimitMiddleware::getExtraKey() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::getMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::getDecay() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::getRateLimiter() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::getRequestHandler() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::getTrustedProxyIPs() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Return the comma-separated list of IP ranges that are trusted to provide proxy headers Can also be 'none' or '*' (all)
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxyHostHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Return the array of headers from which to lookup the hostname
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxyIPHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Return the array of headers from which to lookup the client IP
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::getProxySchemeHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Return the array of headers from which to lookup the client scheme (http/https)
- NestedController::getNestedController() — Method in class NestedController
Get overriding controller
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::getResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::getFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- RSSFeed::getTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed
Returns the name of the template to use.
- RSSFeed::getTemplates() — Method in class RSSFeed
Returns the ordered list of preferred templates for rendering this object.
- RequestHandler::getRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.
- RequestHandler::getBackURL() — Method in class RequestHandler
Safely get the value of the BackURL param, if provided via querystring / posted var
- RequestHandler::getReferer() — Method in class RequestHandler
Get referer
- Session::get() — Method in class Session
Get session value
- Session::getAll() — Method in class Session
Get all values
- SimpleResourceURLGenerator::getNonceStyle() — Method in class SimpleResourceURLGenerator
- Application::getKernel() — Method in class Application
Get the kernel for this application
- RateLimiter::getCache() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getIdentifier() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getDecay() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getNumAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getNumAttemptsRemaining() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::getTimeToReset() — Method in class RateLimiter
- ClassInfo::getValidSubClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns the manifest of all classes which are present in the database.
- ConfigLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
- Config_ForClass::get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- ExtensionMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class ExtensionMiddleware
Get config for a class
- InheritanceMiddleware::getClassConfig() — Method in class InheritanceMiddleware
Get config for a class
- CoreKernel::getEnvironment() — Method in class CoreKernel
Get the environment type
- CoreKernel::getNestedFrom() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::getContainer() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::getInjectorLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
Get loader for injector instance
- CoreKernel::getClassLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::getModuleLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::getConfigLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::getThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- Environment::getVariables() — Method in class Environment
Extract env vars prior to modification
- Environment::getMemoryLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
- Environment::getTimeLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
- Environment::getEnv() — Method in class Environment
Get value of environment variable
- Extensible::get_extensions() — Method in class Extensible
- Extensible::get_extra_config_sources() — Method in class Extensible
Get extra config sources for this class
- Extensible::getExtensionInstance() — Method in class Extensible
Get an extension instance attached to this object by name.
- Extensible::getExtensionInstances() — Method in class Extensible
Get all extension instances for this specific object instance.
- Extension::getOwner() — Method in class Extension
Returns the owner of this extension.
- Extension::get_classname_without_arguments() — Method in class Extension
Helper method to strip eval'ed arguments from a string that's passed to {@link DataObject::$extensions} or {@link Object::add_extension()}.
- Injector::getObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
- Injector::getConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector
Retrieve the configuration locator
- Injector::getServiceName() — Method in class Injector
Does the given service exist, and if so, what's the stored name for it?
- Injector::get() — Method in class Injector
Get a named managed object
- Injector::getServiceSpec() — Method in class Injector
Search for spec, lazy-loading in from config locator.
- InjectorLoader::getManifest() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
- Kernel::getContainer() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::getClassLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::getInjectorLoader() — Method in class Kernel
Get loader for injector instance
- Kernel::getModuleLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::getConfigLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::getThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::getEnvironment() — Method in class Kernel
One of dev, live, or test
- ClassLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ClassLoader
Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
- ClassLoader::getItemPath() — Method in class ClassLoader
Returns the path for a class or interface in the currently active manifest, or any previous ones if later manifests aren't set to "exclusive".
- ClassManifest::getParser() — Method in class ClassManifest
Get or create active parser
- ClassManifest::getTraverser() — Method in class ClassManifest
Get node traverser for parsing class files
- ClassManifest::getVisitor() — Method in class ClassManifest
Get visitor for parsing class files
- ClassManifest::getItemPath() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns the file path to a class or interface if it exists in the manifest.
- ClassManifest::getItemName() — Method in class ClassManifest
Return correct case name
- ClassManifest::getClasses() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased class names to file paths.
- ClassManifest::getClassNames() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercase class names to proper class names in the manifest
- ClassManifest::getTraits() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased trait names to file paths.
- ClassManifest::getTraitNames() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercase trait names to proper trait names in the manifest
- ClassManifest::getDescendants() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns an array of all the descendant data.
- ClassManifest::getDescendantsOf() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns an array containing all the descendants (direct and indirect) of a class.
- ClassManifest::getInterfaces() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased interface names to file locations.
- ClassManifest::getInterfaceNames() — Method in class ClassManifest
Return map of lowercase interface names to proper case names in the manifest
- ClassManifest::getImplementors() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased interface names to the classes the implement them.
- ClassManifest::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class ClassManifest
Returns an array containing the class names that implement a certain interface.
- ClassManifest::getOwnerModule() — Method in class ClassManifest
Get module that owns this class
- ClassManifestVisitor::getClasses() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- ClassManifestVisitor::getTraits() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- ClassManifestVisitor::getInterfaces() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- Module::getName() — Method in class Module
Gets name of this module. Used as unique key and identifier for this module.
- Module::getComposerName() — Method in class Module
Get full composer name. Will be null if no composer.json is available
- Module::getExposedFolders() — Method in class Module
Get list of folders that need to be made available
- Module::getShortName() — Method in class Module
Gets "short" name of this module. This is the base directory this module is installed in.
- Module::getResourcesDir() — Method in class Module
Name of the resource directory where vendor resources should be exposed as defined by the
extra.resources-dir
key in the composer file. A blank string will will be returned if the key is undefined.- Module::getPath() — Method in class Module
Get base path for this module
- Module::getRelativePath() — Method in class Module
Get path relative to base dir.
- Module::getResource() — Method in class Module
Get resource for this module
- Module::getRelativeResourcePath() — Method in class Module
- Module::getResourcePath() — Method in class Module
- Module::getResourceURL() — Method in class Module
- ModuleLoader::getModule() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Get module by name from the current manifest.
- ModuleLoader::getManifest() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
- ModuleManifest::getModule() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Get module by name
- ModuleManifest::getModules() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Get modules found
- ModuleManifest::getModuleByPath() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Get module that contains the given path
- ModuleResource::getPath() — Method in class ModuleResource
Return the full filesystem path to this resource.
- ModuleResource::getRelativePath() — Method in class ModuleResource
Get the path of this resource relative to the base path.
- ModuleResource::getURL() — Method in class ModuleResource
Public URL to this resource.
- ModuleResource::getModule() — Method in class ModuleResource
- ModuleResource::getRelativeResource() — Method in class ModuleResource
Get nested resource relative to this.
- ModuleResourceLoader::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- PrioritySorter::getSortedList() — Method in class PrioritySorter
Sorts the items and returns a new version of $this->items
- VersionProvider::getVersion() — Method in class VersionProvider
Gets a comma delimited string of package titles and versions
- VersionProvider::getModules() — Method in class VersionProvider
Gets the configured core modules to use for the SilverStripe application version. Filtering is used to ensure that modules can turn the result off for other modules, e.g. CMS can disable Framework.
- VersionProvider::getModuleVersionFromComposer() — Method in class VersionProvider
Tries to obtain version number from composer.lock if it exists
- TempFolder::getTempFolder() — Method in class TempFolder
Returns the temporary folder path that silverstripe should use for its cache files.
- TempFolder::getTempFolderUsername() — Method in class TempFolder
Returns as best a representation of the current username as we can glean.
- Backtrace::get_rendered_backtrace() — Method in class Backtrace
Render a backtrace array into an appropriate plain-text or HTML string.
- BuildTask::getTitle() — Method in class BuildTask
- BuildTask::getDescription() — Method in class BuildTask
- BulkLoader::getOptionFields() — Method in class BulkLoader
Return a FieldList containing all the options for this form; this doesn't include the actual upload field itself
- BulkLoader::getImportSpec() — Method in class BulkLoader
Get a specification of all available columns and relations on the used model.
- CSSContentParser::getBySelector() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Returns a number of SimpleXML elements that match the given CSS selector.
- CSSContentParser::getByXpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Allows querying the content through XPATH selectors.
- Deprecation::get_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
Determine if deprecation notices should be displayed
- DevelopmentAdmin::generatesecuretoken() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Generate a secure token which can be used as a crypto key.
- FixtureBlueprint::getDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureBlueprint::getClass() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::getId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Get the ID of an object from the fixture.
- FixtureFactory::getIds() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.
- FixtureFactory::get() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Get an object from the fixture.
- FixtureFactory::getFixtures() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FixtureFactory::getBlueprints() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FixtureFactory::getBlueprint() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FunctionalTest::get() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Submit a get request
- FunctionalTest::get_disable_themes() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- FunctionalTest::get_use_draft_site() — Method in class FunctionalTest
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapters() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Return all registered adapters
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapter() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Returns registry data for a class
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_default_fields() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Retrieves default field configuration
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::getDatabaseConfigurationHelper() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Build configuration helper for a given class
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines the version of the database server
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines the version of the database server
- SapphireTest::getIllegalExtensions() — Method in class SapphireTest
Gets illegal extensions for this class
- SapphireTest::getRequiredExtensions() — Method in class SapphireTest
Gets required extensions for this class
- SapphireTest::get_fixture_file() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getUsesDatabase() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getUsesTransactions() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getRequireDefaultRecordsFrom() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::getExtraDataObjects() — Method in class SapphireTest
Return all extra objects to scaffold for this test
- SapphireTest::getExtraControllers() — Method in class SapphireTest
Get additional controller classes to register routes for
- FixtureTestState::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class FixtureTestState
- GlobalsTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Cleans up and reset global env vars between tests
- SapphireTestState::getStates() — Method in class SapphireTestState
- SapphireTestState::getStateByName() — Method in class SapphireTestState
- SapphireTestState::getStateByClass() — Method in class SapphireTestState
- MigrateFileTask::getDescription() — Method in class MigrateFileTask
- TestSession::get() — Method in class TestSession
Submit a get request
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getContent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getError() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getSent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getHeaders() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getMethod() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getUrl() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getRequestData() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- YamlFixture::getFixtureFile() — Method in class YamlFixture
- YamlFixture::getFixtureString() — Method in class YamlFixture
- ErrorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class ErrorPage
- ErrorPage::get_content_for_errorcode() — Method in class ErrorPage
- ErrorPageExtension::getContentForErrorcode() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Returns statically cached content for a given error code
- ErrorPageExtension::getAssetHandler() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageExtension::getCodes() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageExtension::getDefaultRecordsData() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Returns an array of arrays, each of which defines properties for a new ErrorPage record.
- ErrorPageFileExtension::getErrorRecordFor() — Method in class ErrorPageFileExtension
Used by see FileShortcodeProvider::handle_shortcode()
- CheckboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- CheckboxField_Readonly::getValueCast() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly
Get custom cating helper for Value() field
- CheckboxSetField::getOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Gets the list of options to render in this formfield
- CheckboxSetField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- CompositeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class CompositeField
Merge child field data into this form
- CompositeField::getChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
Accessor method for $this->children
- CompositeField::getName() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns the name (ID) for the element.
- CompositeField::getTag() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::getLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class CompositeField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- CompositeField::getColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getChildren() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Returns the children of this field for use in templating.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Check if existing password is required
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getPasswordField() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getConfirmPasswordField() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getMinLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getMaxLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireStrongPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- CurrencyField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class CurrencyField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- DatalessField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatalessField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- DatalessField::getAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
- DateField::getHTML5() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::getDateLength() — Method in class DateField
Get length of the date format to use. One of:
- DateField::getDateFormat() — Method in class DateField
Get date format in CLDR standard format
- DateField::getAttributes() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class DateField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- DateField::getLocale() — Method in class DateField
Get locale to use for this field
- DateField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class DateField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- DateField::getMinDate() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::getMaxDate() — Method in class DateField
- DateField_Disabled::getHTML5() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
- DatetimeField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getHTML5() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getDatetimeFormat() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get date format in CLDR standard format
- DatetimeField::getDateLength() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get length of the date format to use. One of:
- DatetimeField::getTimeLength() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get length of the date format to use. One of:
- DatetimeField::getLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get locale for this field
- DatetimeField::getMinDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getMaxDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::getTimezone() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
A required DropdownField must have a user selected attribute, so require an empty default for a required field
- EmailField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class EmailField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- FieldGroup::getName() — Method in class FieldGroup
Returns the name (ID) for the element.
- FieldGroup::getZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldGroup::getMessage() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldGroup::getMessageType() — Method in class FieldGroup
- FieldGroup::getMessageCast() — Method in class FieldGroup
Casting type for this message. Will be 'text' or 'html'
- FieldList::getContainerField() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::getIterator() — Method in class FieldList
- FileField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FileField::getRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileField
Check if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject
- FileHandleField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileHandleField::getFolderName() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileHandleField::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileUploadReceiver::getRecord() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Get the record to use as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File) If none is set, it will use Form->getRecord() or Form->Controller()->data()
- FileUploadReceiver::getItems() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Retrieves the current list of files
- FileUploadReceiver::getItemIDs() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Retrieves the list of selected file IDs
- FileUploadReceiver::getRelationAutosetClass() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Gets the foreign class that needs to be created, or 'File' as default if there is no relationship, or it cannot be determined.
- FileUploadReceiver::getRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Check if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject
- Form::getNotifyUnsavedChanges() — Method in class Form
- Form::getSessionData() — Method in class Form
Return any form data stored in the session
- Form::getSessionValidationResult() — Method in class Form
Return any ValidationResult instance stored for this object
- Form::getValidationResponseCallback() — Method in class Form
- Form::getRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
Get whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors
- Form::getValidator() — Method in class Form
Get the {@link Validator} attached to this form.
- Form::getValidationExemptActions() — Method in class Form
Get a list of actions that are exempt from validation
- Form::getExtraFields() — Method in class Form
Generate extra special fields - namely the security token field (if required).
- Form::getAttribute() — Method in class Form
- Form::getAttributes() — Method in class Form
- Form::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class Form
Return the attributes of the form tag - used by the templates.
- Form::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
Return a {@link FormTemplateHelper} for this form. If one has not been set, return the default helper.
- Form::getTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return the template to render this form with.
- Form::getTemplates() — Method in class Form
Returs the ordered list of preferred templates for rendering this form If the template isn't set, then default to the form class name e.g "Form".
- Form::getEncType() — Method in class Form
Returns the encoding type for the form.
- Form::getStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
- Form::getHTMLID() — Method in class Form
- Form::getController() — Method in class Form
Get the controller or parent request handler.
- Form::getName() — Method in class Form
Get the name of the form.
- Form::getRecord() — Method in class Form
Returns the DataObject that has given this form its data through {@link loadDataFrom()}.
- Form::getLegend() — Method in class Form
Get the legend value to be inserted into the
- Form::getData() — Method in class Form
Get the submitted data from this form through {@link FieldList->dataFields()}, which filters out any form-specific data like form-actions.
- Form::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Returns the security token for this form (if any exists).
- Form::getRequestHandler() — Method in class Form
Get request handler for this form
- FormAction::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class FormAction
Add extra options to data
- FormAction::getIcon() — Method in class FormAction
Get button icon, if supported
- FormAction::getInputType() — Method in class FormAction
Returns the field input name.
- FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class FormAction
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FormAction::getButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction
Gets the content inside the button field. This is raw HTML, and should be used sparingly.
- FormAction::getUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction
Determine if this action is rendered as a
- FormAction::getValidationExempt() — Method in class FormAction
Get whether this action can be performed without validating the data
- FormFactory::getForm() — Method in class FormFactory
Generates the form
- FormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class FormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- FormField::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class FormField
Returns the current {@link FormTemplateHelper} on either the parent Form or the global helper set through the {@link Injector} layout.
- FormField::getName() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field name.
- FormField::getInputType() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field input name.
- FormField::getAttribute() — Method in class FormField
Get an HTML attribute defined by the field, or added through {@link setAttribute()}.
- FormField::getAttributes() — Method in class FormField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- FormField::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class FormField
Custom attributes to process. Falls back to {@link getAttributes()}.
- FormField::getForm() — Method in class FormField
Get the currently used form.
- FormField::getCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField
Get the custom error message for this form field. If a custom message has not been defined then just return blank. The default error is defined on {@link Validator}.
- FormField::getTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
- FormField::getFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
- FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link SmallFieldHolder}.
- FormField::getDescription() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField
Get the FieldList that contains this field.
- FormField::getSchemaComponent() — Method in class FormField
Gets the type of front-end component the FormField will be rendered as.
- FormField::getSchemaData() — Method in class FormField
Gets the schema data used to render the FormField on the front-end.
- FormField::getSchemaDataType() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class FormField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- FormField::getSchemaState() — Method in class FormField
Gets the schema state used to render the FormField on the front-end.
- FormField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class FormField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- FormField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class FormField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- FormMessage::getMessage() — Method in class FormMessage
Returns the field message, used by form validation.
- FormMessage::getMessageType() — Method in class FormMessage
Returns the field message type.
- FormMessage::getMessageCast() — Method in class FormMessage
Casting type for this message. Will be 'text' or 'html'
- FormMessage::getSchemaMessage() — Method in class FormMessage
Get form schema encoded message
- FormMessageBootstrapExtension::getAlertType() — Method in class FormMessageBootstrapExtension
Maps a SilverStripe message type to a Bootstrap alert type
- FormScaffolder::getFieldList() — Method in class FormScaffolder
Gets the form fields as defined through the metadata on {@link $obj} and the custom parameters passed to FormScaffolder.
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
- FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
Generate the field ID value
- AbstractRequestAwareStore::getRequest() — Method in class AbstractRequestAwareStore
- GridField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Displays a {@link SS_List} in a grid format.
- GridField::getModelClass() — Method in class GridField
Returns a data class that is a DataObject type that this GridField should look like.
- GridField::getReadonlyComponents() — Method in class GridField
Return the readonly components
- GridField::getConfig() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::getComponents() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::getCastedValue() — Method in class GridField
Cast an arbitrary value with the help of a $castingDefinition.
- GridField::getList() — Method in class GridField
Get the data source.
- GridField::getManipulatedList() — Method in class GridField
Get the data source after applying every {@link GridField_DataManipulator} to it.
- GridField::getState() — Method in class GridField
Get the current GridState_Data or the GridState.
- GridField::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- GridField::getColumns() — Method in class GridField
Get the columns of this GridField, they are provided by attached GridField_ColumnProvider.
- GridField::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField
Get the value from a column.
- GridField::getDataFieldValue() — Method in class GridField
Get the value of a named field on the given record.
- GridField::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField
Get extra columns attributes used as HTML attributes.
- GridField::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField
Get metadata for a column.
- GridField::getColumnCount() — Method in class GridField
Return how many columns the grid will have.
- GridField::gridFieldAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
This is the action that gets executed when a GridField_AlterAction gets clicked.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
This class is is responsible for adding objects to another object's has_many and many_many relation, as defined by the {@link RelationList} passed to the {@link GridField} constructor.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
If an object ID is set, add the object to the list
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Gets the maximum number of autocomplete results to display.
- GridFieldAddNewButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
This component provides a button for opening the add new form provided by {@link GridFieldDetailForm}.
- GridFieldAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldButtonRow — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a button row to that field.
- GridFieldButtonRow::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldComponent — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Base interface for all components that can be added to GridField.
- GridFieldConfig — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Encapsulates a collection of components following the {@link GridFieldComponent} interface. While the {@link GridField} itself has some configuration in the form of setters, most of the details are dealt with through components.
- GridFieldConfig::getComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::getComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
Returns all components extending a certain class, or implementing a certain interface.
- GridFieldConfig::getComponentByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
Returns the first available component with the given class or interface.
- GridFieldConfig_Base — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
A simple readonly, paginated view of records, with sortable and searchable headers.
- GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Allows editing of records contained within the GridField, instead of only allowing the ability to view records in the GridField.
- GridFieldConfig_RecordViewer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Allows viewing readonly details of individual records.
- GridFieldConfig_RelationEditor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Similar to {@link GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor}, but adds features to work on has-many or many-many relationships.
- GridFieldDataColumns — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridFieldDataColumns::getDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Get the DisplayFields
- GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
HTML for the column, content of the
element. - GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridFieldDeleteAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
This class is a {@link GridField} component that adds a delete action for objects.
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Add the title
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Which GridField actions are this component handling
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDeleteAction::getRemoveRelation() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Get whether to remove or delete the relation
- GridFieldDetailForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Provides view and edit forms at GridField-specific URLs.
- GridFieldDetailForm::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
- GridFieldDetailForm::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getShowPagination() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getShowAdd() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::getItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getEditLink() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Gets the edit link for a record
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getPreviousRecordID() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Gets the ID of the previous record in the list.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getNextRecordID() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Gets the ID of the next record in the list.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplates() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Get list of templates to use
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRecord() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldEditButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Provides the entry point to editing a single record presented by the {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldEditButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldEditButton::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldEditButton::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldEditButton::getUrl() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Add the title
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldEditButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Which GridField actions are this component handling.
- GridFieldEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
- GridFieldEditButton::getExtraClass() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Get the extra HTML classes to add for edit buttons
- GridFieldExportButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adds an "Export list" button to the bottom of a {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Place the export button in a
tag below the field
- GridFieldExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
export is an action button
- GridFieldExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
it is also a URL
- GridFieldExportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Generate export fields for CSV.
- GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::getCsvEnclosure() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldFilterHeader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldFilterHeader alters the {@link GridField} with some filtering fields in the header of each column.
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
If the GridField has a filterable datalist, return an array of actions
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchContext() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Generate a search context based on the model class of the of the GridField
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchFieldSchema() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Returns the search field schema for the component
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchForm() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Returns the search form for the component
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getSearchFormSchema() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Returns the search form schema for the component
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getLegacyFilterHeader() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Generate fields for the legacy filter header row
- GridFieldFilterHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Either returns the legacy filter header or the search button and field
- GridFieldFooter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a footer bar to that field.
- GridFieldFooter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFooter
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridFieldGroupDeleteAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adds a delete action for the gridfield to remove a relationship from group.
- GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
- GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
Get the ActionMenu group (not related to Member group)
- GridFieldImportButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
- GridFieldImportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
Place the export button in a
tag below the field
- GridFieldImportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
export is an action button
- GridFieldImportButton::getModalTitle() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldImportButton::getImportForm() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldImportButton::getImportIframe() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldLazyLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldLazyLoader alters the {@link GridField} behavior to delay rendering of rows until the tab containing the GridField is selected by the user.
- GridFieldLazyLoader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldLazyLoader
Empty $datalist if the current request should be lazy loadable.
- GridFieldLazyLoader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLazyLoader
Apply an appropriate CSS class to
$gridField
based on whatever the current request is lazy loadable or not.- GridFieldLevelup — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adds a "level up" link to a GridField table, which is useful when viewing hierarchical data. Requires the managed record to have a "getParent()" method or has_one relationship called "Parent".
- GridFieldLevelup::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldLevelup::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldLevelup::getLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldPageCount — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldPage displays a simple current page count summary.
- GridFieldPageCount::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
- GridFieldPaginator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldPaginator paginates the {@link GridField} list and adds controls to the bottom of the {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldPaginator::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldPaginator::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getTemplateParameters() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
Determines arguments to be passed to the template for building this field
- GridFieldPaginator::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPaginator::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adds an "Print" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Place the print button in a
tag below the field
- GridFieldPrintButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Print is an action button.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Print is accessible via the url
- GridFieldPrintButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Return the title of the printed page
- GridFieldPrintButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Export core.
- GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldSortableHeader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridFieldSortableHeader adds column headers to a {@link GridField} that can also sort the columns.
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Returns the header row providing titles with sort buttons
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
- GridFieldSortableHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Returns the manipulated (sorted) DataList. Field names will simply add an 'ORDER BY' clause, relation names will add appropriate joins to the {@link DataQuery} first.
- GridFieldStateAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
A trait that makes a class able to consume and use a {@link GridFieldStateManagerInterface} implementation
- GridFieldStateAware::getStateManager() — Method in class GridFieldStateAware
Fallback on the direct Injector access, but allow a custom implementation to be applied
- GridFieldStateManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Creates a unique key for the gridfield, and uses that to write to and retrieve its state from the request
- GridFieldStateManager::getStateKey() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
- GridFieldStateManager::getStateFromRequest() — Method in class GridFieldStateManager
- GridFieldStateManagerInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Defines a class that can create a key for a gridfield and apply its state to a request, and consume state from the request
- GridFieldStateManagerInterface::getStateKey() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
- GridFieldStateManagerInterface::getStateFromRequest() — Method in class GridFieldStateManagerInterface
- GridFieldToolbarHeader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a header title to that field.
- GridFieldToolbarHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldToolbarHeader
- GridFieldVersionedState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
- GridFieldViewButton — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
A button that allows a user to view readonly details of a record. This is disabled by default and intended for use in readonly {@link GridField} instances.
- GridFieldViewButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- GridFieldViewButton::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- GridFieldViewButton::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- GridFieldViewButton::getUrl() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
HTML for the column, content of the
element. - GridFieldViewButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridFieldViewButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridField_ActionMenu — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Groups exiting actions in the Actions column in to a menu
- GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
HTML for the column, content of the
element. - GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridField_ActionMenu::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridField_ActionMenu::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.
- GridField_ActionMenu::getItems() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Gets the list of items setup
- GridField_ActionMenuItem — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
GridField action menu item interface, this provides data so the action will be included if there is a {see GridField_ActionMenu}
- GridField_ActionMenuItem::getTitle() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem
Gets the title for this menu item
- GridField_ActionMenuItem::getExtraData() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem
Gets any extra data that could go in to the schema that the menu generates
- GridField_ActionMenuItem::getGroup() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuItem
Gets the group this menu item will belong to. A null value should indicate the button should not display.
- GridField_ActionMenuLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Allows GridField_ActionMenuItem to act as a link
- GridField_ActionMenuLink::getUrl() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenuLink
Gets the action url for this menu item
- GridField_ActionProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
An action is defined by two things: an action name, and zero or more named arguments.
- GridField_ActionProvider::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.
- GridField_ColumnProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Add a new column to the table display body, or modify existing columns.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
HTML for the column, content of the
element. - GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- GridField_DataManipulator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Can modify the data list.
- GridField_DataManipulator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridField_DataManipulator
Manipulate the {@link SS_List} as needed by this grid modifier.
- GridField_FormAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
This class is the base class when you want to have an action that alters the state of the {@link GridField}, rendered as a button element.
- GridField_FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
- GridField_HTMLProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
A GridField manipulator that provides HTML for the header/footer rows, or f or before/after the template.
- GridField_HTMLProvider::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridField_HTMLProvider
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridField_SaveHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
A component which is used to handle when a {@link GridField} is saved into a record.
- GridField_URLHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Sometimes an action isn't enough: you need to provide additional support URLs for the {@link GridField}.
- GridField_URLHandler::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridField_URLHandler
Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
- GridState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
This class is a snapshot of the current status of a {@link GridField}.
- GridState::getData() — Method in class GridState
- GridState::getList() — Method in class GridState
- GridState_Component — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
- GridState_Component::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridState_Component
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
- GridState_Data — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField
Simple set of data, similar to stdClass, but without the notice-level errors.
- GridState_Data::getData() — Method in class GridState_Data
Retrieve the value for the given key
- GroupedDropdownField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Grouped dropdown, using optgroup tags.
- GroupedDropdownField::getSourceValues() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
- HTMLEditorConfig::get() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Get the HTMLEditorConfig object for the given identifier. This is a correct way to get an HTMLEditorConfig instance - do not call 'new'
- HTMLEditorConfig::getThemes() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Gets the current themes, if it is not set this will fallback to config
- HTMLEditorConfig::get_active_identifier() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Get the currently active configuration identifier. Will fall back to default_config if unassigned.
- HTMLEditorConfig::get_active() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Get the currently active configuration object
- HTMLEditorConfig::get_available_configs_map() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Get the available configurations as a map of friendly_name to configuration name.
- HTMLEditorConfig::getOption() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Get the current value of an option
- HTMLEditorConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Associative array of data-attributes to apply to the underlying text-area
- HTMLEditorConfig::getConfigSchemaData() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Provide additional schema data for the field this object configures
- HTMLEditorField::getEditorConfig() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Gets the HTMLEditorConfig instance
- HTMLEditorField::getAttributes() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- HTMLEditorField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::getAssetHandler() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
Get backend for assets
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
Generate a script URL for the given config
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::generateContent() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
Build raw config for tinymce
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::generateFilename() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
Get filename to use for this config
- TinyMCEConfig::getTheme() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get the theme
- TinyMCEConfig::getOption() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get the current value of an option
- TinyMCEConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Associative array of data-attributes to apply to the underlying text-area
- TinyMCEConfig::getPlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Gets the list of all enabled plugins as an associative array.
- TinyMCEConfig::getInternalPlugins() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get list of plugins without custom locations, which is the set of plugins which can be loaded via the standard plugin path, and could potentially be minified
- TinyMCEConfig::getButtons() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get all button rows, skipping empty rows
- TinyMCEConfig::getContentCSS() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get list of resource paths to css files.
- TinyMCEConfig::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Generate gzipped TinyMCE configuration including plugins and languages.
- TinyMCEConfig::getConfigSchemaData() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Provide additional schema data for the field this object configures
- TinyMCEConfig::get_tinymce_lang() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get the current tinyMCE language
- TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResourcePath() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Returns the full filesystem path to TinyMCE resources (which could be different from the original tinymce location in the module).
- TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResourceURL() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get front-end url to tinymce resources
- TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEResource() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Get resource root for TinyMCE, either as a string or ModuleResource instance Path will be relative to BASE_PATH if string.
- TinyMCEConfig::getTinyMCEPath() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
- TinyMCEGZIPGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEGZIPGenerator
Generate a script URL for the given config
- TinyMCEScriptGenerator::getScriptURL() — Method in class TinyMCEScriptGenerator
Generate a script URL for the given config
- HeaderField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
- HeaderField::getAttributes() — Method in class HeaderField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- HeaderField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class HeaderField
Header fields support dynamic titles via schema state
- HeaderField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class HeaderField
Header fields heading level to be set
- ListboxField::getOptions() — Method in class ListboxField
Gets the list of options to render in this formfield
- ListboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class ListboxField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- ListboxField::getSize() — Method in class ListboxField
Get the size of this dropdown in rows.
- ListboxField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
- LiteralField::getContent() — Method in class LiteralField
- LiteralField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class LiteralField
Header fields support dynamic titles via schema state
- LookupField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class LookupField
- MoneyField::getCurrencyField() — Method in class MoneyField
Gets field for the currency selector
- MoneyField::getAmountField() — Method in class MoneyField
Gets field for the amount input
- MoneyField::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
- MoneyField::getLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
Get locale to format this currency in.
- MultiSelectField::getValueArray() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Extracts the value of this field, normalised as an array.
- MultiSelectField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Default selections, regardless of the {@link setValue()} settings.
- NullableField::getIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField
Get the label used for the Is Null checkbox.
- NullableField::getIsNullId() — Method in class NullableField
Get the id used for the Is Null check box.
- NumericField::getAttributes() — Method in class NumericField
- NumericField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class NumericField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- NumericField::getLocale() — Method in class NumericField
Gets the current locale this field is set to.
- NumericField::getHTML5() — Method in class NumericField
Determine if we should use html5 number input
- NumericField::getStep() — Method in class NumericField
Step attribute for html5. E.g. '0.01' to enable two decimal places.
- NumericField::getScale() — Method in class NumericField
Get number of digits to show to the right of the decimal point.
- OptionsetField::getAttributes() — Method in class OptionsetField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- PasswordField::getAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
- PasswordField::getAttributes() — Method in class PasswordField
- PopoverField::getPopoverTitle() — Method in class PopoverField
Get popup title
- PopoverField::getButtonTooltip() — Method in class PopoverField
- PopoverField::getPlacement() — Method in class PopoverField
Get popup placement
- PopoverField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class PopoverField
Merge child field data into this form
- ReadonlyField::getIncludeHiddenField() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- ReadonlyField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- ReadonlyField::getValueCast() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Get custom cating helper for Value() field
- RequiredFields::getRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
Return the required fields
- FormSchema::getMultipartSchema() — Method in class FormSchema
Returns a representation of the provided {@link Form} as structured data, based on the request data.
- FormSchema::getSchema() — Method in class FormSchema
Gets the schema for this form as a nested array.
- FormSchema::getState() — Method in class FormSchema
Gets the current state of this form as a nested array.
- FormSchema::getErrors() — Method in class FormSchema
- SelectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class SelectField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- SelectField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class SelectField
Non-associative list of disabled item values
- SelectField::getAttributes() — Method in class SelectField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- SelectField::getValidValues() — Method in class SelectField
Gets all valid values for this field.
- SelectField::getSource() — Method in class SelectField
Gets the source array not including any empty default values.
- SelectionGroup_Item::getTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- SelectionGroup_Item::getValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- SingleLookupField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class SingleLookupField
- SingleLookupField::getTemplate() — Method in class SingleLookupField
- SingleSelectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class SingleSelectField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- SingleSelectField::getDefaultValue() — Method in class SingleSelectField
- SingleSelectField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class SingleSelectField
- SingleSelectField::getEmptyString() — Method in class SingleSelectField
- SingleSelectField::getSourceEmpty() — Method in class SingleSelectField
Gets the source array, including the empty string, if present
- Tab::getTabSet() — Method in class Tab
Get parent tabset
- Tab::getAttributes() — Method in class Tab
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TabSet::getTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
Get parent tabset
- TabSet::getAttributes() — Method in class TabSet
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TabSet::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TabSet
Sets an additional default for $schemaData.
- TextField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
- TextField::getTip() — Method in class TextField
- TextField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextField
- TextField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TextField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- TextField::getSchemaValidation() — Method in class TextField
Return list of validation rules. Each rule is a key value pair.
- TextareaField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TextareaField
Set textarea specific schema data
- TextareaField::getRows() — Method in class TextareaField
Gets number of rows
- TextareaField::getColumns() — Method in class TextareaField
Gets the number of columns in this textarea
- TextareaField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextareaField
- TextareaField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextareaField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
- TimeField::getHTML5() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::getTimeFormat() — Method in class TimeField
Get time format in CLDR standard format
- TimeField::getTimeLength() — Method in class TimeField
Get length of the time format to use. One of:
- TimeField::getAttributes() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TimeField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- TimeField::getMidnight() — Method in class TimeField
Show midnight in current format (adjusts for timezone)
- TimeField::getLocale() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::getTimezone() — Method in class TimeField
- Tip::getTipSchema() — Method in class Tip
Outputs props to be passed to the front-end Tip component.
- Tip::getImportanceLevel() — Method in class Tip
- Tip::getIcon() — Method in class Tip
- Tip::getMessage() — Method in class Tip
- TippableFieldInterface::getTip() — Method in class TippableFieldInterface
- ToggleCompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- ToggleCompositeField::getStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- ToggleCompositeField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- TreeDropdownField::getTreeBaseID() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set the ID of the root node of the tree. This defaults to 0 - i.e.
- TreeDropdownField::getFilterFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get a callback used to filter the values of the tree before displaying to the user.
- TreeDropdownField::getDisableFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get the callback used to disable checkboxes for some items in the tree
- TreeDropdownField::getSearchFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set a callback used to search the hierarchy globally, even before applying the filter.
- TreeDropdownField::getShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Check if search is shown
- TreeDropdownField::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get method to invoke on each node to get the child collection
- TreeDropdownField::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get method to invoke on nodes to count children
- TreeDropdownField::getAttributes() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Attributes to be given for this field type
- TreeDropdownField::getLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
HTML-encoded label for this node, including css classes and other markup.
- TreeDropdownField::getTitleField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Field to use for plain text item titles.
- TreeDropdownField::getKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get class of source object
- TreeDropdownField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- TreeDropdownField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- TreeDropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getEmptyString() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::getShowSelectedPath() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeMultiselectField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- TreeMultiselectField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- TreeMultiselectField::getItems() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Return this field's linked items
- UploadReceiver::getUpload() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Retrieves the Upload handler
- UploadReceiver::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Returns list of extensions allowed by this field, or an empty array if there is no restriction
- UploadReceiver::getValidator() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Get custom validator for this field
- UploadReceiver::getFolderName() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Gets the upload folder name
- Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Validator
Returns all errors found by a previous call to {@link validate()}. The returned array has a structure resembling:
- Validator::getResult() — Method in class Validator
Get last validation result
- Validator::getEnabled() — Method in class Validator
- Handler::getAuthenticator() — Method in class Handler
Returns the first configured authenticator by highest priority, or null if none are configured
- Configuration::get() — Method in class Configuration
Return a setting by dot.separated.syntax
- ModelConfiguration::getTypeFormatter() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
- ModelConfiguration::getTypePrefix() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
- ModelConfiguration::getNestedQueryPlugins() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
- ModelConfiguration::getOperationConfig() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
- ModelConfiguration::getTypeName() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
- ModelConfiguration::getDefaultFields() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
Fields that are added to the model by default. Can be opted out per type
- ModelConfiguration::getBaseFields() — Method in class ModelConfiguration
Fields that will appear on all models. Cannot be opted out on any type.
- Controller::getAuthHandler() — Method in class Controller
Get an instance of the authorization Handler to manage any authentication requirements
- Controller::getToken() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getMergedCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::getQueryHandler() — Method in class Controller
- MemberAware::getMemberContext() — Method in class MemberAware
Get the Member for the current context either from a previously set value or the current user
- FileProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
return a map from
to - FileProvider::getByID() — Method in class FileProvider
return a query given an ID
- FileProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
- GuzzleHTTPClient — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- GuzzleHTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class GuzzleHTTPClient
- HTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class HTTPClient
- HTTPProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
return a map from
to - HTTPProvider::getByID() — Method in class HTTPProvider
return a query given an ID
- HTTPProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- HTTPProvider::getClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- JSONStringProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
return a map from
to - JSONStringProvider::getByID() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
return a query given an ID
- JSONStringProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
return a map from
to - PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getByID() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
return a query given an ID
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
- PersistedQueryProvider::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class PersistedQueryProvider
- RequestIDProcessor::getRequestQueryVariables() — Method in class RequestIDProcessor
Parse query and variables from the given request
- RequestProcessor::getRequestQueryVariables() — Method in class RequestProcessor
Parse query and variables from the given request
- QueryHandler::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class QueryHandler
get query from persisted id, return null if not found
- QueryHandler::getContext() — Method in class QueryHandler
Get global context to pass to $context for all queries
- QueryHandler::getMiddlewares() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandler::getOperationName() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryStateProvider::get() — Method in class QueryStateProvider
Get the value out of the graphql context array
- RequestContextProvider::get() — Method in class RequestContextProvider
- SchemaConfigProvider::get() — Method in class SchemaConfigProvider
- TokenContextProvider::get() — Method in class TokenContextProvider
- UserContextProvider::get() — Method in class UserContextProvider
Get the value out of the graphql context array
- AbstractBulkLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
- BulkLoaderSet::getLoaders() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
- Collection::getClasses() — Method in class Collection
- Collection::getFiles() — Method in class Collection
- Collection::getManifest() — Method in class Collection
- ExtensionLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
- FilepathLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class FilepathLoader
- InheritanceLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
- NamespaceLoader::getIdentifier() — Method in class NamespaceLoader
- RegistryBackend::getByID() — Method in class RegistryBackend
- CreateCreator::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class CreateCreator
- DataObjectModel::getIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getDefaultFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getBaseFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getBlacklistedFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getAllFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getUninheritedFields() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getSourceClass() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getOperationCreatorByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getAllOperationIdentifiers() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getModelTypeForField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
Gets a field that resolves to another model, (e.g. an ObjectType from a has_one).
- DataObjectModel::getPropertyForField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getDataObject() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getTypeName() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getSchemaConfig() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- DataObjectModel::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- FieldAccessor::getAllFields() — Method in class FieldAccessor
- InheritanceBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- InheritanceChain::getAncestralModels() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::getDescendantModels() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::getDirectDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::getInheritance() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::getBaseClass() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
- InterfaceBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- CanViewPermission::getIdentifier() — Method in class CanViewPermission
- DBDateArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDateArgs
- DBDateArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDateArgs
- DBDatetimeArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDatetimeArgs
- DBDatetimeArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDatetimeArgs
- DBDecimalArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
- DBDecimalArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBDecimalArgs
- DBFieldArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBFieldArgs
- DBFieldArgsPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class DBFieldArgsPlugin
- DBFloatArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
- DBFloatArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBFloatArgs
- DBTextArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBTextArgs
- DBTextArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBTextArgs
- DBTimeArgs::getEnum() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
- DBTimeArgs::getValues() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
- DBFieldTypes::getIdentifier() — Method in class DBFieldTypes
- FirstResult::getIdentifier() — Method in class FirstResult
- Inheritance::getIdentifier() — Method in class Inheritance
- InheritedPlugins::getIdentifier() — Method in class InheritedPlugins
- Paginator::getIdentifier() — Method in class Paginator
- FieldFilterInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
- FieldFilterRegistry::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FieldFilterRegistry::getAll() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
- FilterRegistryInterface::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- FilterRegistryInterface::getAll() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
- ContainsFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class ContainsFilter
- EndsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
- EqualToFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EqualToFilter
- GreaterThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by greater than comparison
- GreaterThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by greater than or equal comparison
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
- InFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class InFilter
- LessThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanFilter
- LessThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
- NotEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class NotEqualFilter
- StartsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
- QueryFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class QueryFilter
- QuerySort::getIdentifier() — Method in class QuerySort
- ScalarDBField::getIdentifier() — Method in class ScalarDBField
- Resolver::getResolvedField() — Method in class Resolver
- UpdateCreator::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class UpdateCreator
- Argument::getType() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::getName() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::getEncodedType() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::getDefaultValue() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::getDescription() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::getSignature() — Method in class Argument
- Field::getTypeAsModel() — Method in class Field
- Field::getName() — Method in class Field
- Field::getType() — Method in class Field
- Field::getArgs() — Method in class Field
- Field::getEncodedType() — Method in class Field
- Field::getNamedType() — Method in class Field
Gets the name of the type, ignoring any nonNull/listOf wrappers
- Field::getEncodedResolver() — Method in class Field
- Field::getDescription() — Method in class Field
- Field::getResolver() — Method in class Field
- Field::getResolverContext() — Method in class Field
- Field::getResolverMiddlewares() — Method in class Field
- Field::getResolverAfterwares() — Method in class Field
- Field::getSignature() — Method in class Field
- ModelAware::getModel() — Method in class ModelAware
- ModelField::getModelType() — Method in class ModelField
For nested field definitions Blog: fields: Comments: fields: Author: fields: Name: String
- ModelField::getProperty() — Method in class ModelField
- ModelField::getPropertyName() — Method in class ModelField
- ModelField::getMetadata() — Method in class ModelField
- ModelField::getSignature() — Method in class ModelField
- BaseFieldsProvider::getBaseFields() — Method in class BaseFieldsProvider
Fields that must appear on all implementations
- ContextProvider::get() — Method in class ContextProvider
Get the value out of the graphql context array
- DefaultFieldsProvider::getDefaultFields() — Method in class DefaultFieldsProvider
- ExtraTypeProvider::getExtraTypes() — Method in class ExtraTypeProvider
- Identifiable::getIdentifier() — Method in class Identifiable
- ModelBlacklist::getBlacklistedFields() — Method in class ModelBlacklist
- ModelOperation::getModel() — Method in class ModelOperation
- OperationProvider::getOperationCreatorByIdentifier() — Method in class OperationProvider
- OperationProvider::getAllOperationIdentifiers() — Method in class OperationProvider
- PluginInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class PluginInterface
- SchemaComponent::getName() — Method in class SchemaComponent
- SchemaModelInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getTypeName() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getSourceClass() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getAllFields() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getModelTypeForField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getSchemaConfig() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaModelInterface::getPropertyForField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- SchemaStorageInterface::getSchema() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
- SchemaStorageInterface::getConfig() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
- SignatureProvider::getSignature() — Method in class SignatureProvider
- AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getTypeName() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
- AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::getLeafNodeType() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
- AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getTypeName() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
- AbstractQuerySortPlugin::getLeafNodeType() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
- PaginationPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
- PluginConsumer::getPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- PluginConsumer::getDefaultPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- PluginConsumer::getPluginRegistry() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- PluginConsumer::getSortedPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
Sorts the before/after of plugins using topological sort
- SortPlugin::getIdentifier() — Method in class SortPlugin
- PluginRegistry::getPluginByID() — Method in class PluginRegistry
- DefaultResolverStrategy::getResolverMethod() — Method in class DefaultResolverStrategy
- EncodedResolver::getStack() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getExpression() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getInnerExpression() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getContextArgs() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getContext() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getRef() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getResolverMiddlewares() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- EncodedResolver::getResolverAfterwares() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- ResolverReference::getClass() — Method in class ResolverReference
- ResolverReference::getMethod() — Method in class ResolverReference
- Schema::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getConfig() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getState() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getCanonicalType() — Method in class Schema
Given a type name, try to resolve it to any model-implementing component
- Schema::getModelTypesFromClass() — Method in class Schema
Gets all the models that were generated from a given ancestor, e.g. DataObject
- Schema::getTypes() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getQueryType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getMutationType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getTypeOrModel() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getEnums() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getEnum() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getScalars() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getScalar() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getModel() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getModelByClassName() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getModels() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getInterface() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getInterfaces() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getUnion() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getUnions() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::getInternalTypes() — Method in class Schema
- SchemaBuilder::getConfig() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
Retrieves the context for an already stored schema which does not require booting. Useful for getting data from a saved schema at request time.
- SchemaBuilder::getSchema() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
Gets a graphql-php Schema instance that can be queried
- SchemaBuilder::getStoreCreator() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
- SchemaConfig::getModelConfiguration() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::getResolvers() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::getDefaultResolver() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::getPluraliser() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::getTypeMapping() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::getTypeNameForClass() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- NestedInputBuilder::getRootType() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::getResolveConfig() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::getResolver() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::getResolveType() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::getResolvers() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- SchemaTranscriber::getRootDir() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
- StorableSchema::getTypes() — Method in class StorableSchema
- StorableSchema::getEnums() — Method in class StorableSchema
- StorableSchema::getInterfaces() — Method in class StorableSchema
- StorableSchema::getUnions() — Method in class StorableSchema
- StorableSchema::getScalars() — Method in class StorableSchema
- StorableSchema::getConfig() — Method in class StorableSchema
- AbstractTypeRegistry::get() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- CodeGenerationStore::getSchema() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::getConfig() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::getCache() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::getRootDir() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::getObfuscator() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::getTemplateDir() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CanonicalModelAware::getCanonicalModel() — Method in class CanonicalModelAware
- Enum::getValueList() — Method in class Enum
- Enum::getValues() — Method in class Enum
- Enum::getSignature() — Method in class Enum
A deterministic representation of everything that gets encoded into the template.
- InputType::getIsInput() — Method in class InputType
- InterfaceType::getEncodedTypeResolver() — Method in class InterfaceType
- InterfaceType::getSignature() — Method in class InterfaceType
- ModelType::getFieldByName() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::getOperations() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::getOperationCreators() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelType::getExtraTypes() — Method in class ModelType
- Scalar::getName() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getSerialiser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getEncodedSerialiser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getValueParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getEncodedValueParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getLiteralParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getEncodedLiteralParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::getSignature() — Method in class Scalar
- Type::getName() — Method in class Type
- Type::getFields() — Method in class Type
- Type::getFieldByName() — Method in class Type
- Type::getDescription() — Method in class Type
- Type::getInterfaces() — Method in class Type
- Type::getEncodedInterfaces() — Method in class Type
- Type::getIsInput() — Method in class Type
- Type::getFieldResolver() — Method in class Type
- Type::getSignature() — Method in class Type
A deterministic representation of everything that gets encoded into the template.
- TypeReference::getDefaultValue() — Method in class TypeReference
- TypeReference::getTypeName() — Method in class TypeReference
- TypeReference::getNamedType() — Method in class TypeReference
- TypeReference::getRawType() — Method in class TypeReference
- UnionType::getName() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getTypes() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getEncodedTypes() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getTypeResolver() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getEncodedTypeResolver() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getDescription() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::getSignature() — Method in class UnionType
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getStatusCode() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Get default status code
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getTitle() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Get friendly title
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::getBody() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Get default error body
- HTTPOutputHandler::getContentType() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Get the mime type to use when displaying this error.
- HTTPOutputHandler::getStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Get the HTTP status code to use when displaying this error.
- HTTPOutputHandler::getCLIFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Return the formatter use if Director::is_cli() is true If none has been set, null is returned, and the getFormatter() result will be used instead
- HTTPOutputHandler::getFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Return the formatter to use in this case.
- HTTPOutputHandler::getDefaultFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Check default formatter to use
- MonologErrorHandler::getLogger() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Get the first registered PSR-3 logger to send errors & exceptions to
- MonologErrorHandler::getLoggers() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Returns the stack of PSR-3 loggers
- ArrayList::getIterator() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns an Iterator for this ArrayList.
- CMSPreviewable::getMimeType() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
To determine preview mechanism (e.g. embedded / iframe)
- DBConnector::getVersion() — Method in class DBConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
- DBConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- DBConnector::getLastError() — Method in class DBConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- DBConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- DBQueryBuilder::getSeparator() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Determines the line separator to use.
- Database::getConnector() — Method in class Database
Get the current connector
- Database::getSchemaManager() — Method in class Database
Returns the current schema manager
- Database::getQueryBuilder() — Method in class Database
Returns the current query builder
- Database::getWhitelistQueryArray() — Method in class Database
Get the sql queries that need to be partially or fully matched
- Database::getGeneratedID() — Method in class Database
Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
- Database::getVersion() — Method in class Database
Query for the version of the currently connected database
- Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class Database
Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
- Database::getLock() — Method in class Database
Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
- Database::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class Database
Returns the name of the currently selected database
- DatabaseException::getSQL() — Method in class DatabaseException
Returns the SQL that generated this error
- DatabaseException::getParameters() — Method in class DatabaseException
The parameters given for this query, if any
- MySQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
- MySQLDatabase::getLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
- MySQLQuery::getIterator() — Method in class MySQLQuery
Return the next record in the query result.
- MySQLStatement::getIterator() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Return the next record in the query result.
- MySQLiConnector::getVersion() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
- MySQLiConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- MySQLiConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- MySQLiConnector::getLastError() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- PDOConnector::getOrPrepareStatement() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string, or return an already prepared version if one exists for the given query
- PDOConnector::getDriver() — Method in class PDOConnector
Return the driver for this connector E.g. 'mysql', 'sqlsrv', 'pgsql'
- PDOConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PDOConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
- PDOConnector::getPDOParamType() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the PDO::PARAM_* type for a given PHP type string
- PDOConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
- PDOConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
- PDOConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
- PDOQuery::getIterator() — Method in class PDOQuery
Return the next record in the query result.
- PDOStatementHandle::getPDOStatement() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Return the PDOStatement that this object provides a handle to
- Query::getIterator() — Method in class Query
Return the next record in the query result.
- DB::get_conn() — Method in class DB
Get the global database connection.
- DB::getConn() — Method in class DB
- DB::get_schema() — Method in class DB
Retrieves the schema manager for the current database
- DB::get_connector() — Method in class DB
Retrieves the connector object for the current database
- DB::get_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
Get the name of the database in use
- DB::getConfig() — Method in class DB
Get the named connection config
- DB::get_generated_id() — Method in class DB
Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
- DataList::getGenerator() — Method in class DataList
Returns a generator for this DataList
- DataList::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataList
Get query parameters for this list.
- DataList::getIterator() — Method in class DataList
Returns an Iterator for this DataList.
- DataList::getIDList() — Method in class DataList
Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
- DataObject::getSchema() — Method in class DataObject
Get schema object
- DataObject::getObsoleteClassName() — Method in class DataObject
Return obsolete class name, if this is no longer a valid class
- DataObject::getClassName() — Method in class DataObject
Gets name of this class
- DataObject::getTitle() — Method in class DataObject
Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
- DataObject::getQueriedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return all currently fetched database fields.
- DataObject::getClassAncestry() — Method in class DataObject
Get the class ancestry, including the current class name.
- DataObject::getComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return a unary component object from a one to one relationship, as a DataObject.
- DataObject::getComponents() — Method in class DataObject
Returns a one-to-many relation as a HasManyList
- DataObject::getRelationClass() — Method in class DataObject
Find the foreign class of a relation on this DataObject, regardless of the relation type.
- DataObject::getRelationType() — Method in class DataObject
Given a relation name, determine the relation type
- DataObject::getManyManyComponents() — Method in class DataObject
Returns a many-to-many component, as a ManyManyList.
- DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() — Method in class DataObject
Generates a SearchContext to be used for building and processing a generic search form for properties on this object.
- DataObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject
Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
- DataObject::getCMSActions() — Method in class DataObject
need to be overload by solid dataobject, so that the customised actions of that dataobject, including that dataobject's extensions customised actions could be added to the EditForm.
- DataObject::getFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataObject
Used for simple frontend forms without relation editing or {@link TabSet} behaviour. Uses {@link scaffoldFormFields()} by default. To customize, either overload this method in your subclass, or extend it by {@link DataExtension->updateFrontEndFields()}.
- DataObject::getViewerTemplates() — Method in class DataObject
Find appropriate templates for SSViewer to use to render this object
- DataObject::getField() — Method in class DataObject
Gets the value of a field.
- DataObject::getChangedFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return the fields that have changed since the last write.
- DataObject::getReverseAssociation() — Method in class DataObject
Temporary hack to return an association name, based on class, to get around the mangle of having to deal with reverse lookup of relationships to determine autogenerated foreign keys.
- DataObject::get() — Method in class DataObject
Return all objects matching the filter sub-classes are automatically selected and included
- DataObject::get_one() — Method in class DataObject
Return the first item matching the given query.
- DataObject::get_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
Return the given element, searching by ID.
- DataObject::getSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getInheritableQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
Get list of parameters that should be inherited to relations on this object
- DataObject::getSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::getJoin() — Method in class DataObject
If selected through a many_many through relation, this is the instance of the joined record
- DataObjectSchema::getTableNames() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get all table names
- DataObjectSchema::getLegacyTableNames() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
- DataObjectSchema::getRemoteJoinField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Tries to find the database key on another object that is used to store a relationship to this class. If no join field can be found it defaults to 'ParentID'.
- DataQuery::getFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQuery
Ensure that the query is ready to execute.
- DataQuery::groupby() — Method in class DataQuery
Append a GROUP BY clause to this query.
- DataQuery::getQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
- DataQuery::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataQuery
Returns all query parameters
- DataQuery::getDataQueryManipulators() — Method in class DataQuery
Get query manipulators
- DatabaseAdmin::groupedDataClasses() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Get the data classes, grouped by their root class
- DBClassName::getBaseClass() — Method in class DBClassName
Get the base dataclass for the list of subclasses
- DBClassName::getShortName() — Method in class DBClassName
Get the base name of the current class Useful as a non-fully qualified CSS Class name in templates.
- DBClassName::getEnum() — Method in class DBClassName
Get list of classnames that should be selectable
- DBClassName::getDefault() — Method in class DBClassName
Get default vwalue
- DBComposite::getField() — Method in class DBComposite
get value of a single composite field
- DBComposite::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBComposite
Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:
- DBDate::getFormatter() — Method in class DBDate
Get date formatter
- DBDate::getCustomFormatter() — Method in class DBDate
Return formatter in a given locale. Useful if localising in a format other than the current locale.
- DBDate::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBDate
Get standard ISO date format string
- DBDate::getTimestamp() — Method in class DBDate
Get unix timestamp for this date
- DBDatetime::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class DBDatetime
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- DBDatetime::getFormatter() — Method in class DBDatetime
Get date / time formatter for the current locale
- DBDatetime::getCustomFormatter() — Method in class DBDatetime
Return formatter in a given locale. Useful if localising in a format other than the current locale.
- DBDatetime::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBDatetime
Get standard ISO date format string
- DBEnum::getEnum() — Method in class DBEnum
Get list of enum values
- DBEnum::getEnumObsolete() — Method in class DBEnum
Get the list of enum values, including obsolete values still present in the database
- DBEnum::getDefault() — Method in class DBEnum
Get default vwalue
- DBField::getName() — Method in class DBField
Returns the name of this field.
- DBField::getValue() — Method in class DBField
Returns the value of this field.
- DBField::getDefaultValue() — Method in class DBField
Get default value assigned at the DB level
- DBField::getOptions() — Method in class DBField
Get optional parameters for this field
- DBField::getIndexType() — Method in class DBField
Return the desired index type to use. Will return false if the field instance should not be indexed.
- DBField::getTable() — Method in class DBField
Get the table this field belongs to, if assigned
- DBField::getArrayValue() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBField
Get formfield schema value
- DBField::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBField
Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:
- DBHTMLText::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Check if shortcodes are enabled
- DBHTMLText::getWhitelist() — Method in class DBHTMLText
List of html properties to whitelist
- DBHTMLText::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Get formfield schema value
- DBHTMLVarchar::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Check if shortcodes are enabled
- DBHTMLVarchar::getSchemaValue() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Get formfield schema value
- DBIndexable::getIndexType() — Method in class DBIndexable
Return the desired index type to use. Will return false if the field instance should not be indexed.
- DBIndexable::getIndexSpecs() — Method in class DBIndexable
Returns the index specifications for the field instance, for example:
- DBLocale::getShortName() — Method in class DBLocale
Resolves the locale to a common english-language name through {@link i18n::get_common_locales()}.
- DBLocale::getLongName() — Method in class DBLocale
- DBLocale::getNativeName() — Method in class DBLocale
Returns the localized name based on the field's value.
- DBMoney::getFormatter() — Method in class DBMoney
Get currency formatter
- DBMoney::getValue() — Method in class DBMoney
Standard '0.00 CUR' format (non-localised)
- DBMoney::getCurrency() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::getAmount() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::getLocale() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::getSymbol() — Method in class DBMoney
Get currency symbol
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getClassValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Get the value of the "Class" this key points to
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getIDValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Gets the value of the "ID" this key points to
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::getValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Returns the value of this field.
- DBPrimaryKey::getAutoIncrement() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
- DBString::getNullifyEmpty() — Method in class DBString
Get whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null
- DBTime::getFormatter() — Method in class DBTime
Get date / time formatter for the current locale
- DBTime::getISOFormat() — Method in class DBTime
Get standard ISO time format string
- DBTime::getTimestamp() — Method in class DBTime
Get unix timestamp for this time
- DBVarchar::getSize() — Method in class DBVarchar
Allow the ability to access the size of the field programatically. This can be useful if you want to have text fields with a length limit that is dictated by the DB field.
- ExactMatchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
Gets supported modifiers for this filter
- FulltextFilter::getDbName() — Method in class FulltextFilter
This implementation allows for a list of columns to be passed into MATCH() instead of just one.
- GreaterThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Selects numerical/date content greater than the input
- GreaterThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Selects numerical/date content greater than or equal to the input
- PartialMatchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
Gets supported modifiers for this filter
- SearchFilter::getValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
Accessor for the current value to be filtered on.
- SearchFilter::getSupportedModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
Gets supported modifiers for this filter
- SearchFilter::getModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
Accessor for the current modifiers to apply to the filter.
- SearchFilter::getName() — Method in class SearchFilter
The original name of the field.
- SearchFilter::getFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter
The full name passed to the constructor, including any (optional) relations in dot notation.
- SearchFilter::getDbName() — Method in class SearchFilter
Normalizes the field name to table mapping.
- SearchFilter::getDbFormattedValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
Return the value of the field as processed by the DBField class
- GroupedList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A list decorator that allows a list to be grouped into sub-lists by common values of a field.
- GroupedList::groupBy() — Method in class GroupedList
- GroupedList::GroupedBy() — Method in class GroupedList
Similar to {@link groupBy()}, but returns the data in a format which is suitable for usage in templates.
- HasManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class HasManyList
Gets the field name which holds the related object ID.
- Hierarchy::get_extra_config() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Hierarchy::getDescendantIDList() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants IDs.
- Hierarchy::getParent() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get this object's parent, optionally filtered by an SQL clause. If the clause doesn't match the parent, nothing is returned.
- Hierarchy::getAncestors() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all the parents of this class in a set ordered from the closest to furtherest parent.
- Hierarchy::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Hierarchy
Returns a human-readable, flattened representation of the path to the object, using its {@link Title} attribute.
- MarkedSet::getNodeCountThreshold() — Method in class MarkedSet
Get total number of nodes to get. This acts as a soft lower-bounds for number of nodes to search until found.
- MarkedSet::getMaxChildNodes() — Method in class MarkedSet
Max number of nodes that can be physically rendered at any level.
- MarkedSet::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet
Get method to use for getting children
- MarkedSet::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet
Get method name for num children
- MarkedSet::getChildrenAsArray() — Method in class MarkedSet
Get child data formatted as JSON
- MarkedSet::getLimitingEnabled() — Method in class MarkedSet
Check if limiting is enabled
- ListDecorator::getList() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns the list this decorator wraps around.
- ListDecorator::getIterator() — Method in class ListDecorator
Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
- ManyManyList::getExtraData() — Method in class ManyManyList
Find the extra field data for a single row of the relationship join table, given the known child ID.
- ManyManyList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the join table used for the relationship.
- ManyManyList::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the key used to store the ID of the local/parent object.
- ManyManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the key used to store the ID of the foreign/child object.
- ManyManyList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the extra fields included in the relationship.
- ManyManyThroughList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Get extra fields used by this list
- ManyManyThroughList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getJoinClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignIDKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Gets ID key name for foreign key component
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignClassKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Gets Class key name for foreign key component (or null if none)
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getParentRelationship() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Get has_many relationship between parent and join table (for a given DataQuery)
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getJoinAlias() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Get name of join table alias for use in queries.
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getForeignClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::getParentClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- Map::getIterator() — Method in class Map
Returns an Map_Iterator instance for iterating over the complete set of items in the map.
- PaginatedList::getPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the GET var that is used to set the page start. This defaults to "start".
- PaginatedList::getPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of items displayed per page. This defaults to 10.
- PaginatedList::getPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the offset of the item the current page starts at.
- PaginatedList::getTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the total number of items in the unpaginated list.
- PaginatedList::getLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns whether or not the underlying list is limited to the current pagination range when iterating.
- PaginatedList::getIterator() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::getRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList
Get the request object for this list
- PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClass() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Retrieve the name of the class this relation is filtered by
- SQLAssignmentRow::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLAssignmentRow::getColumns() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Retrieves the list of columns updated
- SQLConditionalExpression::getConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Get the connective property.
- SQLConditionalExpression::getFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of tables queried
- SQLConditionalExpression::getJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Retrieves the finalised list of joins
- SQLConditionalExpression::getWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
- SQLConditionalExpression::getWhereParameterised() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
- SQLDelete::getDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
- SQLInsert::getInto() — Method in class SQLInsert
Gets the table name to insert into
- SQLInsert::getRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the current list of rows
- SQLInsert::getColumns() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the list of distinct column names used in this insert
- SQLInsert::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLSelect::getDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect
Get the distinct property.
- SQLSelect::getLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect
Get the limit property.
- SQLSelect::getOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns the current order by as array if not already. To handle legacy statements which are stored as strings. Without clauses and directions, convert the orderby clause to something readable.
- SQLSelect::getHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getHavingParameterised() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of GROUP BY clauses used internally.
- SQLSelect::getSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return an itemised select list as a map, where keys are the aliases, and values are the column sources.
- SQLUpdate::getTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Gets the table name to update
- SQLUpdate::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- SQLWriteExpression::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
- Relation::getIDList() — Method in class Relation
Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
- RelationList::getForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
Any number of foreign keys to apply to this list
- RelationList::getQueryParams() — Method in class RelationList
Get query parameters for this list.
- FulltextSearchable::get_extra_config() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
- FulltextSearchable::get_searchable_classes() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
Shows all classes that had the {@link FulltextSearchable} extension applied through {@link enable()}.
- SearchContext::getSearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns scaffolded search fields for UI.
- SearchContext::getQuery() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns a SQL object representing the search context for the given list of query parameters.
- SearchContext::getResults() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns a result set from the given search parameters.
- SearchContext::getFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
Accessor for the filter attached to a named field.
- SearchContext::getFilters() — Method in class SearchContext
Get the map of filters in the current search context.
- SearchContext::getFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Get the list of searchable fields in the current search context.
- SearchContext::getSearchParams() — Method in class SearchContext
- SearchContext::getSummary() — Method in class SearchContext
Gets a list of what fields were searched and the values provided for each field. Returns an ArrayList of ArrayData, suitable for rendering on a template.
- UnsavedRelationList::getIterator() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an Iterator for this relation.
- UnsavedRelationList::getIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
- ValidationException::getResult() — Method in class ValidationException
Retrieves the ValidationResult related to this error
- ValidationResult::getMessages() — Method in class ValidationResult
Return the full error meta-data, suitable for combining with another ValidationResult.
- Report::getTitle() — Method in class Report
Allows access to title as a property
- Report::getLink() — Method in class Report
- Report::getCount() — Method in class Report
counts the number of objects returned
- Report::get_excluded_reports() — Method in class Report
Return an array of excluded reports. That is, reports that will not be included in the list of reports in report admin in the CMS.
- Report::get_reports() — Method in class Report
Return the SS_Report objects making up the given list.
- Report::getCMSFields() — Method in class Report
Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.
- Report::getCMSActions() — Method in class Report
- Report::getReportField() — Method in class Report
Return a field, such as a {@link GridField} that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.
- Report::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Report
Return additional breadcrumbs for this report. Useful when this report is a child of another.
- ReportAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()} by default to determine the form fields to display.
- ReportWrapper::group() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- SideReportView::group() — Method in class SideReportView
- AuthenticationMiddleware::getAuthenticationHandler() — Method in class AuthenticationMiddleware
- Authenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
Return RequestHandler to manage the log-in process.
- Authenticator::getLogOutHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
Return the RequestHandler to manage the log-out process.
- Authenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
Return RequestHandler to manage the change-password process.
- Authenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class Authenticator
- BasicAuthMiddleware::getURLPatterns() — Method in class BasicAuthMiddleware
Get list of url patterns
- CMSSecurity::getApplicableAuthenticators() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get all registered authenticators
- CMSSecurity::getTargetMember() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get known logged out member
- CMSSecurity::getResponseController() — Method in class CMSSecurity
- CMSSecurity::getIsloggedIn() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Check if there is a logged in member
- Item::getToken() — Method in class Item
Returns the token of the item
- Item::getName() — Method in class Item
Returns the item name (human readable)
- Item::getDescription() — Method in class Item
Returns the human readable description of the item
- Storage::getHashedItems() — Method in class Storage
Returns the dictionary with the item hashes
- Storage::getTokenHash() — Method in class Storage
Returns salted and hashed version of the item token
- Storage::getCookieKey() — Method in class Storage
Returns the unique cookie key generated from the session salt
- Storage::getCsrfToken() — Method in class Storage
Returns a unique token to use as a CSRF token
- Storage::getSessionSalt() — Method in class Storage
Returns the salt generated for the current session
- Storage::getItems() — Method in class Storage
Returns the list of registered confirmation items
- Storage::getItem() — Method in class Storage
Look up an item by its token key
- Storage::getHttpMethod() — Method in class Storage
Returns HTTP method of the success request
- Storage::getSuccessPostVars() — Method in class Storage
Returns the list of success request post parameters
- Storage::getSuccessUrl() — Method in class Storage
Returns the URL registered by {see self::setSuccessUrl} as a success redirect target
- Storage::getFailureUrl() — Method in class Storage
Returns the URL registered by {see self::setFailureUrl} as a success redirect target
- DefaultAdminService::getDefaultAdminUsername() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
- DefaultAdminService::getDefaultAdminPassword() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
- Group — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
A security group.
- Group::getAllChildren() — Method in class Group
- Group::getCMSFields() — Method in class Group
Caution: Only call on instances, not through a singleton.
- Group::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Group
- Group::Groups() — Method in class Group
List of child groups
- GroupCsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- InheritedPermissionFlusher::getServices() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
- InheritedPermissions::getGlobalEditPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::getDefaultPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Get root permissions handler, or null if no handler
- InheritedPermissions::getBaseClass() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Get base class
- LoginAttempt::getByEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Get all login attempts for the given email address
- LoginForm::getAuthenticatorClass() — Method in class LoginForm
Returns the authenticator class name to use
- LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm
Return the title of the form for use in the frontend For tabs with multiple login methods, for example.
- Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class Member
Generate an auto login token which can be used to reset the password, at the same time hashing it and storing in the database.
- Member::getMemberFormFields() — Method in class Member
Returns the fields for the member form - used in the registration/profile module.
- Member::getMemberPasswordField() — Method in class Member
Builds "Change / Create Password" field for this member
- Member::getValidator() — Method in class Member
Returns the {@link RequiredFields} instance for the Member object. This Validator is used when saving a {@link CMSProfileController} or added to any form responsible for saving a users data.
- Member::getLastName() — Method in class Member
Simple proxy method to get the Surname property of the member
- Member::getTitle() — Method in class Member
Get the complete name of the member, by default in the format "
, ". - Member::get_title_sql() — Method in class Member
Return a SQL CONCAT() fragment suitable for a SELECT statement.
- Member::getName() — Method in class Member
Get the complete name of the member
- Member::getDateFormat() — Method in class Member
Return the date format based on the user's chosen locale, falling back to the default format defined by the i18n::config()->get('default_locale') config setting.
- Member::getLocale() — Method in class Member
Get user locale, falling back to the configured default locale
- Member::getTimeFormat() — Method in class Member
Return the time format based on the user's chosen locale, falling back to the default format defined by the i18n::config()->get('default_locale') config setting.
- Member::Groups() — Method in class Member
Get a "many-to-many" map that holds for all members their group memberships, including any parent groups where membership is implied.
- Member::getCMSFields() — Method in class Member
Return a {@link FieldList} of fields that would appropriate for editing this member.
- Member::getHtmlEditorConfigForCMS() — Method in class Member
Get the HtmlEditorConfig for this user to be used in the CMS.
- CMSLoginHandler::getReturnReferer() — Method in class CMSLoginHandler
- CMSMemberAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class CMSMemberAuthenticator
- CMSMemberLoginForm::getFormFields() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- CMSMemberLoginForm::getFormActions() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- CMSMemberLoginForm::getExternalLink() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
Get link to use for external security actions
- CMSMemberLoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::getDeviceCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Get the name of the cookie used to track this device
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::getTokenCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Get the name of the cookie used to store an login token
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::getTokenCookieSecure() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Get the name of the cookie used to store an login token
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::getCascadeInTo() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Once a member is found by authenticateRequest() pass it to this identity store
- LoginHandler::getReturnReferer() — Method in class LoginHandler
- LostPasswordForm::getFormFields() — Method in class LostPasswordForm
Create a single EmailField form that has the capability of using the MemberLoginForm Authenticator
- LostPasswordForm::getFormActions() — Method in class LostPasswordForm
Give the member a friendly button to push
- MemberAuthenticator::getLostPasswordHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- MemberAuthenticator::getChangePasswordHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- MemberAuthenticator::getLoginHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- MemberAuthenticator::getLogoutHandler() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
- MemberLoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
The name of this login form, to display in the frontend Replaces Authenticator::get_name()
- SessionAuthenticationHandler::getSessionVariable() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
Get the session variable name used to track member ID
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::getGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- Member_Validator::getForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator
Get the member this validator applies to.
- NullSecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- NullSecurityToken::generate() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- PasswordEncryptor::get_encryptors() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::get_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
Gets the cost that is set for the blowfish algorithm
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::getAlgorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
- PasswordValidator::getMinLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::getMinTestScore() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::getTestNames() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Gets the list of tests to use for this validator
- PasswordValidator::getHistoricCount() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::getTests() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Gets all possible tests
- Permission::groupList() — Method in class Permission
Get the list of groups that the given member belongs to.
- Permission::grant() — Method in class Permission
Grant the given permission code/arg to the given group
- Permission::get_members_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
Returns all members for a specific permission.
- Permission::get_groups_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
Return all of the groups that have one of the given permission codes
- Permission::get_codes() — Method in class Permission
Get a list of all available permission codes, both defined through the {@link PermissionProvider} interface, and all not explicitly defined codes existing as a {@link Permission} database record. By default, the results are grouped as denoted by {@link Permission_Group}.
- Permission::get_declared_permissions_list() — Method in class Permission
Get a linear list of the permissions in the system.
- Permission::get_label_for_permission() — Method in class Permission
Look up the human-readable title for the permission as defined by
Permission::declare_permissions
- Permission::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Permission
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- Permission::Group() — Method in class Permission
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::getHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionRole::getCMSFields() — Method in class PermissionRole
Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
- PermissionRole::Groups() — Method in class PermissionRole
List of Group objects
- Permission_Group::getName() — Method in class Permission_Group
Get the name of the permission group
- Permission_Group::getPermissions() — Method in class Permission_Group
Get permissions
- RandomGenerator::generateEntropy() — Method in class RandomGenerator
- RememberLoginHash::getToken() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
- RememberLoginHash::getNewHash() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
Creates a new random token and hashes it using the member information
- RememberLoginHash::generate() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
Generates a new login hash associated with a device The device is assigned a globally unique device ID The returned login hash stores the hashed token in the database, for this device and this member
- Security::getAuthenticators() — Method in class Security
- Security::getApplicableAuthenticators() — Method in class Security
Get all registered authenticators
- Security::getCurrentUser() — Method in class Security
- Security::getLoginForms() — Method in class Security
Get the login forms for all available authentication methods
- Security::getRequest() — Method in class Security
Returns the HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.
- Security::getPasswordResetLink() — Method in class Security
Create a link to the password reset form.
- Security::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class Security
Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action.
- Security::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Security
Defines global accessible templates variables.
- SecurityToken::get_default_name() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::getSecurityID() — Method in class SecurityToken
Returns the value of an the global SecurityToken in the current session
- SecurityToken::getName() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SecurityToken
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- SiteConfig::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the fields that are sent to the CMS.
- SiteConfig::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the actions that are sent to the CMS.
- SiteConfig::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SiteConfig
Add $SiteConfig to all SSViewers
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
- ArchiveAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Produces an edit form with relevant prioritised tabs for Pages, Blocks and Files
- ArchiveAdmin::getVersionedModels() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Returns versioned objects, can be filtered for 'main' (has a tab) or 'other' and is exposed through the 'Others' tab, returns all by default
- ArchiveAdmin::getOtherModelSelectorField() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Creates a dropdown field that displays other archived models
- ArchiveAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Archive admin needs some extra logic for whether an archive tab should be shown
- ArchiveAdmin::getManagedModelTabs() — Method in class ArchiveAdmin
Add the special 'Others' tab
- CMSPageHistoryViewerController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryViewerController
- CMSPageHistoryViewerController::getTabIdentifier() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryViewerController
Return the active tab identifier for the CMS. Used by templates to decide which tab to give the active state.
- HistoryViewerController::getClientConfig() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
Returns configuration required by the client app.
- HistoryViewerController::getVersionForm() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
Returns a {@link Form} showing the version details for a given version of a record
- HistoryViewerController::getCompareForm() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
Returns a {@link Form} containing the comparison {@link DiffTransformation} view for a record between two specified versions.
- BlockArchiveExtension::getArchiveFieldClass() — Method in class BlockArchiveExtension
- BlockArchiveExtension::getArchiveField() — Method in class BlockArchiveExtension
- FileArchiveExtension::getArchiveFieldClass() — Method in class FileArchiveExtension
- FileArchiveExtension::getArchiveField() — Method in class FileArchiveExtension
- SiteTreeArchiveExtension::getArchiveFieldClass() — Method in class SiteTreeArchiveExtension
- SiteTreeArchiveExtension::getArchiveField() — Method in class SiteTreeArchiveExtension
- DataObjectVersionFormFactory::getForm() — Method in class DataObjectVersionFormFactory
Generates the form
- DataObjectVersionFormFactory::getFormType() — Method in class DataObjectVersionFormFactory
Get form type from 'type' context
- DataObjectVersionFormFactory::getRequiredContext() — Method in class DataObjectVersionFormFactory
Return list of mandatory context keys
- DiffField::getComparisonField() — Method in class DiffField
- DiffField::getOutdatedField() — Method in class DiffField
This function is so named not in the manner of chronology, but rather in terms of succession.
- DiffField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class DiffField
Gets the defaults for $schemaData.
- DiffField::getSchemaStateDefaults() — Method in class DiffField
Gets the defaults for $schemaState.
- GridFieldFileRestoreAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms\GridField
Extension of GridFieldRestoreAction to only show action if there is a valid file
- GridFieldFileRestoreAction::getRestoreAction() — Method in class GridFieldFileRestoreAction
- HistoryViewerField::getSourceRecord() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
Get the source record to view history for
- HistoryViewerField::getPreviewEnabled() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
Get whether the record is previewable
- HistoryViewerField::getContextKey() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
- HistoryViewerField::getSchemaDataDefaults() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
Provide the necessary input data for React to power the history viewer
- HistoryViewerField::getAttributes() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
When not used in a React form factory context, this adds the schema data to SilverStripe template rendered attributes lists
- ArchiveViewProvider::getArchiveFieldClass() — Method in class ArchiveViewProvider
Returns the classname of the objects displayed in the field
- ArchiveViewProvider::getArchiveField() — Method in class ArchiveViewProvider
Method on a {@link DataObject} which returns a custom field (usually {@link GridField}) for viewing and/or interacting with this objects archived records
- ProxyCacheAdapter::get() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ProxyCacheAdapter::getMultiple() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ChangeSet::getCMSFields() — Method in class ChangeSet
Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
- ChangeSet::getDetails() — Method in class ChangeSet
Gets summary of items in changeset
- ChangeSet::getChangesCount() — Method in class ChangeSet
Required to support the "changes" count display in react gridfield column
- ChangeSet::getPublishedLabel() — Method in class ChangeSet
Gets the label for the "last published" date. Special case for "today"
- ChangeSet::getStateLabel() — Method in class ChangeSet
Description for state
- ChangeSet::getPublisherName() — Method in class ChangeSet
Gets the full name of the user who last published this campaign
- ChangeSetItem::getTitle() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
- ChangeSetItem::getChangeType() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get the type of change: none, created, deleted, modified, manymany
- ChangeSetItem::get_for_object() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get the ChangeSetItems that reference a passed DataObject
- ChangeSetItem::get_for_object_by_id() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get the ChangeSetItems that reference a passed DataObject
- ChangeSetItem::getPreviewLinks() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Gets the list of modes this record can be previewed in.
- PublishOperation::getName() — Method in class PublishOperation
- Rollback::getName() — Method in class Rollback
- GridFieldArchiveAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
This class is a {@link GridField} component that replaces the delete action and adds an archive action for objects.
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Add the title
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Which GridField actions are this component handling
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
- GridFieldArchiveAction::getArchiveAction() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Returns the GridField_FormAction if archive can be performed
- GridFieldRestoreAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
This class is a {@link GridField} component that adds a restore action for versioned objects.
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getGroup() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getExtraData() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Add the title
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Which columns are handled by this component
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Which GridField actions are this component handling.
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getRestoreAction() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Creates a restore action if the action is able to be preformed
- GridFieldRestoreAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
- RestoreAction::getRestoreMessage() — Method in class RestoreAction
Returns a message which notifies the user of a successful restoration and if anything has changed
- Versioned::getAtVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Get this record at a specific version
- Versioned::getNextWriteWithoutVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Check if next write is without version
- Versioned::getDeleteWritesVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Check if delete() should write _Version rows or not
- Versioned::getMigratingVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Get version migrated to
- Versioned::get_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current reading mode.
- Versioned::get_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current reading stage.
- Versioned::get_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Get default reading mode
- Versioned::get_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned
Check if draft site should be secured.
- Versioned::get_one_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get a singleton instance of a class in the given stage.
- Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Gets the current version number of a specific record.
- Versioned::get_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get a set of class instances by the given stage.
- Versioned::get_latest_version() — Method in class Versioned
Return the latest version of the given record.
- Versioned::get_including_deleted() — Method in class Versioned
Return the equivalent of a DataList::create() call, querying the latest version of each record stored in the (class)_Versions tables.
- Versioned::get_version() — Method in class Versioned
Return the specific version of the given id.
- Versioned::get_all_versions() — Method in class Versioned
Return a list of all versions for a given id.
- Versioned::getVersionedStages() — Method in class Versioned
Returns an array of possible stages.
- Versioned::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Versioned
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- VersionedGridFieldState::getColumn() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Column to decorate with version state
- VersionedGridFieldState::getVersionedLabelFields() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Search list for default column
- VersionedGridFieldState::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
- VersionedGridFieldState::getColumnContent() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
HTML for the column, content of the
element. - VersionedGridFieldState::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
- VersionedGridFieldState::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
- ArrayData::getField() — Method in class ArrayData
Gets a field from this object.
- EmbedResource::getWidth() — Method in class EmbedResource
Get width of this Embed
- EmbedResource::getHeight() — Method in class EmbedResource
Get height of this Embed
- EmbedResource::getPreviewURL() — Method in class EmbedResource
Get preview url
- EmbedResource::getName() — Method in class EmbedResource
Get human readable name for this resource
- EmbedResource::getType() — Method in class EmbedResource
Get Embed type
- EmbedResource::getOptions() — Method in class EmbedResource
- EmbedResource::getDispatcher() — Method in class EmbedResource
- EmbedResource::getEmbed() — Method in class EmbedResource
Returns a bootstrapped Embed object
- Embeddable::getWidth() — Method in class Embeddable
Get width of this Embed
- Embeddable::getHeight() — Method in class Embeddable
Get height of this Embed
- Embeddable::getPreviewURL() — Method in class Embeddable
Get preview url
- Embeddable::getName() — Method in class Embeddable
Get human readable name for this resource
- Embeddable::getType() — Method in class Embeddable
Get Embed type
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::getDataList() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
This allows templates to create a new
DataList
from a known DataObject class name, and call methods such as aggregates.- Diff::getHTMLChunks() — Method in class Diff
- HTMLCleaner::getConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLValue::getContent() — Method in class HTMLValue
- HTMLValue::getDocument() — Method in class HTMLValue
Get the DOMDocument for the passed content
- HTMLValue::getBody() — Method in class HTMLValue
Get the body element, or false if there isn't one (we haven't loaded any content or this instance is in an invalid state)
- ShortcodeHandler::get_shortcodes() — Method in class ShortcodeHandler
Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler
- ShortcodeParser::get() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get the {@link ShortcodeParser} instance that is attached to a particular identifier.
- ShortcodeParser::get_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get the currently active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.
- ShortcodeParser::getRegisteredShortcodes() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get an array containing information about registered shortcodes
- ShortcodeParser::getShortcodeReplacementText() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Return the text to insert in place of a shoprtcode.
- URLSegmentFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::getAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- PublicThemes::getThemes() — Method in class PublicThemes
Returns a map of all themes information. The map is in the following format:
- Requirements::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements
Checks whether combining of css/javascript files is enabled.
- Requirements::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements
Check whether we want to suffix requirements
- Requirements::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements
Return all registered custom scripts
- Requirements::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of associative arrays with 'files', 'type', and 'media' keys for details about this combined file.
- Requirements::get_write_js_to_body() — Method in class Requirements
Set whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the head tag.
- Requirements::get_force_js_to_bottom() — Method in class Requirements
Get whether to force the JavaScript to end of the body. Useful if you use inline script tags that don't rely on scripts included via {@link Requirements::javascript()).
- Requirements::get_minify_combined_js_files() — Method in class Requirements
Check if JS minification is enabled
- Requirements::get_write_header_comments() — Method in class Requirements
Check if header comments are written
- Requirements_Backend::getAssetHandler() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Gets the backend storage for generated files
- Requirements_Backend::getMinifier() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Gets the minification service for this backend
- Requirements_Backend::getWriteHeaderComment() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check if header comments are written
- Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Retrieve the combined files folder prefix
- Requirements_Backend::getSuffixRequirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check whether we want to suffix requirements
- Requirements_Backend::getWriteJavascriptToBody() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the head tag.
- Requirements_Backend::getForceJSToBottom() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check if the JavaScript requirements are written to the end of the body, right before the closing tag
- Requirements_Backend::getMinifyCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check if minify files should be combined
- Requirements_Backend::getProvidedScripts() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Gets all scripts that are already provided by prior scripts.
- Requirements_Backend::getJavascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Returns an array of required JavaScript, excluding blocked and duplicates of provided files.
- Requirements_Backend::getCustomScripts() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all registered custom scripts
- Requirements_Backend::getCustomCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all registered custom CSS
- Requirements_Backend::getCustomHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all custom head tags
- Requirements_Backend::getCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Get the list of registered CSS file requirements, excluding blocked files
- Requirements_Backend::getBlocked() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Gets the list of all blocked files
- Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of associative arrays with 'files', 'type', and 'media' keys for details about this combined file.
- Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFilesEnabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check if combined files are enabled
- $ SSViewer#global_key — Property in class SSViewer
Default prepended cache key for partial caching
- SSViewer::get_themes() — Method in class SSViewer
Get the list of active themes
- SSViewer::get_templates_by_class() — Method in class SSViewer
Traverses the given the given class context looking for candidate template names which match each item in the class hierarchy. The resulting list of template candidates may or may not exist, but you can invoke {see SSViewer::chooseTemplate} on any list to determine the best candidate based on the current themes.
- SSViewer::getRewriteHashLinks() — Method in class SSViewer
Check if rewrite hash links are enabled on this instance
- SSViewer::getRewriteHashLinksDefault() — Method in class SSViewer
Get default value for rewrite hash links for all modules
- SSViewer::getParser() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns the parser that is set for template generation
- SSViewer::getTemplateFileByType() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::getPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer
Get the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer::get_base_tag() — Method in class SSViewer
Return an appropriate base tag for the given template.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::getInjectedValue() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Look up injected value - it may be part of an "overlay" (arguments passed to <% include %>), set on the current item, part of an "underlay" ($Layout or $Content), or an iterator/global property
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- SSViewer_FromString::getCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- SSViewer_Scope::getItem() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Returns the current "active" item
- SSViewer_Scope::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- EmbedShortcodeProvider::get_shortcodes() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
Gets the list of shortcodes provided by this handler
- TemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class TemplateGlobalProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- TemplateIteratorProvider::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- ThemeList::getThemes() — Method in class ThemeList
Returns a map of all themes information. The map is in the following format:
- ThemeManifest::getBase() — Method in class ThemeManifest
- ThemeManifest::getCacheKey() — Method in class ThemeManifest
Generate a unique cache key to avoid manifest cache collisions.
- ThemeManifest::getThemes() — Method in class ThemeManifest
- ThemeResourceLoader::getSet() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Get a named theme set
- ThemeResourceLoader::getPath() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Given a theme identifier, determine the path from the root directory
- ThemeResourceLoader::getThemePaths() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Resolve all themes to the list of root folders relative to site root
- ThemeResourceLoader::getCache() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
- ViewableData::getFailover() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the current failover object if set
- ViewableData::getField() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the value of a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::getCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
- ViewableData::getXMLValues() — Method in class ViewableData
Get an array of XML-escaped values by field name
- ViewableData::getIterator() — Method in class ViewableData
Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
- ViewableData::getViewerTemplates() — Method in class ViewableData
Find appropriate templates for SSViewer to use to render this object
- IntlLocales::getLocales() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get all locale codes and names
- IntlLocales::getLanguages() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get all language codes and names
- IntlLocales::getCountries() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get all country codes and names
- Locales::getCountries() — Method in class Locales
Get all country codes and names
- Locales::getLanguages() — Method in class Locales
Get all language codes and names
- Locales::getLocales() — Method in class Locales
Get all locale codes and names
- Sources::getSortedModules() — Method in class Sources
Get sorted modules
- Sources::getLangDirs() — Method in class Sources
Find the list of prioritised /lang folders in this application
- Sources::getKnownLocales() — Method in class Sources
Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level).
- FlushInvalidatedResource::getResource() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
- ModuleYamlLoader::getReader() — Method in class ModuleYamlLoader
- SymfonyMessageProvider::getTranslator() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
- SymfonyMessageProvider::getSourceDirs() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
Get the list of /lang dirs to load localisations from
- YamlWriter::getYaml() — Method in class YamlWriter
Convert messages to yml ready to write
- Parser::getTranslatables() — Method in class Parser
Parses a template and returns any translatable entities
- Parser::getEntities() — Method in class Parser
- i18nTextCollector::getWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Gets the currently assigned writer, or the default if none is specified.
- i18nTextCollector::getReader() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Get reader
- i18nTextCollector::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18nTextCollector::getWarnOnEmptyDefault() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18n::get_closest_translation() — Method in class i18n
Matches a given locale with the closest translation available in the system
- i18n::get_locale() — Method in class i18n
Get the current locale.
- i18n::get_script_direction() — Method in class i18n
Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.
- i18n::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class i18n
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
- i18n::getMessageProvider() — Method in class i18n
- i18n::getData() — Method in class i18n
Localisation data source
- i18n::getSources() — Method in class i18n
Get data sources for localisation strings
H
- AdminRootController::handleRequest() — Method in class AdminRootController
Executes this controller, and return an {@link HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleBatchAction() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Invoke a batch action
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleApplicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Respond with the list of applicable pages for a given filter
- CMSBatchActionHandler::handleConfirmation() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Check if this action has a confirmation step
- $ LeftAndMain#help_link — Property in class LeftAndMain
- $ LeftAndMain#help_links — Property in class LeftAndMain
The urls used for the links in the Help dropdown in the backend
- LeftAndMain::handleRequest() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Executes this controller, and return an {@link HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- AssetAdminFile::humanizedChanges() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
- HistoryListField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
History view for file editor form
- File::hasRestrictedAccess() — Method in class File
Check if the File has a CanViewType set or inherited at "LoggedInUsers or above"
- Folder::hasChildren() — Method in class Folder
Returns true if this folder has children
- Folder::hasChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Returns true if this folder has children
- FileShortcodeProvider::handle_shortcode() — Method in class FileShortcodeProvider
Replace "[file_link id=n]" shortcode with an anchor tag or link to the file.
- ImageShortcodeProvider::handle_shortcode() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
Replace"[image id=n]" shortcode with an image reference.
- $ DBFile#Hash — Property in class DBFile
SHA of the file
- ProtectedFileController::handleFile() — Method in class ProtectedFileController
Provide a response for the given file request
- ContentController::handleRequest() — Method in class ContentController
This acts the same as {@link Controller::handleRequest()}, but if an action cannot be found this will attempt to fall over to a child controller in order to provide functionality for nested URLs.
- ModelAsController::handleRequest() — Method in class ModelAsController
- RootURLController::handleRequest() — Method in class RootURLController
- $ SiteTree#hide_ancestor — Property in class SiteTree
If you extend a class, and don't want to be able to select the old class in the cms, set this to the old class name. Eg, if you extended Product to make ImprovedProduct, then you would set $hide_ancestor to Product.
- $ SiteTree#HasBrokenFile — Property in class SiteTree
True if this page has a broken file shortcode
- $ SiteTree#HasBrokenLink — Property in class SiteTree
True if this page has a broken page shortcode
- VirtualPage::hasField() — Method in class VirtualPage
- AddToCampaignHandler::handle() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler
Perform the action. Either returns a Form or performs the action, as per the class doc
- ContentNegotiator::html() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Performs the following replacements:
- Check user defined content type and use it, if it's empty use the text/html.
- Controller::handleRequest() — Method in class Controller
Executes this controller, and return an {@link HTTPResponse} object with the result.
- Controller::hasAction() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::hasActionTemplate() — Method in class Controller
Returns TRUE if this controller has a template that is specifically designed to handle a specific action.
- Controller::has_curr() — Method in class Controller
Tests whether we have a currently active controller or not. True if there is at least 1 controller in the stack.
- Director::handleRequest() — Method in class Director
Process the given URL, creating the appropriate controller and executing it.
- Director::host() — Method in class Director
A helper to determine the current hostname used to access the site.
- Director::hostName() — Method in class Director
Return host name without port
- Email::hasPlainPart() — Method in class Email
- HTTP — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A class with HTTP-related helpers. Like Debug, this is more a bundle of methods than a class.
- HTTPApplication — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Invokes the HTTP application within an ErrorControlChain
- HTTPApplication::handle() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Handle the given HTTP request
- HTTPRequest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Represents a HTTP-request, including a URL that is tokenised for parsing, and a request method (GET/POST/PUT/DELETE). This is used by {@link RequestHandler} objects to decide what to do.
- HTTPRequest::httpMethod() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::hasSession() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Determines whether the request has a session
- HTTPRequestBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
- HTTPResponse — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Represents a response returned by a controller.
- HTTPResponse_Exception — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A {@link HTTPResponse} encapsulated in an exception, which can interrupt the processing flow and be caught by the {@link RequestHandler} and returned to the user.
- HTTPStreamResponse — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A response which contains a streamable data source.
- HasRequestHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Indicator for a class which cannot handle requests directly, but is able to generate a delegate for those requests.
- HttpMethodBypass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
Allows to bypass requests of a particular HTTP method
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::hasStateDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Low level method to check if a directive is currently set
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::hasDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Check if the current state has the given directive.
- HTTPMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
HTTP Request middleware Based on https://github.com/php-fig/fig-standards/blob/master/proposed/http-middleware/middleware.md#21-psrhttpservermiddlewaremiddlewareinterface
- HTTPMiddlewareAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Adds middleware support to an object.
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::hasAccess() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware
Check whether the user has permissions to perform the target operation Otherwise we may want to skip the confirmation dialog.
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::handleRequest() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
Handles URL requests.
- RequestHandler::handleRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
Handles URL requests.
- RequestHandler::hasAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.
- RequestHandler::httpError() — Method in class RequestHandler
Throws a HTTP error response encased in a {@link HTTPResponse_Exception}, which is later caught in {@link RequestHandler::handleAction()} and returned to the user.
- RateLimiter::hit() — Method in class RateLimiter
Store a hit in the rate limit cache
- ClassInfo::hasTable() — Method in class ClassInfo
- ClassInfo::has_method_from() — Method in class ClassInfo
Determine if the given class method is implemented at the given comparison class
- ClassInfo::hasMethod() — Method in class ClassInfo
Helper to determine if the given object has a method
- ConfigLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
- Convert::html2raw() — Method in class Convert
Simple conversion of HTML to plaintext.
- CustomMethods::hasMethod() — Method in class CustomMethods
Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
- Extensible::has_extension() — Method in class Extensible
Return TRUE if a class has a specified extension.
- Extensible::hasExtension() — Method in class Extensible
Returns TRUE if this object instance has a specific extension applied in {@link $extension_instances}. Extension instances are initialized at constructor time, meaning if you use {@link add_extension()} afterwards, the added extension will just be added to new instances of the extended class. Use the static method {@link has_extension()} to check if a class (not an instance) has a specific extension.
- Injector::hasService() — Method in class Injector
- Injector::has() — Method in class Injector
Does the given service exist?
- InjectorLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
- ClassLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class ClassLoader
Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
- ClassManifest::handleFile() — Method in class ClassManifest
Visit a file to inspect for classes, interfaces and traits
- ClassManifestErrorHandler::handleError() — Method in class ClassManifestErrorHandler
- Module::hasResource() — Method in class Module
- ModuleLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
- $ CsvBulkLoader#hasHeaderRow — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
Identifies if csv the has a header row.
- CsvBulkLoader::hasHeaderRow() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
Determine whether any loaded files should be parsed with a header-row (otherwise we rely on {@link self::$columnMap}.
- ErrorPageController::handleRequest() — Method in class ErrorPageController
Overload the provided see Controller::handleRequest() to append the correct status code post request since otherwise permission related error pages such as 401 and 403 pages won't be rendered due to
- ErrorPageExtension::hasStaticPage() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Determine if static content is cached for this page
- CompositeField::hasData() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns true if this field has its own data.
- DatalessField::hasData() — Method in class DatalessField
function that returns whether this field contains data.
- FieldList::hasTabSet() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::HiddenFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
- Form::HiddenFields() — Method in class Form
Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
- FormField::HolderID() — Method in class FormField
Returns the HTML ID for the form field holder element.
- FormField::hasData() — Method in class FormField
Returns true if this field has its own data.
- FormField::hasClass() — Method in class FormField
Returns whether the current field has the given class added
- FormRequestHandler::httpSubmission() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Handle a form submission. GET and POST requests behave identically.
- FormRequestHandler::handleField() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Handle a field request.
- Form_FieldMap::hasMethod() — Method in class Form_FieldMap
Ensure that all potential method calls get passed to __call(), therefore to dataFieldByName
- GridField::handleAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
Pass an action on the first GridField_ActionProvider that matches the $actionName.
- GridField::handleRequest() — Method in class GridField
Custom request handler that will check component handlers before proceeding to the default implementation.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Manipulate the state to add a new relation
- GridFieldDeleteAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField
- GridFieldDetailForm::handleItem() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::httpError() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Throws a HTTP error response encased in a {@link HTTPResponse_Exception}, which is later caught in {@link RequestHandler::handleAction()} and returned to the user.
- GridFieldEditButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField.
- GridFieldExportButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridFieldExportButton::handleExport() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Handle the export, for both the action button and the URL
- GridFieldFilterHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
If the GridField has a filterable datalist, return an array of actions
- GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField
- GridFieldPaginator::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Handle the print action.
- GridFieldPrintButton::handlePrint() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Handle the print, for both the action button and the URL
- GridFieldSortableHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridField_ActionMenu::handleAction() — Method in class GridField_ActionMenu
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridField_ActionProvider::handleAction() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
- GridField_SaveHandler::handleSave() — Method in class GridField_SaveHandler
Called when a grid field is saved - i.e. the form is submitted.
- HTMLEditorConfig — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
A PHP version of TinyMCE's configuration, to allow various parameters to be configured on a site or section basis
- HTMLEditorField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
A TinyMCE-powered WYSIWYG HTML editor field with image and link insertion and tracking capabilities. Editor fields are created from
<textarea>
tags, which are then converted with JavaScript.- HTMLEditorField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Readonly version of an {@link HTMLEditorField}.
- HTMLEditorSanitiser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Sanitises an HTMLValue so it's contents are the elements and attributes that are whitelisted using the same configuration as TinyMCE
- HTMLReadonlyField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Readonly field equivalent for literal HTML
- HeaderField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Field that generates a heading tag.
- HiddenField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Hidden field.
- SelectionGroup::hasData() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns true if this field has its own data.
- Handler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth
The authentication Handler is responsible for handling authentication requirements and providing a Member to the Manager if required, so it can be used in request contexts.
- HTTPMethodMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
Ensures mutations use POST requests
- HTTPClient — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- HTTPProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
Class HTTPProvider
- DevErrorHandler::handleError() — Method in class DevErrorHandler
- DataObjectModel::hasField() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- FieldAccessor::hasField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
- FieldAccessor::hasNativeField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
Returns true if the field is part of the ORM data structure
- InheritanceChain::hasAncestors() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::hideAncestors() — Method in class InheritanceChain
Hides ancestors by classname, e.g. SiteTree::class
- InheritanceChain::hasDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::hideDescendants() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- InheritanceChain::hasInheritance() — Method in class InheritanceChain
- SchemaModelInterface::hasField() — Method in class SchemaModelInterface
- PluginConsumer::hasPlugin() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- SchemaConfig::hasModel() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- HashNameObfuscator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
For the most obscure approach, hash the file names so they're completely undiscoverable.
- HybridObfuscator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
Hashed for less discoverability, but still readable if you focus on it
- HTTPOutputHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Logging
Output the error to the browser, with the given HTTP status code.
- DBSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
- DBSchemaManager::hasField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Return true if the table exists and already has a the field specified
- MySQLSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
- $ DataObject#has_one — Property in class DataObject
One-to-zero relationship defintion. This is a map of component name to data type. In order to turn this into a true one-to-one relationship you can add a {@link DataObject::$belongs_to} relationship on the child class.
- $ DataObject#has_many — Property in class DataObject
This defines a one-to-many relationship. It is a map of component name to the remote data class.
- DataObject::hasOne() — Method in class DataObject
Return the class of a one-to-one component. If $component is null, return all of the one-to-one components and their classes. If the selected has_one is a polymorphic field then 'DataObject' will be returned for the type.
- DataObject::hasMany() — Method in class DataObject
Gets the class of a one-to-many relationship. If no $component is specified then an array of all the one-to-many relationships and their classes will be returned.
- DataObject::hasField() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given field exists in a database column on any of the objects tables and optionally look up a dynamic getter with get
(). - DataObject::hasDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given field exists as a database column
- DataObject::hasValue() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given method/parameter has a value (Uses the DBField::hasValue if the parameter is a database field)
- DataObjectSchema::hasManyComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return data for a specific has_many component.
- DataObjectSchema::hasOneComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return data for a specific has_one component.
- DataQuery::having() — Method in class DataQuery
Append a HAVING clause to this query.
- DBComposite::hasField() — Method in class DBComposite
Check if a field exists on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- DBField::HTMLATT() — Method in class DBField
Gets the value appropriate for a HTML attribute string
- DBField::HTML() — Method in class DBField
Alias for {see XML()}
- DBMoney::hasAmount() — Method in class DBMoney
Determine if this has a non-zero amount
- HasManyList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a has_many relation.
- HiddenClass — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Anything that implements HiddenClass won't be shown in user-interface elements. For example, DataObjects that implement HiddenClass won't be showing in the "new page" dropdown.
- Hierarchy — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Hierarchy
DataObjects that use the Hierarchy extension can be be organised as a hierarchy, with children and parents. The most obvious example of this is SiteTree.
- $ Hierarchy#hide_from_hierarchy — Property in class Hierarchy
A list of classnames to exclude from display in both the CMS and front end displays. ->Children() and ->AllChildren affected.
- $ Hierarchy#hide_from_cms_tree — Property in class Hierarchy
A list of classnames to exclude from display in the page tree views of the CMS, unlike $hide_from_hierarchy above which effects both CMS and front end.
- ReportAdmin::handleAction() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- ReportAdmin::has_reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Determine if we have reports and need to display the "Reports" main menu item in the CMS.
- Handler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\Confirmation
Confirmation form handler implementation
- DefaultAdminService::hasDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Check if there is a default admin
- $ Member#hidden_fields — Property in class Member
Internal-use only fields
- $ PasswordValidator#historic_count — Property in class PasswordValidator
- $ Permission#hidden_permissions — Property in class Permission
a list of permission codes which doesn't appear in the Permission list when make the {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField}
- $ RememberLoginHash#Hash — Property in class RememberLoginHash
- Security::hasAuthenticator() — Method in class Security
Check if a given authenticator is registered
- Security::has_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Check that the default admin account has been set.
- HistoryControllerFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Controllers
The history controller factory decides which CMS history controller to use, out of the default from the silverstripe/cms module or the history viewer controller from this module, depending on the current page type
- HistoryViewerController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Controllers
The HistoryViewerController provides AJAX endpoints for React to enable functionality, such as retrieving the form schema.
- HistoryViewerField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Forms
- ProxyCacheAdapter::has() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ChangeSet::hasChanges() — Method in class ChangeSet
Determine if there are changes to publish
- ChangeSetItem::hasChange() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Determine if this item has changes
- GridFieldArchiveAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldArchiveAction
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField
- GridFieldRestoreAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldRestoreAction
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField.
- RecursivePublishable::hasOwned() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Returns true if the record has any owned relationships that exist
- Versioned::hasVersionField() — Method in class Versioned
Check if a certain table has the 'Version' field.
- Versioned::hasPublishedOwners() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if this object is published, and has any published owners.
- Versioned::hasStages() — Method in class Versioned
Check if this object has stages
- ArrayData::hasField() — Method in class ArrayData
Check array to see if field isset
- HTML — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
HTML Helper class
- $ Diff#html_cleaner_class — Property in class Diff
- HTML4Value — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
- HTMLCleaner — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Base class for HTML cleaning implementations.
- HTMLValue — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
This class handles the converting of HTML fragments between a string and a DOMDocument based representation.
- ShortcodeHandler::handle_shortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeHandler
Generate content with a shortcode value
- SSViewer::hasTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns true if at least one of the listed templates exists.
- EmbedShortcodeProvider::handle_shortcode() — Method in class EmbedShortcodeProvider
Embed shortcode parser from Oembed. This is a temporary workaround.
- ThemeManifest::handleDirectory() — Method in class ThemeManifest
Add a directory to the manifest
- ViewableData::hasField() — Method in class ViewableData
Check if a field exists on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::hasValue() — Method in class ViewableData
Checks if a given method/field has a valid value. If the result is an object, this will return the result of the exists method, otherwise will check if the result is not just an empty paragraph tag.
- ViewableData_Customised::hasMethod() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
I
- $ CMSMenuItem#iconClass — Property in class CMSMenuItem
- LeftAndMain::index() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::isCurrentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
- LeftAndMainExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse
Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
- ModelAdmin::ImportForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Generate a CSV import form for a single {@link DataObject} subclass.
- ModelAdmin::import() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Imports the submitted CSV file based on specifications given in {@link self::model_importers}.
- $ AssetAdmin#image_retry_min — Property in class AssetAdmin
If an image load fails in JS, retry it after this many seconds.
- $ AssetAdmin#image_retry_max — Property in class AssetAdmin
Stop retrying after we reach this retry period.
- $ AssetAdmin#image_retry_failure_expiry — Property in class AssetAdmin
If we fail after max_image_retry, a reload can be re-attempted again after this period, but won't be automatically started.
- AssetAdmin::init() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Set up the controller
- AssetAdminFieldsExtension::init() — Method in class AssetAdminFieldsExtension
- $ AssetAdminFile#insert_width — Property in class AssetAdminFile
Max width for inserted images
- $ AssetAdminFile#insert_height — Property in class AssetAdminFile
Max height for inserted images
- ImageFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- FileTypeCreator::interfaces() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- ImageThumbnailHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Helper
- InterventionBackendCacheFlushTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
A task to manually flush InterventionBackend cache
- TestAssetStore::isGranted() — Method in class TestAssetStore
Allows testing of grant status
- File::isTrackedFormUpload() — Method in class File
If the file was uploaded via a form and tracked in the database
- File::ini2bytes() — Method in class File
Convert a php.ini value (eg: 512M) to bytes
- Filesystem::isAbsolute() — Method in class Filesystem
Returns true if the given filename is an absolute file reference.
- Image — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Represents an Image
- ImageBackendFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Creates backends for images as necessary, avoiding redundant asset writes and loads
- ImageManipulation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Provides image manipulation functionality.
- ImageManipulation::IconTag() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get HTML for img containing the icon for this file
- ImageManipulation::isSize() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Determine if this image is of the specified size
- ImageManipulation::isWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Determine if this image is of the specified width
- ImageManipulation::isHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Determine if this image is of the specified width
- Image_Backend — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Image_Backend
- InterventionBackend — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
- FileLinkTracking::ImageTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
- ImageShortcodeProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Shortcodes
Class ImageShortcodeProvider
- ProtectedFileController::isValidFilename() — Method in class ProtectedFileController
Check if the given filename is safe to pass to the route handler.
- Upload::index() — Method in class Upload
- Upload::isError() — Method in class Upload
Determines wether previous operations caused an error.
- Upload_Validator::isValidSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Determines if the bytesize of an uploaded file is valid - can be defined on an extension-by-extension basis in {@link $allowedMaxFileSize}
- Upload_Validator::isFileEmpty() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Determine if this file is valid but empty
- Upload_Validator::isValidExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Determines if the temporary file has a valid extension An empty string in the validation map indicates files without an extension.
- Upload_Validator::isValidUpload() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Check that a valid file was given for upload (ignores file size)
- Upload_Validator::isCompleteUpload() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Check whether the file was fully uploaded
- CMSMain::index() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPagesController::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CMSPagesController
Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isArchived() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Counts as "archived" if the current record is a different version from both live and draft.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
- InternalLinkFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
Provides a form factory for inserting internal page links in a HTML editor
- InternalLinkModalExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
Decorates ModalController with insert internal link
- CurrentPageIdentifier::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
Check if the given DataObject is the current page.
- RedirectorPageController::index() — Method in class RedirectorPageController
Check we don't already have a redirect code set
- $ SiteTree#icon — Property in class SiteTree
Icon to use in the CMS page tree. This should be the full filename, relative to the webroot.
- $ SiteTree#icon_class — Property in class SiteTree
Class attached to page icons in the CMS page tree. Also supports font-icon set.
- SiteTree::isCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns true if this is the currently active page being used to handle this request.
- SiteTree::isSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is in the currently active section (e.g. it is either current or one of its children is currently being viewed).
- SiteTree::isOrphaned() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if the parent of this page has been removed (or made otherwise unavailable), and is still referenced by this child. Any such orphaned page may still require access via the CMS, but should not be shown as accessible to external users.
- SiteTree::InSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is in the given current section.
- SiteTree::isNew() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is new - that is, if it has yet to have been written to the database.
- SiteTree::i18n_classDescription() — Method in class SiteTree
Get localised description for this page
- VirtualPage::isPublishable() — Method in class VirtualPage
Returns true if is page is publishable by anyone at all Return false if the source page isn't published yet.
- VirtualPage::isFieldVirtualised() — Method in class VirtualPage
Check if given field is virtualised
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::index() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- CampaignAdmin::init() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
- CampaignAdmin::ItemLink() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Gets user-visible url to edit a specific {see ChangeSetItem}
- CampaignAdminExtension::init() — Method in class CampaignAdminExtension
- DeltaConfigCollection::isDeltaReset() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Check if config should be completely reset before getting config
- YamlTransformer::ignoreRule() — Method in class YamlTransformer
This allows config to ignore only/except rules that have been set. This enables apps to ignore built-in rules without causing errors where a rule is undefined.
- CliController::index() — Method in class CliController
- Director::isManifestFlushed() — Method in class Director
Returns indication whether the manifest cache has been flushed in the beginning of the current request.
- Director::is_https() — Method in class Director
Return whether the site is running as under HTTPS.
- Director::is_absolute() — Method in class Director
Returns true if a given path is absolute. Works under both *nix and windows systems.
- Director::is_root_relative_url() — Method in class Director
Determine if the url is root relative (i.e. starts with /, but not with //) SilverStripe considers root relative urls as a subset of relative urls.
- Director::is_absolute_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if a given URL is absolute (e.g. starts with 'http://' etc.). URLs beginning with "//" are treated as absolute, as browsers take this to mean the same protocol as currently being used.
- Director::is_relative_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if a given URL is relative (or root relative) by checking {@link is_absolute_url()}.
- Director::is_site_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if the given URL is belonging to this "site" (not an external link). That's the case if the URL is relative, as defined by {@link is_relative_url()}, or if the host matches {@link protocolAndHost()}.
- Director::is_ajax() — Method in class Director
Checks if the current HTTP-Request is an "Ajax-Request" by checking for a custom header set by jQuery or whether a manually set request-parameter 'ajax' is present.
- Director::is_cli() — Method in class Director
Returns true if this script is being run from the command line rather than the web server.
- Director::isLive() — Method in class Director
This function will return true if the site is in a live environment. For information about environment types, see {@link Director::set_environment_type()}.
- Director::isDev() — Method in class Director
This function will return true if the site is in a development environment. For information about environment types, see {@link Director::set_environment_type()}.
- Director::isTest() — Method in class Director
This function will return true if the site is in a test environment. For information about environment types, see {@link Director::set_environment_type()}.
- Email::is_valid_address() — Method in class Email
Checks for RFC822-valid email format.
- Email::IsEmail() — Method in class Email
Used by {@link SSViewer} templates to detect if we're rendering an email template rather than a page template
- HTTPRequest::isGET() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::isPOST() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::isPUT() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::isDELETE() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::isHEAD() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::isMedia() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Checks if the {@link HTTPRequest->getExtension()} on this request matches one of the more common media types embedded into a webpage - e.g. css, png.
- HTTPRequest::isAjax() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns true if this request an ajax request, based on custom HTTP ajax added by common JavaScript libraries, or based on an explicit "ajax" request parameter.
- HTTPRequest::isEmptyPattern() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns true if this is a URL that will match without shifting off any of the URL.
- HTTPResponse::isError() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Returns true if this HTTP response is in error
- HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
- HTTPResponse::isRedirect() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Determine if this response is a redirect
- IPUtils — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Http utility functions.
- Session::init() — Method in class Session
Init this session instance before usage, if a session identifier is part of the passed in request.
- Session::isStarted() — Method in class Session
Determine if this session has started
- ClassInfo::implementorsOf() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Config::inst() — Method in class Config
Get the current active Config instance.
- ConfigLoader::inst() — Method in class ConfigLoader
- InheritanceMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Config\Middleware
- CoreKernel::isFlushed() — Method in class CoreKernel
Returns whether the Kernel has been flushed on boot
- Environment::increaseMemoryLimitTo() — Method in class Environment
Increase the memory limit to the given level if it's currently too low.
- Environment::increaseTimeLimitTo() — Method in class Environment
Increase the time limit of this script. By default, the time will be unlimited.
- Environment::isCli() — Method in class Environment
Returns true if this script is being run from the command line rather than the web server
- Extensible::invokeWithExtensions() — Method in class Extensible
Calls a method if available on both this object and all applied {@link Extensions}, and then attempts to merge all results into an array
- Extension::invokeExtension() — Method in class Extension
Invoke extension point. This will prefer explicit
extend
prefixed methods.- Injectable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A class that can be instantiated or replaced via DI
- InjectionCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A class for creating new objects by the injector.
- Injector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
A simple injection manager that manages creating objects and injecting dependencies between them. It borrows quite a lot from ideas taken from Spring's configuration, but is adapted to the stateless PHP way of doing things.
- Injector::inst() — Method in class Injector
- Injector::inject() — Method in class Injector
Inject $object with available objects from the service cache
- InjectorLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
Registers chained injectors
- InjectorLoader::inst() — Method in class InjectorLoader
- InjectorNotFoundException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
- ClassLoader::inst() — Method in class ClassLoader
- ClassLoader::init() — Method in class ClassLoader
Initialise the class loader
- ClassManifest::init() — Method in class ClassManifest
Initialise the class manifest
- ManifestFileFinder::isInsideVendor() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if the given dir is, or is inside the vendor folder
- ManifestFileFinder::isInsideThemes() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if the given dir is, or is inside the themes folder
- ManifestFileFinder::isInsideIgnored() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if this folder or any parent is ignored
- ManifestFileFinder::isInsideModule() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if this folder is inside any module
- ManifestFileFinder::isDirectoryModule() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if the given dir is a module root (not a subdir)
- ManifestFileFinder::isDirectoryIgnored() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
Check if the given directory is ignored
- ModuleLoader::inst() — Method in class ModuleLoader
- ModuleLoader::init() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Initialise the module loader
- ModuleManifest::init() — Method in class ModuleManifest
- BuildTask::isEnabled() — Method in class BuildTask
- DevConfirmationController::index() — Method in class DevConfirmationController
URL handler for the log-in screen
- DevelopmentAdmin::index() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- InstallerTest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Simple controller that the installer uses to test that URL rewriting is working.
- SapphireREPL::index() — Method in class SapphireREPL
- TaskRunner::index() — Method in class TaskRunner
- i18nTextCollectorTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks
Collects i18n strings
- $ ErrorPageExtension#icon_class — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- CompositeField::isComposite() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns true if this field is a composite field.
- CompositeField::insertBefore() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::insertAfter() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::IsReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::isSaveable() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Determines if the field was actually shown on the client side - if not, we don't validate or save it.
- DatetimeField::internalToFrontend() — Method in class DatetimeField
Convert the internal date representation (ISO 8601) to a format used by the frontend, as defined by {@link $dateFormat}. With $html5=true, the frontend date will also be in ISO 8601.
- FieldList::insertBefore() — Method in class FieldList
Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
- FieldList::insertAfter() — Method in class FieldList
Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
- $ Form#IncludeFormTag — Property in class Form
Accessed by Form.ss; modified by {@link formHtmlContent()}.
- FormField::ID() — Method in class FormField
Returns the HTML ID of the field.
- FormField::isComposite() — Method in class FormField
Returns true if this field is a composite field.
- FormField::isReadonly() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::isDisabled() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::isAutofocus() — Method in class FormField
- $ FormScaffolder#includeRelations — Property in class FormScaffolder
- GridField::index() — Method in class GridField
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::ItemEditForm() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Builds an item edit form. The arguments to getCMSFields() are the popupController and popupFormName, however this is an experimental API and may change.
- HTMLEditorConfig::init() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Initialise the editor on the client side
- $ TinyMCEConfig#image_size_presets — Property in class TinyMCEConfig
List of image size preset that will appear when you select an image. Each preset can have the following:
name
to store an internal name for the preset (required)i18n
to store a translation key (e.g.:SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor\TinyMCEConfig.BESTFIT
)text
that will appear in the button (should be the default English translation)width
which will define the horizontal size of the preset. If not provided, the preset will match the original size of the image.
- TinyMCEConfig::insertButtonsBefore() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Insert buttons before the first occurance of another button
- TinyMCEConfig::insertButtonsAfter() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Insert buttons after the first occurance of another button
- TinyMCEConfig::init() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Initialise the editor on the client side
- HiddenField::IsHidden() — Method in class HiddenField
- SelectField::isSelectedValue() — Method in class SelectField
Determine if the current value of this field matches the given option value
- Tab::ID() — Method in class Tab
Returns the HTML ID of the field.
- TabSet::ID() — Method in class TabSet
Returns the HTML ID of the field.
- TabSet::insertBefore() — Method in class TabSet
Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
- TabSet::insertAfter() — Method in class TabSet
Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
- TextField::InternallyLabelledField() — Method in class TextField
- AuthenticatorInterface::isApplicable() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface
Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request
- BasicAuthAuthenticator::isApplicable() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator
Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request
- Controller::index() — Method in class Controller
Handles requests to the index action (e.g. /graphql)
- DevelopmentAdmin::index() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- QueryHandler::isMutation() — Method in class QueryHandler
- AbstractBulkLoader::include() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
- ExtensionLoader::include() — Method in class ExtensionLoader
- InheritanceLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Loads classes that are in a given inheritance tree, e.g. MyApp\Models\Page
- InheritanceLoader::include() — Method in class InheritanceLoader
- Registry::inst() — Method in class Registry
- InheritanceBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
A schema-aware service for DataObject model types that builds out their inheritance chain in an ORM-like way, applying inherited fields and implicitly exposing ancestral types, etc.
- InheritanceBuilder::isBaseModel() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- InheritanceBuilder::isLeafModel() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- InheritanceChain — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Utility class that abstracts away class ancestry computations and creates an inheritance "type" for a DataObject
- InheritanceUnionBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
A schema-aware services for DataObject model types that creates union types for all the members of an inheritance chain. Can also apply these unions to queries to enforce unions when return types have descendants.
- InterfaceBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
A schema-aware service for DataObject model types that emulates class inheritance by capturing groups of common fields into interfaces and applying one or many interfaces to concrete model types. Also creates a "base" interface for fields common to all DataObjects (i.e. "extends DataObject" pattern)
- InterfaceBuilder::interfaceName() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- CanViewPermission::itemPermissionCheck() — Method in class CanViewPermission
- Inheritance — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Adds inheritance fields to a DataObject type, and exposes its ancestry
- InheritedPlugins — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Ensures DataObject models merge their plugins with ancestors
- InFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by the presence of a value in an array
- Field::isList() — Method in class Field
- Field::isRequired() — Method in class Field
- Identifiable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Used by any class that declares an identifier
- InputTypeProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface provide input types back to the schema
- Logger::info() — Method in class Logger
- Schema::isInternalType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::invariant() — Method in class Schema
- AbstractTypeRegistry::ID() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- AbstractTypeRegistry::Int() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- InputType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Abstraction that can express input types as code
- InterfaceType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Defines a GraphQL interface. It may seem counter-intuitive that an abstraction would inherit from the concretion, but since these are just value objects that end up getting rendered as code, an unconventional architecture is probably okay. The irrelevant fields just just ignored in rendering.
- Type::implements() — Method in class Type
- TypeReference::isList() — Method in class TypeReference
- TypeReference::isRequired() — Method in class TypeReference
- TypeReference::isInternal() — Method in class TypeReference
- ArrayLib::invert() — Method in class ArrayLib
Inverses the first and second level keys of an associative array, keying the result by the second level, and combines all first level entries within them.
- ArrayLib::is_associative() — Method in class ArrayLib
Determines if an array is associative by checking for existing keys via array_key_exists().
- ArrayLib::in_array_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Recursively searches an array $haystack for the value(s) $needle.
- ArrayLib::iterateVolatile() — Method in class ArrayLib
Iterate list, but allowing for modifications to the underlying list.
- DBConnector::isQueryMutable() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a destructive operation (write or ddl)
- DBConnector::isQueryDDL() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a DDL operation
- DBConnector::isQueryWrite() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a write operation (alters content but not structure)
- DBConnector::isActive() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- DBSchemaManager::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if we are during a schema update.
- DBSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
- DBSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Return the list of indexes in a table.
- DBSchemaManager::int() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'int' column
- Database::isActive() — Method in class Database
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- MySQLSchemaManager::isView() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- MySQLSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return the list of indexes in a table.
- MySQLSchemaManager::int() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a int type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
- MySQLiConnector::isActive() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- PDOConnector::is_emulate_prepare() — Method in class PDOConnector
Is PDO running in emulated mode
- PDOConnector::isActive() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
- TempDatabase::isUsed() — Method in class TempDatabase
Returns true if we are currently using a temporary database
- DB::inline_parameters() — Method in class DB
- DB::is_active() — Method in class DB
Check if the connection to the database is active.
- DataList::innerJoin() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with an inner join clause added to this list's query.
- $ DataObject#indexes — Property in class DataObject
If a field is in this array, then create a database index on that field. This is a map from fieldname to index type.
- $ DataObject#ID — Property in class DataObject
ID of the DataObject, 0 if the DataObject doesn't exist in database.
- DataObject::isEmpty() — Method in class DataObject
Returns TRUE if all values (other than "ID") are considered empty (by weak boolean comparison).
- DataObject::i18n_pluralise() — Method in class DataObject
Pluralise this item given a specific count.
- DataObject::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the translated user friendly singular name of this DataObject same as singular_name() but runs it through the translating function
- DataObject::i18n_plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the translated user friendly plural name of this DataObject Same as plural_name but runs it through the translation function Translation string is in the form: $this->class.PLURALNAME Example: Page.PLURALNAME
- DataObject::inferReciprocalComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Given a relation declared on a remote class, generate a substitute component for the opposite side of the relation.
- DataObject::isChanged() — Method in class DataObject
Uses {@link getChangedFields()} to determine if fields have been changed since loading them from the database.
- DataObject::isInDB() — Method in class DataObject
- DataQuery::innerJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
Add an INNER JOIN clause to this query.
- DatabaseAdmin::index() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
When we're called as /dev/build, that's actually the index. Do the same as /dev/build/build.
- DBComposite::isChanged() — Method in class DBComposite
Returns true if this composite field has changed.
- DBDate::InPast() — Method in class DBDate
Returns true if date is in the past.
- DBDate::InFuture() — Method in class DBDate
Returns true if date is in the future.
- DBDate::IsToday() — Method in class DBDate
Returns true if date is today.
- DBDecimal::Int() — Method in class DBDecimal
- $ DBField#index — Property in class DBField
The type of index to use for this field. Can either be a string (one of the DBIndexable type options) or a boolean. When a boolean is given, false will not index the field, and true will use the default index type.
- DBVarchar::Initial() — Method in class DBVarchar
Return the first letter of the string followed by a .
- ComparisonFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ComparisonFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- ExactMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- FulltextFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class FulltextFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- PartialMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- SearchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class SearchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
- MarkedSet::isMarked() — Method in class MarkedSet
Check if this DataObject is marked.
- MarkedSet::isExpanded() — Method in class MarkedSet
Check if this DataObject is expanded.
- MarkedSet::isTreeOpened() — Method in class MarkedSet
Check if this DataObject's tree is opened.
- SQLAssignmentRow::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Determine if this assignment is empty
- SQLConditionalExpression::isJoinedTo() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Returns true if we are already joining to the given table alias
- SQLConditionalExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLExpression
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLInsert::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLInsert
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- SQLUpdate::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
- ValidationResult::isValid() — Method in class ValidationResult
Returns true if the result is valid.
- ReportAdmin::init() — Method in class ReportAdmin
- ReportWrapper::ID() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- Handler::index() — Method in class Handler
URL handler for the log-in screen
- Item — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\Confirmation
Confirmation item is a simple data object incapsulating a single confirmation unit, its unique identifier (token), its human friendly name, description and the status whether it has already been confirmed.
- Item::isConfirmed() — Method in class Item
Returns whether the item has been confirmed
- DefaultAdminService::isDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Check if the user is a default admin.
- DefaultAdminService::isDefaultAdminCredentials() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Check if the user credentials match the default admin.
- Group::inGroup() — Method in class Group
Check if the group is a child of the given group or any parent groups
- Group::inGroups() — Method in class Group
Check if the group is a child of the given groups or any parent groups
- IdentityStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Represents an authentication handler that can have identities logged into & out of it.
- InheritedPermissionFlusher — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- InheritedPermissions — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Calculates batch permissions for nested objects for:
- canView: Supports 'Anyone' type
- canEdit
- canDelete: Includes special logic for ensuring parent objects can only be deleted if their children can be deleted also.
- InheritedPermissionsExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Provides standard permission fields for inheritable permissions
- $ LoginAttempt#IP — Property in class LoginAttempt
IP address of user attempting to login
- Member::isDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Member
Check if this user is the currently configured default admin
- Member::isLockedOut() — Method in class Member
Returns true if this user is locked out
- Member::isPasswordExpired() — Method in class Member
- Member::inGroups() — Method in class Member
Check if the member is in one of the given groups.
- Member::inGroup() — Method in class Member
Check if the member is in the given group or any parent groups.
- Security::index() — Method in class Security
- Security::ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
- SecurityToken::inst() — Method in class SecurityToken
Gets a global token (or creates one if it doesnt exist already).
- SecurityToken::is_enabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::isEnabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
You can't disable an existing instance, it will need to be overwritten like this:
$old = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns true SecurityToken::disable(); $new = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns false
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::init() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
Initialises the {@link SiteConfig} controller.
- HistoryControllerFactory::isEnabled() — Method in class HistoryControllerFactory
Only deactivate for pages that have a history viewer capability removed. Extensions can provide their own two cents about this criteria.
- BlockArchiveExtension::isArchiveFieldEnabled() — Method in class BlockArchiveExtension
- CMSMainExtension::init() — Method in class CMSMainExtension
- FileArchiveExtension::isArchiveFieldEnabled() — Method in class FileArchiveExtension
The files archive is only useful if archived assets are stored so this checks if this option is enabled
- SiteTreeArchiveExtension::isArchiveFieldEnabled() — Method in class SiteTreeArchiveExtension
- DataObjectVersionFormFactory::isReadonlyFormType() — Method in class DataObjectVersionFormFactory
Get whether the current form type should be treated as readonly
- ArchiveViewProvider::isArchiveFieldEnabled() — Method in class ArchiveViewProvider
Returns whether the archive panel should be shown
- $ ChangeSet#important_classes — Property in class ChangeSet
List of classes to set apart in description
- $ ChangeSet#IsInferred — Property in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSet::isSynced() — Method in class ChangeSet
Verify that any objects in this changeset include all owned changes
- ChangeSetItem::isVersioned() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Check if the object attached to this changesetitem is versionable
- DataDifferencer::ignoreFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Specify some fields to ignore changes from. Repeated calls are cumulative.
- VersionableExtension::isVersionedTable() — Method in class VersionableExtension
Determine if the given table is versionable
- Versioned::isLatestVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Returns whether the current record is the latest one.
- Versioned::isLiveVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Returns whether the current record's version is the current live/published version
- Versioned::isLatestDraftVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Returns whether the current record's version is the current draft/modified version
- Versioned::isPublished() — Method in class Versioned
Check if this record exists on live
- Versioned::isArchived() — Method in class Versioned
Check if page doesn't exist on any stage, but used to be
- Versioned::isOnDraft() — Method in class Versioned
Check if this record exists on the draft stage
- Versioned::isOnLiveOnly() — Method in class Versioned
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no draft version of this page exists but the page is still published (eg, after triggering "Delete from draft site" in the CMS).
- Versioned::isOnDraftOnly() — Method in class Versioned
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no live version exists, meaning the page was never published.
- Versioned::isModifiedOnDraft() — Method in class Versioned
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if these versions differ, meaning there have been unpublished changes to the draft site.
- HTMLCleaner::inst() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
Experimental inst class to create a default html cleaner class
- HTMLValue::isValid() — Method in class HTMLValue
Is this HTMLValue in an errored state?
- ShortcodeParser::img_shortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- Requirements::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements
Add the following custom HTML code to the
<head>
section of the page- Requirements::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements
Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
- Requirements::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements
Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
- Requirements_Backend::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Add the following custom HTML code to the
<head>
section of the page- Requirements_Backend::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
- Requirements_Backend::includeInResponse() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_InjectionName() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Injection_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgumentPortion_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::If_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Include__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::includeRequirements() — Method in class SSViewer
Flag whether to include the requirements in this response.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::iteratorProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
- TemplateIteratorProvider::iteratorProperties() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
- ThemeManifest::init() — Method in class ThemeManifest
- ThemeResourceLoader::inst() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
- IntlLocales — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Data\Intl
Locale metadata
- FlushInvalidatedResource::isFresh() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
- i18nTextCollector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\TextCollection
SilverStripe-variant of the "gettext" tool: Parses the string content of all PHP-files and SilverStripe templates for ocurrences of the _t() translation method. Also uses the {@link i18nEntityProvider} interface to get dynamically defined entities by executing the {@link provideI18nEntities()} method on all implementors of this interface.
- i18n — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n
Base-class for storage and retrieval of translated entities.
- i18nEntityProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n
Dynamically provide translatable entites for the {@link i18n} logic.
J
- LeftAndMain::jsonError() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return an error HTTPResponse encoded as json
- File::join_paths() — Method in class File
Joins one or more segments together to build a Filename identifier.
- Controller::join_links() — Method in class Controller
Joins two or more link segments together, putting a slash between them if necessary. Use this for building the results of {@link Link()} methods. If either of the links have query strings, then they will be combined and put at the end of the resulting url.
- Convert::json2obj() — Method in class Convert
Convert a JSON encoded string into an object.
- Convert::json2array() — Method in class Convert
Convert a JSON string into an array.
- Path::join() — Method in class Path
Joins one or more paths, normalising all separators to DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
- JSONStringProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
Class ConfigStringProvider
- JSONResolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
- DBField::JS() — Method in class DBField
Gets javascript string literal value
- DBField::JSON() — Method in class DBField
Return JSON encoded value
- Requirements::javascript() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given JavaScript file as required.
- Requirements::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements
Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
- Requirements_Backend::javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given JavaScript file as required.
- Requirements_Backend::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
K
- $ AssetControlExtension#keep_archived_assets — Property in class AssetControlExtension
When archiving versioned dataobjects, should assets be archived with them? If false, assets will be deleted when the dataobject is archived.
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#keep_empty_dirs — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Flag if empty folders are allowed.
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::key() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
- Kernel — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Represents the core state of a SilverStripe application Based loosely on symfony/http-kernel's KernelInterface component
- CSVParser::key() — Method in class CSVParser
- KernelTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Handles nesting of kernel before / after tests
- Query::keyedColumn() — Method in class Query
Return an array containing all values in the leftmost column, where the keys are the same as the values.
- TempDatabase::kill() — Method in class TempDatabase
Destroy the current temp database
- Map::keys() — Method in class Map
Return all the keys of this map.
L
- CMSBatchActionHandler::Link() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- LinkFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
Abstract form builder for insert link form
- LeftAndMain — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
LeftAndMain is the parent class of all the two-pane views in the CMS.
- LeftAndMain::Link() — Method in class LeftAndMain
You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.
- LeftAndMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class LeftAndMain
URL to a previewable record which is shown through this controller.
- LeftAndMain::LogoutURL() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Generate a logout url with BackURL to the CMS
- LeftAndMain::Locale() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMainExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Plug-ins for additional functionality in your LeftAndMain classes.
- LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Allows CMS forms to be decorated with additional context arguments.
- LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler::Link() — Method in class LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler
Get link for this form
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Allow overriding finished state for faux redirects.
- LeftAndMain_SearchFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Abstract interface for a class which may be used to filter the results displayed in a nested tree
- ModalController::Link() — Method in class ModalController
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- ModelAdmin::Link() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Overrides {@link \SilverStripe\Admin\LeftAndMain} to ensure the active model class (the DataObject we are currently viewing) is included in the URL.
- AssetAdmin::legacyRedirectForEditView() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Redirects 3.x style detail links to new 4.x style routing.
- LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
Service to migrate legacy format thumbnails, to avoid regenerating them on demand.
- File::Link() — Method in class File
Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#legacy_filenames — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Enable to use legacy filename behaviour (omits hash and uses the natural filename).
- Image_Backend::loadFromContainer() — Method in class Image_Backend
Populate the backend with a given object
- Image_Backend::loadFrom() — Method in class Image_Backend
Populate the backend from a local path
- $ InterventionBackend#local_temp_path — Property in class InterventionBackend
Configure where cached intervention files will be stored
- InterventionBackend::loadFromContainer() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Populate the backend with a given object
- InterventionBackend::loadFrom() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Populate the backend from a local path
- FileLink::Linked() — Method in class FileLink
File being linked to
- DBFile::Link() — Method in class DBFile
Return URL for this image. Alias for getURL()
- Upload::load() — Method in class Upload
Save an file passed from a form post into the AssetStore directly
- Upload::loadIntoFile() — Method in class Upload
Save an file passed from a form post into this object.
- CMSMain::Link() — Method in class CMSMain
Override {@link LeftAndMain} Link to allow blank URL segment for CMSMain.
- CMSMain::LinkPages() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPagesWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkTreeView() — Method in class CMSMain
Get link to tree view
- CMSMain::LinkListView() — Method in class CMSMain
Get link to list view
- CMSMain::LinkListViewChildren() — Method in class CMSMain
Link to list view for children of a parent page
- CMSMain::LinkListViewRoot() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkTreeViewDeferred() — Method in class CMSMain
Link to lazy-load deferred tree view
- CMSMain::LinkListViewDeferred() — Method in class CMSMain
Link to lazy-load deferred list view
- CMSMain::LinkPageEdit() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageSettings() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageHistory() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPageAdd() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::listview() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns deferred listview for the current level
- CMSMain::ListViewForm() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSPagesController::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSPagesController
- ContentController::Link() — Method in class ContentController
Return the link to this controller, but force the expanded link to be returned so that form methods and similar will function properly.
- ContentController::LoginForm() — Method in class ContentController
Returns the default log-in form.
- LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Extension to include custom page icons
- $ RedirectorPage#LinkToID — Property in class RedirectorPage
- RedirectorPage::Link() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the the link that should be used for this redirector page, in navigation, etc.
- RedirectorPage::LinkTo() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Page to link to if $RedirectionType is 'Internal'
- SiteTree::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class SiteTree
Replace a "[sitetree_link id=n]" shortcode with a link to the page with the corresponding ID.
- SiteTree::Link() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object, with the {@link Director::baseURL()} included.
- SiteTree::LinkOrCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link" or "current" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isCurrent()} current page.
- SiteTree::LinkOrSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link" or "section" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isSeciton()} current section.
- SiteTree::LinkingMode() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link", "current" or "section" depending on if this page is the current page, or not on the current page but in the current section.
- SiteTree::Level() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the page in the current page stack of the given level. Level(1) will return the main menu item that we're currently inside, etc.
- SiteTreeLink::Linked() — Method in class SiteTreeLink
Page being linked to
Run
MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask
to migrate from old table to this.- SiteTreeLinkTracking::LinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
List of site pages linked on this dataobject
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Link() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- SiteTreeMaintenanceTask::Link() — Method in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- HTTPRequest::latestParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::latestParam() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::Link() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- RSSFeed::linkToFeed() — Method in class RSSFeed
Include an link to the feed
- RSSFeed::Link() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the URL of this feed
- RequestHandler::Link() — Method in class RequestHandler
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- Convert::linkIfMatch() — Method in class Convert
Create a link if the string is a valid URL
- EnvironmentLoader::loadFile() — Method in class EnvironmentLoader
Load environment variables from .env file
- Injector::load() — Method in class Injector
Load services using the passed in configuration for those services
- ServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class ServiceConfigurationLocator
Finds the Injector config for a named service.
- SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator
Finds the Injector config for a named service.
- ClassLoader::loadClass() — Method in class ClassLoader
Loads a class or interface if it is present in the currently active manifest.
- ModuleResource::Link() — Method in class ModuleResource
Synonym for getURL() for APIs that expect a Link method
- BulkLoader::load() — Method in class BulkLoader
- BulkLoader_Result::LastChange() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns the last change.
- $ CsvBulkLoader#lines — Property in class CsvBulkLoader
Number of lines to split large CSV files into.
- SapphireTest::loadFixture() — Method in class SapphireTest
Load a YAML fixture file into the database.
- SapphireTest::logInWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest
Create a member and group with the given permission code, and log in with it.
- SapphireTest::logInAs() — Method in class SapphireTest
Log in as the given member
- SapphireTest::logOut() — Method in class SapphireTest
Log out the current user
- LoggerState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Disables any user configured loggers by pushing a NullHandler during PHPUnit tests.
- TestSession::lastResponse() — Method in class TestSession
Get the most recent response
- TestSession::lastUrl() — Method in class TestSession
Return the fake HTTP_REFERER; set each time get() or post() is called.
- TestSession::lastContent() — Method in class TestSession
Get the most recent response's content
- TestSession::lastPage() — Method in class TestSession
Get the last response as a SimplePage object
- Form::loadMessagesFrom() — Method in class Form
Populate this form with messages from the given ValidationResult.
- Form::loadDataFrom() — Method in class Form
Load data from the given DataObject or array.
- FormField::Link() — Method in class FormField
Return a link to this field
- FormField::LeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FormRequestHandler::Link() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Get link for this form
- AttributeStore::load() — Method in class AttributeStore
Load state for a given ID
- SessionStore::load() — Method in class SessionStore
Load state for a given ID
- StateStore::load() — Method in class StateStore
Load state for a given ID
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Link() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- LabelField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Simple label, to add extra text in your forms.
- ListboxField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Multi-line listbox field, created from a select tag.
- LiteralField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
This field lets you put an arbitrary piece of HTML into your forms.
- LookupField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Read-only complement of {@link MultiSelectField}.
- MultiSelectField::loadFrom() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Load the value from the dataobject into this field
- CanViewPermission::listPermissionCheck() — Method in class CanViewPermission
- LessThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by a less than comparison
- LessThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by a less than or equal comparison
- ListFieldFilterInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
A special type of filter that accepts list values
- Logger — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema
- Logger::log() — Method in class Logger
- PluginConsumer::loadPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
Translates all the ID and config settings to first class instances
- Schema::lazyLoad() — Method in class Schema
- AbstractTypeRegistry::listOf() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- ArrayList::limit() — Method in class ArrayList
Get a sub-range of this dataobjectset as an array
- ArrayList::last() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns the last item in the list
- $ PDOConnector#legacy_types — Property in class PDOConnector
Should we return everything as a string in order to allow transaction savepoints? This preserves the behaviour of <= 4.3, including some bugs.
- $ DB#lastQuery — Property in class DB
The last SQL query run.
- DataList::limit() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the records returned in this query restricted by a limit clause.
- DataList::leftJoin() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with a left join clause added to this list's query.
- DataList::last() — Method in class DataList
Returns the last item in this DataList
- $ DataObject#LastEdited — Property in class DataObject
Date and time of DataObject's last modification.
- DataQuery::lastRow() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the last row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT ... LIMIT query.
- DataQuery::limit() — Method in class DataQuery
Set the limit of this query.
- DataQuery::leftJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
Add a LEFT JOIN clause to this query.
- DatabaseAdmin::lastBuilt() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Returns the timestamp of the time that the database was last built
- DBDate::Long() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the date in the localised long format
- DBString::LimitCharacters() — Method in class DBString
Limit this field's content by a number of characters.
- DBString::LimitCharactersToClosestWord() — Method in class DBString
Limit this field's content by a number of characters and truncate the field to the closest complete word. All HTML tags are stripped from the field.
- DBString::LimitWordCount() — Method in class DBString
Limit this field's content by a number of words.
- DBString::LowerCase() — Method in class DBString
Converts the current value for this StringField to lowercase.
- DBText::LimitSentences() — Method in class DBText
Limit sentences, can be controlled by passing an integer.
- LessThanFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Selects numerical/date content less than the input
- LessThanOrEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Selects numerical/date content less than or equal to the input
- Hierarchy::liveChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return children in the live site, if it exists.
- Limitable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are limitable - able to have a subset of the list extracted.
- Limitable::limit() — Method in class Limitable
Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
- ListDecorator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A base class for decorators that wrap around a list to provide additional functionality. It passes through list methods to the underlying list implementation.
- ListDecorator::last() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns the last item in the list.
- ListDecorator::limit() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
- PaginatedList::LastItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of the last item being displayed on this page.
- PaginatedList::LastLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the last page.
- SQLSelect::lastRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns a query that returns only the last row of this query
- SS_List::last() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the last item in the list.
- UnsavedRelationList::last() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns the last item in the list
- ReportAdmin::Link() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Returns the link to the report admin section, or the specific report that is currently displayed
- CMSSecurity::login() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Show the "login" page
- CMSSecurity::Link() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get a link to a security action
- Handler::Link() — Method in class Handler
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
- $ Group#Locked — Property in class Group
Boolean indicating whether group is locked in security panel
- IdentityStore::logIn() — Method in class IdentityStore
Log the given member into this identity store.
- IdentityStore::logOut() — Method in class IdentityStore
Log any logged-in member out of this identity store.
- LoginAttempt — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Record all login attempts through the {@link LoginForm} object.
- LoginForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Abstract base class for a login form
- LogoutForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Log out form to display to users who arrive at 'Security/logout' without a CSRF token. It's preferable to link to {@link Security::logout_url()} directly - we only use a form so that we can preserve the "BackURL" if set
- $ Member#lock_out_after_incorrect_logins — Property in class Member
- $ Member#lock_out_delay_mins — Property in class Member
- $ Member#login_marker_cookie — Property in class Member
- $ Member#LockedOutUntil — Property in class Member
- $ Member#Locale — Property in class Member
- Member::logIn() — Method in class Member
- Member::logged_in_session_exists() — Method in class Member
Check if the member ID logged in session actually has a database record of the same ID. If there is no logged in user, FALSE is returned anyway.
- Member::logOut() — Method in class Member
- Member::LoggedPasswords() — Method in class Member
- CMSLoginHandler::loginForm() — Method in class CMSLoginHandler
Return the CMSMemberLoginForm form
- ChangePasswordHandler::Link() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
Return a link to this request handler.
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::logIn() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::logOut() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
- LoginHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Handle login requests from MemberLoginForm
- LoginHandler::Link() — Method in class LoginHandler
Return a link to this request handler.
- LoginHandler::login() — Method in class LoginHandler
URL handler for the log-in screen
- LoginHandler::loginForm() — Method in class LoginHandler
Return the MemberLoginForm form
- LogoutHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Class LogoutHandler handles logging out Members from their session and/or cookie.
- LogoutHandler::logout() — Method in class LogoutHandler
Log out form handler method
- LogoutHandler::logoutForm() — Method in class LogoutHandler
- LostPasswordForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Class LostPasswordForm handles the requests for lost password form generation
- LostPasswordHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Handle login requests from MemberLoginForm
- LostPasswordHandler::Link() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
Return a link to this request handler.
- LostPasswordHandler::lostpassword() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
URL handler for the initial lost-password screen
- LostPasswordHandler::lostPasswordForm() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
Factory method for the lost password form
- $ MemberLoginForm#loggedInAsField — Property in class MemberLoginForm
This field is used in the "You are logged in as %s" message
- SessionAuthenticationHandler::logIn() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
- SessionAuthenticationHandler::logOut() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
- MemberPassword::log() — Method in class MemberPassword
Log a password change from the given member.
- $ RememberLoginHash#logout_across_devices — Property in class RememberLoginHash
Determines if logging out on one device also clears existing login tokens on all other devices owned by the member.
- RequestAuthenticationHandler::logIn() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler
Log into the identity-store handlers attached to this request filter
- RequestAuthenticationHandler::logOut() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler
Log out of all the identity-store handlers attached to this request filter
- $ Security#login_url — Property in class Security
The default login URL
- $ Security#logout_url — Property in class Security
The default logout URL
- $ Security#lost_password_url — Property in class Security
The default lost password URL
- $ Security#login_recording — Property in class Security
Enable or disable recording of login attempts through the {@link LoginRecord} object.
- Security::Link() — Method in class Security
Get a link to a security action
- Security::login() — Method in class Security
Show the "login" page
- Security::logout() — Method in class Security
Log the currently logged in user out
- Security::lostpassword() — Method in class Security
Show the "lost password" page
- Security::login_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the log-in page.
- Security::logout_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the logout page.
- Security::lost_password_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the logout page.
- $ ChangeSet#LastSynced — Property in class ChangeSet
Last synced date
- Versioned::latestPublished() — Method in class Versioned
Determines if the current draft version is the same as live or rather, that there are no outstanding draft changes
- $ HTML#legal_empty_attributes — Property in class HTML
List of attributes that should be rendered even if they contain no value
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_AddLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The basic generated PHP of LookupStep and LastLookupStep is the same, except that LookupStep calls 'obj' to get the next ViewableData in the sequence, and LastLookupStep calls different methods (XML_val, hasValue, obj) depending on the context the lookup is used in.
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Last() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true if this object is the last in a set.
- SSViewer_Scope::locally() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Called at the start of every lookup chain by SSTemplateParser to indicate a new lookup from local scope
- $ IntlLocales#locales — Property in class IntlLocales
An exhaustive list of possible locales (code => language and country)
- $ IntlLocales#languages — Property in class IntlLocales
List of language names
- $ IntlLocales#likely_subtags — Property in class IntlLocales
- IntlLocales::localeFromLang() — Method in class IntlLocales
Provides you "likely locales" for a given "short" language code. This is a guess, as we can't disambiguate from e.g. "en" to "en_US" - it could also mean "en_UK". Based on the Unicode CLDR project.
- IntlLocales::langFromLocale() — Method in class IntlLocales
Returns the "short" language name from a locale, e.g. "en_US" would return "en".
- IntlLocales::localeName() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get name of locale
- IntlLocales::languageName() — Method in class IntlLocales
Get language name for this language or locale code
- Locales — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Data
Locales data source
- Locales::languageName() — Method in class Locales
Get language name for this language or locale code
- Locales::localeName() — Method in class Locales
Get name of locale
- Locales::localeFromLang() — Method in class Locales
Provides you "likely locales" for a given "short" language code. This is a guess, as we can't disambiguate from e.g. "en" to "en_US" - it could also mean "en_UK". Based on the Unicode CLDR project.
- Locales::langFromLocale() — Method in class Locales
Returns the "short" language name from a locale, e.g. "en_US" would return "en".
- ModuleYamlLoader::load() — Method in class ModuleYamlLoader
M
- $ LeftAndMain#menu_title — Property in class LeftAndMain
- $ LeftAndMain#menu_icon — Property in class LeftAndMain
- $ LeftAndMain#menu_priority — Property in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::methodSchema() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::menu_title_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::menu_title() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get menu title for this section (translated)
- LeftAndMain::menu_icon_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return styling for the menu icon, if a custom icon is set for this class
- LeftAndMain::menu_icon_class_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the web font icon class name for this interface icon. Uses the built in SilveStripe webfont. {see menu_icon_for_class()} for providing a background image.
- LeftAndMain::MainMenu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns the main menu of the CMS. This is also used by init() to work out which sections the user has access to.
- LeftAndMain::Menu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::MenuCurrentItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::Modals() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Handler for all global modals
- MemberImportForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Imports {@link Member} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link MemberCsvBulkLoader}.
- ModalController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Parent controller for all CMS-global modals
- ModelAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Generates a three-pane UI for editing model classes, tabular results and edit forms.
- $ ModelAdmin#managed_models — Property in class ModelAdmin
List of all managed {@link DataObject}s in this interface.
- $ ModelAdmin#model_importers — Property in class ModelAdmin
List of all {@link DataObject}s which can be imported through a subclass of {@link BulkLoader} (mostly CSV data).
- SecurityAdmin::memberimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::MemberImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
- $ AssetAdmin#max_history_entries — Property in class AssetAdmin
- $ AssetAdmin#max_upload_size — Property in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::moveForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get form for moving files/folders to a new location
- MoveFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- MoveFilesMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- $ ThumbnailGenerator#max_thumbnail_bytes — Property in class ThumbnailGenerator
Safely limit max inline thumbnail size to 200kb.
- $ ThumbnailGenerator#method — Property in class ThumbnailGenerator
- VersionedFilesMigrator::migrate() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
- Filesystem::makeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
Create a folder on the filesystem, recursively.
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#missing_response_code — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Set HTTP error code to use for missing secure assets
- Folder::myChildren() — Method in class Folder
Returns all children of this folder
- ImageManipulation::manipulateImage() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Wrapper for manipulate that passes in and stores Image_Backend objects instead of tuples
- ImageManipulation::manipulate() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Generate a new DBFile instance using the given callback if it hasn't been created yet, or return the existing one if it has.
- ContentController::Menu() — Method in class ContentController
- ModelAsController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
ModelAsController deals with mapping the initial request to the first {@link SiteTree}/{@link ContentController} pair, which are then used to handle the request.
- $ SiteTree#meta_generator — Property in class SiteTree
The value used for the meta generator tag. Leave blank to omit the tag.
- $ SiteTree#MenuTitle — Property in class SiteTree
- $ SiteTree#MetaDescription — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::MetaComponents() — Method in class SiteTree
Return attributes for various meta tags, plus a title tag, in a keyed array.
- SiteTree::MetaTags() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the title, description, keywords and language metatags.
- VirtualPage::MetaTags() — Method in class VirtualPage
For VirtualPage, add a canonical link tag linking to the original page See TRAC #6828 & http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=139394
- MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Tasks
Updates legacy SiteTree link tracking into new polymorphic many_many relation.
- SiteTreeMaintenanceTask::makelinksunique() — Method in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
- DeltaConfigCollection::merge() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Merge a config for a class, or a field on that class
- MemoryConfigCollection — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
Basic mutable config collection stored in memory
- MemoryConfigCollection::merge() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Merge a config for a class, or a field on that class
- MutableConfigCollectionInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Collections
- MutableConfigCollectionInterface::merge() — Method in class MutableConfigCollectionInterface
Merge a config for a class, or a field on that class
- Priority::merge() — Method in class Priority
Merges an array of values into a collection
- Priority::mergeArray() — Method in class Priority
Deep merges a high priorty array into a lower priority array, overwriting duplicate keys. If the keys are integers, then the merges acts like array_merge() and adds a new item.
- Middleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Middleware
- MiddlewareAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Middleware
- MiddlewareCommon — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Middleware
Abstract flag-aware middleware
- Director::mockRequest() — Method in class Director
Mock a request, passing this to the given callback, before resetting.
- Director::makeRelative() — Method in class Director
Turns an absolute URL or folder into one that's relative to the root of the site. This is useful when turning a URL into a filesystem reference, or vice versa.
- Mailer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Email
- $ HTTP#MimeTypes — Property in class HTTP
Mapping of extension to mime types
- HTTPRequest::match() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Matches a URL pattern The pattern can contain a number of segments, separated by / (and an extension indicated by a .)
- ManifestCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
Assists with building of manifest cache prior to config being available
- MemberCacheFlusher — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
Defines a service that can flush its cache for a list of members
- MemcachedCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
- Config::modify() — Method in class Config
Make this config available to be modified
- Config_ForClass::merge() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Merge a given config
- Convert::memstring2bytes() — Method in class Convert
Turn a memory string, such as 512M into an actual number of bytes.
- ManifestFileFinder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
An extension to the default file finder with some extra filters to faciliate autoload and template manifest generation:
- Only modules with _config.php files are scanned.
- Module — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Abstraction of a PHP Package. Can be used to retrieve information about SilverStripe modules, and other packages managed via composer, by reading their
composer.json
file.- ModuleLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Module manifest holder
- ModuleManifest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
A utility class which builds a manifest of configuration items
- $ ModuleManifest#module_priority — Property in class ModuleManifest
List of modules sorted by priority
- ModuleManifest::moduleExists() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Returns true if the passed module exists
- ModuleResource — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
This object represents a single resource file attached to a module, and can be used as a reference to this to be later turned into either a URL or file path.
- ModuleResourceLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Helper for mapping module resources to paths / urls
- BulkLoader_Result::merge() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Merges another BulkLoader_Result into this one.
- CSVParser::mapColumns() — Method in class CSVParser
Re-map columns in the CSV file.
- Debug::message() — Method in class Debug
Show a debugging message.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Install
This is a helper class for the SS installer.
- MigrationTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A migration task is a build task that is reversible.
- MigrateFileTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Tasks
Migrates all 3.x file dataobjects to use the new DBFile field.
- CompositeField::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
Transform the named field into a readonly feld.
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#minLength — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Minimum character length of the password.
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#maxLength — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Maximum character length of the password.
- FieldList::makeReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
Transforms this FieldList instance to readonly.
- FieldList::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
Transform the named field into a readonly field.
- Form::makeReadonly() — Method in class Form
Convert this form into a readonly form
- $ HTMLEditorField#media_alignment — Property in class HTMLEditorField
- MoneyField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
A form field that can save into a {@link Money} database field.
- MultiSelectField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a SelectField that may potentially have multiple selections, and may have a {@link ManyManyList} as a data source.
- ModelConfiguration — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Config
- MemberAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Permission
Allows any class to hold Member state
- ModelCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates a model for a DataObject
- MutationException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
Thrown when a mutation operation fails
- Field::mergeWith() — Method in class Field
- ModelAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
Used for a variety of classes that rely on SchemaModelInterface
- ModelField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
A field that appears on model type
- ModelField::mergeWith() — Method in class ModelField
- ModelMutation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
Defines a mutation created by a model
- ModelQuery — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
Defines a query generated by a model
- Mutation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
Defines a generic mutation
- ModelBlacklist — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface can prevent a given set of fields from being added
- ModelFieldPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
- ModelMutationPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that applies only to mutations created by models
- ModelOperation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Applies to an operation that was crated by a model
- ModelQueryPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that applies only to queries generated by models
- ModelTypePlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that only applies to types generated by models
- MutationPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that applies to a generic mutation
- $ PaginationPlugin#max_limit — Property in class PaginationPlugin
- PluginConsumer::mergePlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- SchemaConfig::mapField() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::mapFieldByClassName() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::mapPath() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- InterfaceType::mergeWith() — Method in class InterfaceType
- ModelInterfaceType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Defines an interface that is backed by a model
- ModelType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
A type that is generated by a model
- ModelType::mergeWith() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelUnionType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Defines a union that is backed by a model definition
- Type::mergeWith() — Method in class Type
- UnionType::mergeWith() — Method in class UnionType
- MonologErrorHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Logging
- ArrayList::merge() — Method in class ArrayList
Merges with another array or list by pushing all the items in it onto the end of this list.
- ArrayList::map() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns a map of this list
- Database::manipulate() — Method in class Database
Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
- MySQLDatabase — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
MySQL connector class.
- MySQLQuery — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
A result-set from a MySQL database (using MySQLiConnector) Note that this class is only used for the results of non-prepared statements
- MySQLQueryBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
- MySQLSchemaManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Represents schema management object for MySQL
- MySQLStatement — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Provides a record-view for mysqli prepared statements
- MySQLTransactionManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
TransactionManager that executes MySQL-compatible transaction control queries
- MySQLiConnector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Connector for MySQL using the MySQLi method
- Query::map() — Method in class Query
Return a map from the first column to the second column.
- DB::manipulate() — Method in class DB
Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
- DataList::map() — Method in class DataList
Returns a map of this list
- DataList::max() — Method in class DataList
Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::min() — Method in class DataList
Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
- $ DataObject#many_many — Property in class DataObject
many-many relationship definitions.
- $ DataObject#many_many_extraFields — Property in class DataObject
Extra fields to include on the connecting many-many table.
- DataObject::merge() — Method in class DataObject
Merges data and relations from another object of same class, without conflict resolution. Allows to specify which dataset takes priority in case its not empty.
- DataObject::manyManyExtraFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return the many-to-many extra fields specification.
- DataObject::manyMany() — Method in class DataObject
Return information about a many-to-many component.
- DataObject::mergeRelatedObjects() — Method in class DataObject
Helper method to merge owned/owning items into a list.
- DataObjectSchema::manyManyComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return information about a specific many_many component. Returns a numeric array.
- DataObjectSchema::manyManyExtraFieldsForComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Return the many-to-many extra fields specification for a specific component.
- DataQuery::max() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::min() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
- DBDate::Month() — Method in class DBDate
Returns a full textual representation of a month, such as January.
- DBDate::modify() — Method in class DBDate
Adjusts the current instance by the given adjustment, in a PHP
strtotime()
style date/time modifier.- MarkedSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Hierarchy
Contains a set of hierarchical objects generated from a marking compilation run.
- $ MarkedSet#markingFilter — Property in class MarkedSet
Optional filter callback for filtering nodes to mark
- MarkedSet::markPartialTree() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark a segment of the tree, by calling mark().
- MarkedSet::markById() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark the children of the DataObject with the given ID.
- MarkedSet::markToExpose() — Method in class MarkedSet
Expose the given object in the tree, by marking this page and all it ancestors.
- MarkedSet::markedNodeIDs() — Method in class MarkedSet
Return the IDs of all the marked nodes.
- MarkedSet::markExpanded() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark this DataObject as expanded.
- MarkedSet::markUnexpanded() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark this DataObject as unexpanded.
- MarkedSet::markOpened() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark this DataObject's tree as opened.
- MarkedSet::markClosed() — Method in class MarkedSet
Mark this DataObject's tree as closed.
- ListDecorator::map() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
- ManyManyList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a many_many relation.
- ManyManyThroughList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
ManyManyList backed by a dataobject join table
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Injected into DataQuery to augment getFinalisedQuery() with a join table
- Map — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Creates a map from an SS_List by defining a key column and a value column.
- PaginatedList::MoreThanOnePage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- SS_List::map() — Method in class SS_List
Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
- Group::Members() — Method in class Group
Get many-many relation to {@link Member}, including all members which are "inherited" from children groups of this record.
- $ LoginAttempt#MemberID — Property in class LoginAttempt
ID of the Member, only if Member with Email exists
- LoginAttempt::Member() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Member object of the user trying to log in, only if Member with Email exists
- Member — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
The member class which represents the users of the system
- Member::member_from_autologinhash() — Method in class Member
Return the member for the auto login hash
- Member::member_from_tempid() — Method in class Member
Find a member record with the given TempIDHash value
- Member::map_in_groups() — Method in class Member
Get a member SQLMap of members in specific groups
- Member::mapInCMSGroups() — Method in class Member
Get a map of all members in the groups given that have CMS permissions
- Member::memberNotInGroups() — Method in class Member
Get the groups in which the member is NOT in
- MemberAuthenticator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Authenticator for the default "member" method
- MemberLoginForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Log-in form for the "member" authentication method.
- MemberCsvBulkLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Imports member records, and checks/updates duplicates based on their 'Email' property.
- MemberPassword — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Keep track of users' previous passwords, so that we can check that new passwords aren't changed back to old ones.
- $ MemberPassword#MemberID — Property in class MemberPassword
ID of the Member
- MemberPassword::Member() — Method in class MemberPassword
Owner of the password
- Member_GroupSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Represents a set of Groups attached to a member.
- Member_Validator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Member Validator
- $ PasswordExpirationMiddleware#mimetypes_allowing_redirect — Property in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
The list of mimetypes allowing a redirect to a change password form.
- $ PasswordValidator#min_length — Property in class PasswordValidator
- $ PasswordValidator#min_test_score — Property in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::minLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- RememberLoginHash::Member() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
- SiteConfig::make_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
Create SiteConfig with defaults from language file.
- ManagerExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
- GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::ModulePath() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
Given some pre-defined modules, return the filesystem path of the module.
- Requirements_Minifier::minify() — Method in class Requirements_Minifier
Minify the given content
- SSTemplateParser::match_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Word() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_NamespacedWord() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Number() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Translate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_SimpleInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BracketInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Injection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Null() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Boolean() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Sign() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Float() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Hexadecimal() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Octal() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Binary() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Decimal() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IntegerOrFloat() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Comparison() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_PresenceCheck() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_If() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Require() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheRestrictedTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_N() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldTTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldSprintfTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OldI18NTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Include() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_NotBlockTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_ClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_OpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MismatchedEndBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MismatchedEndBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedOpenTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MalformedOpenTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedCloseTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::MalformedCloseTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Comment() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_TopTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::match_Text() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Middle() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this object is between the first & last objects.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MiddleString() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return 'middle' if this object is between the first & last objects.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Modulus() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns the modulus of the numerical position of the item in the data set.
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MultipleOf() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true or false depending on if the pos of the iterator is a multiple of a specific number.
- ViewableData::Me() — Method in class ViewableData
When rendering some objects it is necessary to iterate over the object being rendered, to do this, you need access to itself.
- $ Sources#module_priority — Property in class Sources
List of prioritised modules, in lowest to highest priority.
- MessageProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages
Provides localisation of messages
- ModuleYamlLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages\Symfony
Loads yaml localisations across all modules simultaneously.
- $ i18n#missing_default_warning — Property in class i18n
Warn if _t() invoked without a default.
N
- AssetAdminFile::nestedFolderIDs() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
Get recursive parent IDs
- Notice — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
Represents a notice related to a graphql Action. This could be a failure, warning, or recoverable query (e.g. "are you sure you want to publish this item?")
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
Service to help identify and migrate Files that have been saved to the wrong asset store and restore them to the appropriate physical location.
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::needToMove() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
Determine if the versions of the provided file are stored in the correct asset store.
- $ File#non_live_permissions — Property in class File
Anyone with CMS access can view draft files
- $ File#Name — Property in class File
Basename of the file
- AssetAdapter::normalisePermissions() — Method in class AssetAdapter
Converts strings to octal permission codes. E.g. '0700' => 0700
- FlysystemAssetStore::normalisePath() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
- FlysystemAssetStore::normalise() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
- Folder::numChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Get the number of children of this folder that are also folders.
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::next() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
- $ SiteTree#need_permission — Property in class SiteTree
List of permission codes a user can have to allow a user to create a page of this type.
- $ SiteTree#nested_urls — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::NestedTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a string of the form "parent - page" or "grandparent - parent - page" using page titles
- CachedConfigCollection::nest() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Get nested version of this config, which is normally duplicated version of this config, but could be a subclass.
- ConfigCollectionInterface::nest() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
Get nested version of this config, which is normally duplicated version of this config, but could be a subclass.
- MemoryConfigCollection::nest() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Get nested version of this config, which is normally duplicated version of this config, but could be a subclass.
- NestedController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Interface that is implemented by controllers that are designed to hand control over to another controller.
- NullHTTPRequest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Implements the "Null Object" pattern for a missing http request.
- Config::nest() — Method in class Config
Make the newly active {@link Config} be a copy of the current active {@link Config} instance.
- ConfigLoader::nest() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Nest the config loader and activates it
- Convert::nl2os() — Method in class Convert
Normalises newline sequences to conform to (an) OS specific format.
- CoreKernel::nest() — Method in class CoreKernel
Nests this kernel, all components, and returns the nested value.
- Injector::nest() — Method in class Injector
Make the newly active {@link Injector} be a copy of the current active {@link Injector} instance.
- InjectorLoader::nest() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Nest the config loader
- Kernel::nest() — Method in class Kernel
Nests this kernel, all components, and returns the nested value.
- Path::normalise() — Method in class Path
Normalise absolute or relative filesystem path.
- CSVParser::next() — Method in class CSVParser
- $ Deprecation#notice_level — Property in class Deprecation
- Deprecation::notification_version() — Method in class Deprecation
Set the version that is used to check against the version passed to notice. If the ::notice version is greater than or equal to this version, a message will be raised
- Deprecation::notice() — Method in class Deprecation
Raise a notice indicating the method is deprecated if the version passed as the second argument is greater than or equal to the check version set via ::notification_version
- FormField::name_to_label() — Method in class FormField
Takes a field name and converts camelcase to spaced words. Also resolves combined field names with dot syntax to spaced words.
- GridField_FormAction::nameEncode() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
Encode all non-word characters.
- NullableField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
NullableField is a field that wraps other fields when you want to allow the user to specify whether the value of the field is null or not.
- NumericField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Text input field with validation for numeric values. Supports validating the numeric value as to the {@link i18n::get_locale()} value, or an overridden locale specific to this field.
- $ TreeDropdownField#node_threshold_total — Property in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::nodeIsDisabled() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Marking a specific node in the tree as disabled
- NamespaceLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Loads classes based on fuzzy match of FQCN, e.g. App\Models*
- FieldAccessor::normaliseField() — Method in class FieldAccessor
Get the field as it is defined on the DataObject for case-sensitive access
- NotEqualFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by negating an exact match
- Logger::notice() — Method in class Logger
- PaginationPlugin::noop() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
"node" is just structural and should use a noop
- DefaultResolver::noop() — Method in class DefaultResolver
- NestedInputBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Services
An agnostic service that builds an input type based on a given field, with nesting.
- AbstractTypeRegistry::nonNull() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- $ CodeGenerationStore#namespacePrefix — Property in class CodeGenerationStore
- NaiveNameObfuscator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
Naive implementation for debugging. Allow the class file name to be the same as the class
- NameObfuscator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Storage
Defines a service that can obfuscate classnames to make their files less discoverable
- Database::nullCheckClause() — Method in class Database
Generates a WHERE clause for null comparison check
- Database::now() — Method in class Database
Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
- MySQLDatabase::now() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
- MySQLQuery::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLQuery
Return the total number of items in the query result.
- MySQLQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLQuery
- MySQLStatement::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Return the total number of items in the query result.
- MySQLStatement::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- NestedTransactionManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
TransactionManager decorator that adds virtual nesting support.
- PDOQuery::numRecords() — Method in class PDOQuery
Return the total number of items in the query result.
- Query::numRecords() — Method in class Query
Return the total number of items in the query result.
- DataList::newObject() — Method in class DataList
Return a new item to add to this DataList.
- DataObject::newClassInstance() — Method in class DataObject
Create a new instance of a different class from this object's record.
- DBBoolean::Nice() — Method in class DBBoolean
- DBBoolean::NiceAsBoolean() — Method in class DBBoolean
- DBBoolean::nullValue() — Method in class DBBoolean
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBCurrency::Nice() — Method in class DBCurrency
Returns the number as a currency, eg “$1,000.00”.
- DBDate::Nice() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the standard localised medium date
- DBDatetime::now() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns either the current system date as determined by date(), or a mocked date through {@link set_mock_now()}.
- DBDecimal::Nice() — Method in class DBDecimal
- DBDecimal::nullValue() — Method in class DBDecimal
- DBField::nullValue() — Method in class DBField
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBFloat::Nice() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns the number, with commas and decimal places as appropriate, eg “1,000.00”.
- DBFloat::NiceRound() — Method in class DBFloat
- DBFloat::nullValue() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBInt::Nice() — Method in class DBInt
- DBInt::nullValue() — Method in class DBInt
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
- DBLocale::Nice() — Method in class DBLocale
See {@link getShortName()} and {@link getNativeName()}.
- DBMoney::Nice() — Method in class DBMoney
Get nicely formatted currency (based on current locale)
- DBPercentage::Nice() — Method in class DBPercentage
Returns the number, expressed as a percentage. For example, “36.30%”
- DBTime::Nice() — Method in class DBTime
Returns the standard localised medium time e.g. "3:15pm"
- $ Hierarchy#node_threshold_total — Property in class Hierarchy
The lower bounds for the amount of nodes to mark. If set, the logic will expand nodes until it reaches at least this number, and then stops. Root nodes will always show regardless of this settting. Further nodes can be lazy-loaded via ajax. This isn't a hard limit. Example: On a value of 10, with 20 root nodes, each having 30 children, the actual node count will be 50 (all root nodes plus first expanded child).
- $ Hierarchy#node_threshold_leaf — Property in class Hierarchy
Limit on the maximum children a specific node can display. Serves as a hard limit to avoid exceeding available server resources in generating the tree, and browser resources in rendering it. Nodes with children exceeding this value typically won't display any children, although this is configurable through the $nodeCountCallback parameter in {@link getChildrenAsUL()}. "Root" nodes will always show all children, regardless of this setting.
- $ Hierarchy#non_virtual_fields — Property in class Hierarchy
Prevent virtual page virtualising these fields
- Hierarchy::numHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return the number of children that this page ever had, including pages that were deleted.
- Hierarchy::numChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return the number of direct children. By default, values are cached after the first invocation. Can be augumented by {@link augmentNumChildrenCountQuery()}.
- PaginatedList::NotFirstPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::NotLastPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::NextLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the next page, if there is another page after the current one.
- $ Member#notify_password_change — Property in class Member
- NullSecurityToken — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Specialized subclass for disabled security tokens - always returns TRUE for token checks. Use through {@link SecurityToken::disable()}.
- $ ChangeSet#Name — Property in class ChangeSet
- $ Versioned#non_virtual_fields — Property in class Versioned
Ensure versioned page doesn't attempt to virtualise these non-db fields
- $ Versioned#non_live_permissions — Property in class Versioned
Permissions necessary to view records outside of the live stage (e.g. archive / draft stage).
- SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Name() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer_Scope::next() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Fast-forwards the current iterator to the next item
O
- $ AssetAdminFile#owner — Property in class AssetAdminFile
- $ AssetControlExtension#owner — Property in class AssetControlExtension
A {see \SilverStripe\ORM\DataObject}, potentially decorated with {see \SilverStripe\Versioned\Versioned} extension.
- AssetControlExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class AssetControlExtension
Ensure that deletes records remove their underlying file assets, without affecting other staged records.
- AssetControlExtension::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class AssetControlExtension
Ensure that changes to records flush overwritten files, and update the visibility of other assets.
- $ File#OwnerID — Property in class File
ID of Member who owns the file
- File::onAfterUpload() — Method in class File
Should be called after the file was uploaded
- File::onAfterRevertToLive() — Method in class File
- File::Owner() — Method in class File
Returns Member object of file owner.
- Folder::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Folder
- Folder::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Folder
- Folder::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Folder
- Folder::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Folder
- Folder::onAfterSkippedWrite() — Method in class Folder
If a write is skipped due to no changes, ensure that nested records still get asked to update
- $ FileLinkTracking#owner — Property in class FileLinkTracking
- FileLinkTracking::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
- FileLinkTracking::onAfterDelete() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
- OldPageRedirector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- OldPageRedirector::onBeforeHTTPError404() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
On every URL that generates a 404, we'll capture it here and see if we can find an old URL that it should be redirecting to.
- RedirectorPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- SiteTree::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class SiteTree
Reset Sort on duped page
- SiteTree::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::onAfterPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::onAfterRevertToLive() — Method in class SiteTree
Update draft dependant pages
- SiteTreeExtension::onBeforePublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called before the page's {@link Versioned::publishSingle()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onAfterPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called after the page's {@link Versioned::publishSingle()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onBeforeUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called before the page's {@link Versioned::doUnpublish()} action is completed
- SiteTreeExtension::onAfterUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed
- $ SiteTreeFileExtension#owner — Property in class SiteTreeFileExtension
- $ SiteTreeFileFormFactoryExtension#owner — Property in class SiteTreeFileFormFactoryExtension
- $ SiteTreeLinkTracking#owner — Property in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- VirtualPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
- Email::obfuscate() — Method in class Email
Encode an email-address to protect it from spambots.
- HTTPRequest::offsetExists() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Enables the existence of a key-value pair in the request to be checked using array syntax, so isset($request['title']) will check for $_POST['title'] and $_GET['title']
- HTTPRequest::offsetGet() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Access a request variable using array syntax. eg: $request['title'] instead of $request->postVar('title')
- HTTPRequest::offsetSet() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::offsetUnset() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPResponse::output() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Send this HTTPResponse to the browser
- RSSFeed::outputToBrowser() — Method in class RSSFeed
Output the feed to the browser.
- $ BulkLoader#objectClass — Property in class BulkLoader
Each row in the imported dataset should map to one instance of this class (with optional property translation through {@self::$columnMaps}.
- $ ErrorPageControllerExtension#owner — Property in class ErrorPageControllerExtension
- ErrorPageControllerExtension::onBeforeHTTPError() — Method in class ErrorPageControllerExtension
Used by see RequestHandler::httpError
- ErrorPageErrorFormatter::output() — Method in class ErrorPageErrorFormatter
- $ ErrorPageExtension#owner — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
- ErrorPageExtension::onAfterPublish() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Extension point in see Versioned::publishSingle
- $ ErrorPageFileExtension#owner — Property in class ErrorPageFileExtension
- OptionsetField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Set of radio buttons designed to emulate a dropdown.
- DevBuildExtension::onAfterBuild() — Method in class DevBuildExtension
- TestSessionEnvironmentExtension::onAfterStartTestSession() — Method in class TestSessionEnvironmentExtension
Build the graphql schema after a new testsession is started This is to ensure that the schema is available when a behat test is run, particularly on CI This does laregely the same thing as SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\Build::buildSchema(), though it also checks for the existance of persisted schemas first do that the schema is not rebuilt after each behat scenario
- $ DataObjectModel#operations — Property in class DataObjectModel
- OperationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface can create queries and mutations dynamically
- OperationProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface provide a lookup for operations by identifiers
- Logger::output() — Method in class Logger
- HashNameObfuscator::obfuscate() — Method in class HashNameObfuscator
- HybridObfuscator::obfuscate() — Method in class HybridObfuscator
- NaiveNameObfuscator::obfuscate() — Method in class NaiveNameObfuscator
- NameObfuscator::obfuscate() — Method in class NameObfuscator
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::output() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Return the appropriate error content for the given status code
- ArrayList::offsetExists() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns whether an item with $key exists
- ArrayList::offsetGet() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns item stored in list with index $key
- ArrayList::offsetSet() — Method in class ArrayList
Set an item with the key in $key
- ArrayList::offsetUnset() — Method in class ArrayList
Unset an item with the key in $key
- $ DataExtension#owner — Property in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onAfterWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataList::offsetExists() — Method in class DataList
Returns whether an item with $key exists
- DataList::offsetGet() — Method in class DataList
Returns item stored in list with index $key
- DataList::offsetSet() — Method in class DataList
Set an item with the key in $key
- DataList::offsetUnset() — Method in class DataList
Unset an item with the key in $key
- $ DataObject#OldID — Property in class DataObject
ID of object, if deleted
- $ DataObject#ObsoleteClassName — Property in class DataObject
If ClassName no longer exists this will be set to the legacy value
- $ Hierarchy#owner — Property in class Hierarchy
- ListDecorator::offsetExists() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::offsetGet() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::offsetSet() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ListDecorator::offsetUnset() — Method in class ListDecorator
- Map::offsetExists() — Method in class Map
- Map::offsetGet() — Method in class Map
- Map::offsetSet() — Method in class Map
Sets a value in the map by a given key that has been set via {@link Map::push()} or {@link Map::unshift()}
- Map::offsetUnset() — Method in class Map
Removes a value in the map by a given key which has been added to the map via {@link Map::push()} or {@link Map::unshift()}
- Group::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Group
- Group::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Group
- Member::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Member
Event handler called before writing to the database.
- Member::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Member
- Member::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Member
- Member::onChangeGroups() — Method in class Member
Filter out admin groups to avoid privilege escalation, If any admin groups are requested, deny the whole save operation.
- Permission::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Permission
- PermissionRole::onAfterDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
- ChangeSet::Owner() — Method in class ChangeSet
- $ ChangeSetItem#ObjectClass — Property in class ChangeSetItem
The base data class for the referenced DataObject
- $ ChangeSetItem#ObjectID — Property in class ChangeSetItem
The numeric ID for the referenced object
- ChangeSetItem::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
- ChangeSetItem::Object() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
The object attached to this item
- $ VersionedTestSessionExtension#owner — Property in class VersionedTestSessionExtension
- DataObjectScaffolderExtension::onBeforeAddToManager() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolderExtension
Adds the "Version" and "Versions" fields to any dataobject that has the Versioned extension.
- $ ReadExtension#owner — Property in class ReadExtension
- SchemaScaffolderExtension::onBeforeAddToManager() — Method in class SchemaScaffolderExtension
If any types are using Versioned, make sure Member is added as a type. Because the Versioned_Version object is just ViewableData, it has to be added explicitly.
- $ RecursivePublishable#owns — Property in class RecursivePublishable
List of relationships on this object that are "owned" by this object.
- $ RecursivePublishable#owner — Property in class RecursivePublishable
- RecursivePublishable::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
If
cascade_duplications
is empty, default toowns
config- RecursivePublishableHandler::onAfterSave() — Method in class RecursivePublishableHandler
Ensure that non-versioned records are published on save.
- $ Versioned#owner — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::onAfterSkippedWrite() — Method in class Versioned
If a write was skipped, then we need to ensure that we don't leave a migrateVersion() value lying around for the next write.
- Versioned::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::onAfterRevertToLive() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::onPrepopulateTreeDataCache() — Method in class Versioned
Hook into {@link Hierarchy::prepopulateTreeDataCache}.
- Versioned::onAfterRollback() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class Versioned
Ensure version ID is reset to 0 on duplicate
- $ VersionedGridFieldItemRequest#owner — Property in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
- $ VersionedStateExtension#owner — Property in class VersionedStateExtension
- $ VersionedTableDataQueryExtension#owner — Property in class VersionedTableDataQueryExtension
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldTTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OldI18NTag_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Debug() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% debug %> utility tag
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Base_tag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% base_tag %> tag
- SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Current_page() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% current_page %> tag
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Odd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this is an odd item in the set.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
$Up and $Top need to restore the overlay from the parent and top-level scope respectively.
- SSViewer_Scope::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- ViewableData::obj() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
- ViewableData_Customised::obj() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
P
- CMSMenu::populate_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
Generate CMS main menu items by collecting valid subclasses of {@link LeftAndMain}
- CMSMenu::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class CMSMenu
Provide menu titles to the i18n entity provider
- $ CMSMenuItem#priority — Property in class CMSMenuItem
Menu priority (sort order)
- LeftAndMain::PreviewPanel() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Render $PreviewPanel content
- LeftAndMain::printable() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::providePermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- $ ModelAdmin#page_length — Property in class ModelAdmin
- SecurityAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- $ AssetAdmin#page_length — Property in class AssetAdmin
Amount of results showing on a single page.
- AssetAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- AssetAdmin::publish() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- PreviewImageField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
For providing schema data to the client side to build a preview field with upload replacement feature
- PreviewImageField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PreviewImageField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- UploadField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class UploadField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- UploadField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class UploadField
Return a disabled version of this field.
- PublicationMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- PublicationNoticeType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- PublicationResultType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- PublishFileMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- UnpublishFileMutationCreator::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class UnpublishFileMutationCreator
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
- TestAssetStore::parseFileID() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- $ File#ParentID — Property in class File
ID of parent File/Folder
- File::publishFile() — Method in class File
Publicly expose the file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash {see AssetStore::publish}
- File::protectFile() — Method in class File
Protect a file (and all variants) from public access, identified by the given filename and hash.
- File::PreviewLink() — Method in class File
Determine the preview link, if available, for this object.
- File::providePermissions() — Method in class File
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- File::Parent() — Method in class File
Returns parent File
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#permanent_redirect_response_code — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Define the HTTP Response code for request that should be permanently redirected to a different URL. Defaults to 301.
- FlysystemAssetStore::publish() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Publicly expose the file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash
- FlysystemAssetStore::protect() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Protect a file (and all variants) from public access, identified by the given filename and hash.
- ProtectedAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
An adapter which does not publicly expose protected files
- ProtectedAssetAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
- PublicAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
Represents an AbstractAdapter which exposes its assets via public urls
- PublicAssetAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Flysystem
- $ Image#plural_name — Property in class Image
- Image::PreviewLink() — Method in class Image
- ImageManipulation::Pad() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.
- ImageManipulation::PreviewThumbnail() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get preview for this file
- Image_Backend::paddedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
Return a clone of this image resized, with space filled in with the given colour
- InterventionBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Return a clone of this image resized, with space filled in with the given colour
- FileLink::Parent() — Method in class FileLink
Parent object
- FileLinkTrackingParser::process() — Method in class FileLinkTrackingParser
Finds the links that are of interest for the link tracking automation. Checks for brokenness and attaches extracted metadata so consumers can decide what to do with the DOM element (provided as DOMReference).
- AssetContainer::publishFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Publicly expose the file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash {see AssetStore::publish}
- AssetContainer::protectFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Protect a file (and all variants) from public access, identified by the given filename and hash.
- AssetStore::publish() — Method in class AssetStore
Publicly expose the file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash
- AssetStore::protect() — Method in class AssetStore
Protect a file (and all variants) from public access, identified by the given filename and hash.
- DBFile::publishFile() — Method in class DBFile
Publicly expose the file (and all variants) identified by the given filename and hash {see AssetStore::publish}
- DBFile::protectFile() — Method in class DBFile
Protect a file (and all variants) from public access, identified by the given filename and hash.
- ProtectedFileController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Storage
Provides routing for session-whitelisted protected files
- $ CMSMain#page_length — Property in class CMSMain
Amount of results showing on a single page.
- CMSMain::PageList() — Method in class CMSMain
Get pages listing area
- CMSMain::PageListSidebar() — Method in class CMSMain
Page list view for edit-form
- CMSMain::PageTypes() — Method in class CMSMain
Populates an array of classes in the CMS which allows the user to change the page type.
- CMSMain::performPublish() — Method in class CMSMain
Actually perform the publication step
- CMSMain::publish() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::publishall() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::providePermissions() — Method in class CMSMain
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::pagesIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- ContentController::Page() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::project() — Method in class ContentController
Get the project name
- $ SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink#priority — Property in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
- $ SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink#priority — Property in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
- $ SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink#priority — Property in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
- $ SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink#priority — Property in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- SiteTree::page_type_classes() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a subclass map of SiteTree that shouldn't be hidden through {@link SiteTree::$hide_ancestor}
- SiteTree::PreviewLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Base link used for previewing. Defaults to absolute URL, in order to account for domain changes, e.g. on multi site setups. Does not contain hints about the stage, see {@link SilverStripeNavigator} for details.
- SiteTree::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- SiteTree::plural_name() — Method in class SiteTree
Default plural name for page / sitetree
- SiteTree::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class SiteTree
Overloaded to also provide entities for 'Page' class which is usually located in custom code, hence textcollector picks it up for the wrong folder.
- SiteTree::Parent() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeLink::Parent() — Method in class SiteTreeLink
Parent object
- SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser::process() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser
Finds the links that are of interest for the link tracking automation. Checks for brokenness and attaches extracted metadata so consumers can decide what to do with the DOM element (provided as DOMReference).
- BrokenLinksReport::parameterFields() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
- AddToCampaignValidator::php() — Method in class AddToCampaignValidator
Allows validation of fields via specification of a php function for validation which is executed after the form is submitted.
- CampaignAdmin::publishCampaign() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
REST endpoint to publish a {@link ChangeSet} and all of its items.
- CampaignAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- Priority — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\MergeStrategy
- PrivateStaticTransformer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Transformer
- CliController::process() — Method in class CliController
Overload this method to contain the task logic.
- ContentNegotiator::process() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
- Controller::pushCurrent() — Method in class Controller
Pushes this controller onto the stack of current controllers. This means that any redirection, session setting, or other things that rely on Controller::curr() will now write to this controller object.
- Controller::popCurrent() — Method in class Controller
Pop this controller off the top of the stack.
- Director::port() — Method in class Director
Return port used for the base URL.
- Director::protocolAndHost() — Method in class Director
Returns the domain part of the URL 'http://www.mysite.com'. Returns FALSE is this environment variable isn't set.
- Director::protocol() — Method in class Director
Return the current protocol that the site is running under.
- Director::publicDir() — Method in class Director
Check if using a seperate public dir, and if so return this directory name.
- Director::publicFolder() — Method in class Director
Gets the webroot of the project, which may be a subfolder of {see baseFolder()}
- HTTPRequest::postVars() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::postVar() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::params() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::param() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Finds a named URL parameter (denoted by "$"-prefix in $url_handlers) from the full URL, or a parameter specified in the route table
- AllowedHostsMiddleware::process() — Method in class AllowedHostsMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::process() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- ChangeDetectionMiddleware::process() — Method in class ChangeDetectionMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- ConfirmationMiddleware::process() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- PathAware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
Path aware trait for rules and bypasses
- ExecMetricMiddleware::process() — Method in class ExecMetricMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- FlushMiddleware::process() — Method in class FlushMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::process() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::privateCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Advanced way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::publicCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Advanced way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
- HTTPMiddleware::process() — Method in class HTTPMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Extends the ConfirmationMiddleware with checks for user permissions
- RateLimitMiddleware::process() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- SessionMiddleware::process() — Method in class SessionMiddleware
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::process() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- PjaxResponseNegotiator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Handle the X-Pjax header that AJAX responses may provide, returning the fragment, or, in the case of non-AJAX form submissions, redirecting back to the submitter.
- RequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
Filter executed before a request processes
- RequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
Filter executed AFTER a request
- RequestProcessor::process() — Method in class RequestProcessor
- ClassInfo::parse_class_spec() — Method in class ClassInfo
Parses a class-spec, such as "Versioned('Stage','Live')", as passed to create_from_string().
- ConfigLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class ConfigLoader
Pushes a class manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
- ConfigLoader::popManifest() — Method in class ConfigLoader
- Environment::putEnv() — Method in class Environment
Set environment variable using php.ini syntax.
- $ AopProxyService#proxied — Property in class AopProxyService
- InjectorLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class InjectorLoader
Pushes a class manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
- InjectorLoader::popManifest() — Method in class InjectorLoader
- ClassLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class ClassLoader
Pushes a class manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
- ClassLoader::popManifest() — Method in class ClassLoader
- ModuleLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class ModuleLoader
Pushes a module manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
- ModuleLoader::popManifest() — Method in class ModuleLoader
- $ ModuleManifest#project — Property in class ModuleManifest
Project name
- PrioritySorter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Sorts an associative array of items given a list of priorities, where priorities are the keys of the items in the order they are desired.
- Path — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Path manipulation helpers
- BulkLoader::preview() — Method in class BulkLoader
Preview a file import (don't write anything to the database).
- CSVParser::provideHeaderRow() — Method in class CSVParser
If your CSV file doesn't have a header row, then you can call this function to provide one.
- CsvBulkLoader::preview() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
- FunctionalTest::post() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Submit a post request
- TestSession::post() — Method in class TestSession
Submit a post request
- CheckboxField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField
Returns a readonly version of this field
- CheckboxField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- CompositeField::push() — Method in class CompositeField
Add a new child field to the end of the set.
- CompositeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
Return a readonly version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns readonly versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
- CompositeField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
Return a disabled version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns disabled versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Makes a read only field with some stars in it to replace the password
- ConfirmedPasswordField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Return a disabled version of this field.
- CurrencyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField
Create a new class for this field
- CurrencyField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
This already is a readonly field.
- DatalessField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns a readonly version of this field
- DateField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DateField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- DatetimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatetimeField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- FieldList::push() — Method in class FieldList
Push a single field onto the end of this FieldList instance.
- FormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormAction
Does not transform to readonly by purpose.
- FormField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- FormField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class FormField
Return a disabled version of this field.
- GridField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class GridField
Custom Readonly transformation to remove actions which shouldn't be present for a readonly state.
- GridField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class GridField
Disabling the gridfield should have the same affect as making it readonly (removing all action items).
- HTMLEditorField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
- HTMLEditorField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Return a disabled version of this field.
- TinyMCEConfig::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
- HiddenField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HiddenField
- LiteralField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LiteralField
- LookupField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LookupField
- MoneyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class MoneyField
Returns a readonly version of this field.
- MultiSelectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Transforms the source data for this CheckboxSetField into a comma separated list of values.
- NumericField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- PasswordField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Password input field.
- PasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PasswordField
Creates a read-only version of the field.
- PopoverField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Popup form action menu for "more options"
- PrintableTransformation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Transformation that will make a form printable.
- PrintableTransformation_TabSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Class representing printable tabsets
- ReadonlyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- RequiredFields::php() — Method in class RequiredFields
Allows validation of fields via specification of a php function for validation which is executed after the form is submitted.
- SelectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SelectField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
- SelectField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class SelectField
Return a disabled version of this field.
- SingleLookupField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SingleLookupField
- SingleSelectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SingleSelectField
- TabSet::push() — Method in class TabSet
Add a new child field to the end of the set.
- TimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TimeField
Creates a new readonly field specified below
- TreeDropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Changes this field to the readonly field.
- TreeMultiselectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Changes this field to the readonly field.
- Validator::php() — Method in class Validator
- Handler::prioritiseAuthenticators() — Method in class Handler
Sort the configured authenticators by their "priority" (highest to lowest). This allows modules to contribute to the decision of which authenticator should be used first. Users can rewrite this in their own configuration if necessary.
- CSRFMiddleware::process() — Method in class CSRFMiddleware
- HTTPMethodMiddleware::process() — Method in class HTTPMethodMiddleware
- QueryMiddleware::process() — Method in class QueryMiddleware
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- PersistedQueryProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
Implementations of query persistence must use this interface. At a minimum, they must be able to fetch a query given an ID.
- QueryStateProvider::provideContext() — Method in class QueryStateProvider
Should return key/value pairs that will merge into a separate query context
- RequestContextProvider::provideContext() — Method in class RequestContextProvider
- SchemaConfigProvider::provideContext() — Method in class SchemaConfigProvider
- TokenContextProvider::provideContext() — Method in class TokenContextProvider
- UserContextProvider::provideContext() — Method in class UserContextProvider
- BulkLoaderSet::process() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
- CreateCreator::provideInputTypes() — Method in class CreateCreator
- CanViewPermission::permissionCheck() — Method in class CanViewPermission
- CanViewPermission::paginatedPermissionCheck() — Method in class CanViewPermission
- Paginator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Adds pagination to a DataList query
- Paginator::paginate() — Method in class Paginator
- UpdateCreator::provideInputTypes() — Method in class UpdateCreator
- PermissionsException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
Thrown when an operation encounters a permissions problem, e.g. lack of read/write permissions
- Field::parseName() — Method in class Field
Negotiates a variety of syntax that can appear in a field name definition.
- ContextProvider::provideContext() — Method in class ContextProvider
Should return key/value pairs that will merge into a separate query context
- InputTypeProvider::provideInputTypes() — Method in class InputTypeProvider
- PluginInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Base plugin interface. There is a lot of "duck programming" happening in this API that will go away once we have better type variance in PHP 7.4: https://wiki.php.net/rfc/covariant-returns-and-contravariant-parameters
- PluginValidator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Validates that a given plugin is acceptable for the implementing class
- SchemaStorageInterface::persistSchema() — Method in class SchemaStorageInterface
- PaginationPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin
Generic pagination functionality for a query that can be customised in subclasses
- PluginConsumer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin
Allows adding, loading, and sorting of plugins
- PluginRegistry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Registry
A central place for all the plugins to be registered and accessed by ID
- JSONResolver::parseValue() — Method in class JSONResolver
- JSONResolver::parseLiteral() — Method in class JSONResolver
- $ Schema#pluraliser — Property in class Schema
- Schema::pluralise() — Method in class Schema
Pluralise a name
- SchemaConfig::pluralise() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- $ NestedInputBuilder#prefix — Property in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::populateSchema() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- CodeGenerationStore::persistSchema() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- MonologErrorHandler::pushLogger() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Adds a PSR-3 logger to send messages to, to the end of the stack
- ArrayList::push() — Method in class ArrayList
Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
- ArrayList::pop() — Method in class ArrayList
Pops the last element off the end of the list and returns it.
- CMSPreviewable::PreviewLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
Determine the preview link, if available, for this object.
- DBConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- DBSchemaManager::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- Database::preparedQuery() — Method in class Database
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- MySQLDatabase::preparedQuery() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- MySQLiConnector::prepareStatement() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string
- MySQLiConnector::parsePreparedParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Prepares the list of parameters in preparation for passing to mysqli_stmt_bind_param
- MySQLiConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- PDOConnector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
PDO driver database connector
- PDOConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class PDOConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- PDOQuery — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
A result-set from a PDO database.
- PDOStatementHandle — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
A handle to a PDOStatement, with cached column metadata, and type conversion
- DB::placeholders() — Method in class DB
Helper function for generating a list of parameter placeholders for the given argument(s)
- DB::prepared_query() — Method in class DB
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
- DataExtension::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataExtension
- $ DataObject#plural_name — Property in class DataObject
Human-readable plural name
- DataObject::plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the user friendly plural name of this DataObject If the name is not defined (by renaming $plural_name in the subclass), this returns a pluralised version of the class name.
- DataObject::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataObject
Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
- DataObject::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
- DataQuery::pushQueryManipulator() — Method in class DataQuery
Assign callback to be invoked in getFinalisedQuery()
- DBBoolean::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBBoolean
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBDecimal::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBDecimal
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBField
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBFloat::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBFloat
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBHTMLText::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBHTMLText::Plain() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Get plain-text version
- DBHTMLVarchar::Plain() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Get plain-text version.
- DBInt::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBInt
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBString::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBString
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
- DBString::Plain() — Method in class DBString
Plain text version of this string
- PartialMatchFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Matches textual content with a LIKE '%keyword%' construct.
- $ Hierarchy#prepopulate_numchildren_cache — Property in class Hierarchy
Used to enable or disable the prepopulation of the numchildren cache.
- $ Hierarchy#ParentID — Property in class Hierarchy
- Hierarchy::prepopulateTreeDataCache() — Method in class Hierarchy
Pre-populate any appropriate caches prior to rendering a tree.
- Hierarchy::prepopulate_numchildren_cache() — Method in class Hierarchy
Pre-populate the cache for Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() for a list of record IDs, for more efficient database querying. If $idList is null, then every record will be pre-cached.
- Hierarchy::Parent() — Method in class Hierarchy
- Map::push() — Method in class Map
Pushes an item onto the end of the map.
- PaginatedList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A decorator that wraps around a data list in order to provide pagination.
- PaginatedList::Pages() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a set of links to all the pages in the list. This is useful for basic pagination.
- PaginatedList::PaginationSummary() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a summarised pagination which limits the number of pages shown around the current page for visually balanced.
- PaginatedList::PrevLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the previous page, if the first page is not currently active.
- PolymorphicHasManyList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Represents a has_many list linked against a polymorphic relationship
- UnsavedRelationList::push() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
- ReportAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- ReportWrapper::parameterFields() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- AuthenticationMiddleware::process() — Method in class AuthenticationMiddleware
Identify the current user from the request
- BasicAuth::protect_entire_site() — Method in class BasicAuth
Enable protection of all requests handed by SilverStripe with basic authentication.
- BasicAuth::protect_site_if_necessary() — Method in class BasicAuth
Call {@link BasicAuth::requireLogin()} if {@link BasicAuth::protect_entire_site()} has been called.
- BasicAuthMiddleware::process() — Method in class BasicAuthMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- Storage::putItem() — Method in class Storage
Adds a new object to the list of confirmation items Replaces the item if there is already one with the same token
- $ Group#ParentID — Property in class Group
ID of parent group
- Group::Parent() — Method in class Group
Return parent group
- Group::Permissions() — Method in class Group
List of group permissions
- GroupCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
- InheritedPermissions::prePopulatePermissionCache() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Force pre-calculation of a list of permissions for optimisation
- $ Member#password_expiry_days — Property in class Member
- $ Member#password_logging_enabled — Property in class Member
- $ Member#Password — Property in class Member
- $ Member#PasswordEncryption — Property in class Member
- $ Member#PasswordExpiry — Property in class Member
- Member::populateDefaults() — Method in class Member
Ensure the locale is set to something sensible by default.
- Member::password_validator() — Method in class Member
Returns the default {@link PasswordValidator}
- LoginHandler::performLogin() — Method in class LoginHandler
Try to authenticate the user
- LostPasswordHandler::passwordsent() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
Show the "password sent" page, after a user has requested to reset their password.
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- $ MemberPassword#Password — Property in class MemberPassword
- $ MemberPassword#PasswordEncryption — Property in class MemberPassword
- Member_Validator::php() — Method in class Member_Validator
Check if the submitted member data is valid (server-side)
- PasswordEncryptor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Allows pluggable password encryption.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Blowfish encryption - this is the default from SilverStripe 3.
- PasswordEncryptor_EncryptionFailed — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Legacy implementation for SilverStripe 2.1 - 2.3, which had a design flaw in password hashing that caused the hashes to differ between architectures due to floating point precision problems in base_convert().
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Uses MySQL's OLD_PASSWORD encyrption. Requires an active DB connection.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Uses MySQL's PASSWORD encryption. Requires an active DB connection.
- PasswordEncryptor_None — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Cleartext passwords (used in SilverStripe 2.1).
- PasswordEncryptor_NotFoundException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Encryption using built-in hash types in PHP.
- PasswordExpirationMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Check if authenticated user has password expired.
- PasswordExpirationMiddleware::process() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- PasswordValidator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
This class represents a validator for member passwords.
- Permission — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Represents a permission assigned to a group.
- $ Permission#privileged_permissions — Property in class Permission
- Permission::permissions_for_member() — Method in class Permission
Get all the 'any' permission codes available to the given member.
- Permission::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class Permission
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
- PermissionCheckboxSetField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Shows a categorized list of available permissions (through {@link Permission::get_codes()}).
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Readonly version of a {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} - uses the same structure, but has all checkboxes disabled.
- PermissionChecker — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Calculates edit / view / delete permissions for one or more objects
- PermissionFailureException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Throw this exception to register that a user doesn't have permission to do the given action and potentially redirect them to the log-in page. The exception message may be presented to the user, so it shouldn't be in nerd-speak.
- PermissionProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Used to let classes provide new permission codes.
- PermissionProvider::providePermissions() — Method in class PermissionProvider
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
- PermissionRole — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
A PermissionRole represents a collection of permission codes that can be applied to groups.
- PermissionRoleCode — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
A PermissionRoleCode represents a single permission code assigned to a {@link PermissionRole}.
- Permission_Group — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Permission_Group class
- $ Security#password_encryption_algorithm — Property in class Security
The password encryption algorithm to use by default.
- $ Security#page_class — Property in class Security
Class to use for page rendering
- Security::permissionFailure() — Method in class Security
Register that we've had a permission failure trying to view the given page
- Security::ping() — Method in class Security
This action is available as a keep alive, so user sessions don't timeout. A common use is in the admin.
- SiteConfig::populateDefaults() — Method in class SiteConfig
Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
- SiteConfig::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteConfig
- ProxyCacheAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\Caching
psr-6 cache proxy for an internal cache, which provides segmentation of cache keys based on current versioned mode. This ensures that cross-stage content cannot cross-pollenate each other.
- ProxyCacheAdapter::prune() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ProxyCacheFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\Caching
Allows injection of a psr-6 proxy over an inner cache backend.
- ChangeSet::publish() — Method in class ChangeSet
Publish this changeset, then closes it.
- ChangeSet::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class ChangeSet
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
- ChangeSet::Publisher() — Method in class ChangeSet
- ChangeSetItem::publish() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Publish this item, then close it.
- Publish — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations
Scaffolds a generic update operation for DataObjects.
- PublishOperation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations
Scaffolds a generic update operation for DataObjects.
- RecursivePublishable::publishRecursive() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Publish this object and all owned objects to Live
- $ Versioned#prepopulate_versionnumber_cache — Property in class Versioned
Used to enable or disable the prepopulation of the version number cache.
- Versioned::publishSingle() — Method in class Versioned
Publishes this object to Live, but doesn't publish owned objects.
- Versioned::prepopulate_versionnumber_cache() — Method in class Versioned
Pre-populate the cache for Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() for a list of record IDs, for more efficient database querying. If $idList is null, then every record will be pre-cached.
- Versioned::Publisher() — Method in class Versioned
Get publisher of this record.
- VersionedHTTPMiddleware::process() — Method in class VersionedHTTPMiddleware
Generate response for the given request
- PurifierHTMLCleaner — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Cleans HTML using the HTMLPurifier package http://htmlpurifier.org/
- ShortcodeParser::parse() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Parse a string, and replace any registered shortcodes within it with the result of the mapped callback.
- PublicThemes — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
- Requirements::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Do the heavy lifting involved in combining the combined files.
- Requirements_Backend::processCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Do the heavy lifting involved in combining the combined files.
- SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Not() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSViewer::process() — Method in class SSViewer
The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
- SSViewer::parseTemplateContent() — Method in class SSViewer
Parse given template contents
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Pos() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return the numerical position of this object in the container set. The count starts at $startIndex.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Store the current overlay (as it doesn't directly apply to the new scope that's being pushed). We want to store the overlay against the next item "up" in the stack (hence upIndex), rather than the current item, because SSViewer_Scope::obj() has already been called and pushed the new item to the stack by this point
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Now that we're going to jump up an item in the item stack, we need to restore the overlay that was previously stored against the next item "up" in the stack from the current one
- SSViewer_FromString::process() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
- SSViewer_Scope::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Jump to the last item in the stack, called when a new item is added before a loop/with
- SSViewer_Scope::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Jump back to "previous" item in the stack, called after a loop/with block
- MessageProvider::pluralise() — Method in class MessageProvider
Pluralise a message
- SymfonyMessageProvider::pluralise() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
Pluralise a message
- Parser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\TextCollection
Parser that scans through a template and extracts the parameters to the _t and <%t calls
- $ i18n#plurals — Property in class i18n
Map of rails plurals into standard order (fewest to most) Note: Default locale only supplies one|other, but non-default locales can specify custom plurals.
- i18n::parse_plurals() — Method in class i18n
Split plural string into standard CLDR array form.
- i18nEntityProvider::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class i18nEntityProvider
Returns the list of provided translations for this object.
Q
- ImageManipulation::Quality() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Set the quality of the resampled image
- QueryRecorderExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
Attaches itself to {see DataQuery} and records any classes that are queried within a closure context.
- QueryMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
Represents middleware for evaluating a graphql query
- QueryException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
An exception that was thrown during execution of a query
- QueryHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
This class is responsible for taking query information from a controller, processing it through middlewares, extracting the results from the GraphQL schema, and formatting it into a suitable JSON response.
- QueryHandler::query() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandler::queryAndReturnResult() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandlerInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
Query handlers are responsible for applying a query as a string to a Schema object and returning a result.
- QueryHandlerInterface::query() — Method in class QueryHandlerInterface
- QueryStateProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
Provides an arbitrary state container that can be passed through the resolver chain. It is empty by default and derives no state from the actual schema
- QueryCollector — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
- QueryFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter
Adds a filter parameter to a DataObject query
- QuerySort — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Adds a sort parameter to a DataObject query
- Query — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Field
Defines a generic query
- QueryPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that is used for a generic query
- DBConnector::quoteString() — Method in class DBConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
- DBConnector::query() — Method in class DBConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- DBSchemaManager::quiet() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Enable supression of database messages.
- DBSchemaManager::query() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Execute the given SQL query.
- Database::query() — Method in class Database
Execute the given SQL query.
- Database::quoteString() — Method in class Database
Wrap a string into DB-specific quotes.
- Database::quiet() — Method in class Database
Enable supression of database messages.
- MySQLDatabase::query() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Execute the given SQL query.
- MySQLiConnector::quoteString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
- MySQLiConnector::query() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- PDOConnector::quoteString() — Method in class PDOConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
- PDOConnector::query() — Method in class PDOConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
- Query — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Abstract query-result class. A query result provides an iterator that returns a map for each record of a query result.
- DB::query() — Method in class DB
Execute the given SQL query.
- DB::quiet() — Method in class DB
Enable supression of database messages.
- DataQuery::query() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the {@link SQLSelect} object that represents the current query; note that it will be a clone of the object.
- SQLConditionalExpression::queriedTables() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of tables that this query is selecting from.
- HTMLValue::query() — Method in class HTMLValue
Make an xpath query against this HTML
R
- AdminRootController::rules() — Method in class AdminRootController
Gets a list of url_pattern => controller k/v pairs for each LeftAndMain derived controller
- CMSBatchAction::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction::response() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for responding to a back action request
- CMSBatchActionHandler::registeredActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Get all registered actions
- CMSBatchActionHandler::register() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Register a new batch action. Each batch action needs to be represented by a subclass of {@link CMSBatchAction}.
- CMSMenu::remove_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Removes an existing item from the menu.
- CMSMenu::remove_menu_class() — Method in class CMSMenu
Remove menu item by class name.
- CMSMenu::replace_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Replace a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
- $ LeftAndMain#required_permission_codes — Property in class LeftAndMain
Codes which are required from the current user to view this controller.
- LeftAndMain::redirect() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Overloaded redirection logic to trigger a fake redirect on ajax requests.
- SecurityAdmin::roles() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
- DeleteAssets::run() — Method in class DeleteAssets
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- RemoteFileModalExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Extensions
Decorates ModalController with an insert-oembed modal
- RemoteFileModalExtension::remoteCreateForm() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
Form for creating a new OEmbed object in the WYSIWYG, used by the InsertEmbedModal component
- RemoteFileModalExtension::remoteEditForm() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
Form for editing a OEmbed object in the WYSIWYG, used by the InsertEmbedModal component
- RemoteFileModalExtension::remoteEditFormSchema() — Method in class RemoteFileModalExtension
Capture the schema handling process, as there is validation done to the URL provided before form is generated
- RemoteFileFormFactory — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
- CreateFileMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
- CreateFolderMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
- DeleteFileMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
- FileInputTypeCreator::resolveField() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
- FileInterfaceTypeCreator::resolveType() — Method in class FileInterfaceTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveTypeField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveCategoryField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveUrlField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveSizeField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveSmallThumbnailField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveThumbnailField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveDraftField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolvePublishedField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveModifiedField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveInUseCountField() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveThumbnailFieldGraceful() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::resolveSmallThumbnailFieldGraceful() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FolderInputTypeCreator::resolveField() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator::resolveChildrenConnection() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator::resolveFilesInUseCountField() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- FolderTypeCreator::resolveParentsField() — Method in class FolderTypeCreator
- MoveFilesMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
- PublicationMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
- PublicationNoticeType::resolveField() — Method in class PublicationNoticeType
- ReadFileQueryCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- ReadFileQueryCreator::resolveConnection() — Method in class ReadFileQueryCreator
- ReadFileUsageQueryCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
GraphQL Query to retrieve usage count for files and folders on GraphQL request.
- ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::resolve() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
- UpdateFileMutationCreator::resolve() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
- ImageThumbnailHelper::run() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper
- FileMigrationHelper::run() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper
Perform migration
- InterventionBackendCacheFlushTask::run() — Method in class InterventionBackendCacheFlushTask
- LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper::run() — Method in class LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper
Perform migration
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::run() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
Perform migration
- TagsToShortcodeHelper::run() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
- TagsToShortcodeTask::run() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeTask
- VersionedFilesMigrationTask::run() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrationTask
- TestAssetStore::reset() — Method in class TestAssetStore
Reset defaults for this store
- TestAssetStore::removeVariant() — Method in class TestAssetStore
- File::RelativeLink() — Method in class File
- File::renameFile() — Method in class File
Rename this file.
- File::revokeFile() — Method in class File
Revoke access to the given file for the current user.
- File::reset() — Method in class File
Reset all global caches associated with DataObject.
- $ FileNameFilter#replacements — Property in class FileNameFilter
- Filesystem::removeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
Remove a directory and all subdirectories and files.
- Filesystem::remove_folder_if_empty() — Method in class Filesystem
Remove a directory, but only if it is empty.
- $ FlysystemAssetStore#redirect_response_code — Property in class FlysystemAssetStore
Define the HTTP Response code for request that should be temporarily redirected to a different URL. Defaults to 302.
- FlysystemAssetStore::rename() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Rename a file (and all variants) to a new filename
- FlysystemAssetStore::revoke() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Revoke access to the given file for the current user.
- GeneratedAssets::removeContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Remove any content under the given file.
- ImageManipulation::Resampled() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Forces the image to be resampled, if possible
- ImageManipulation::ResizedImage() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.
- Image_Backend::resize() — Method in class Image_Backend
Resize an image, skewing it as necessary.
- Image_Backend::resizeRatio() — Method in class Image_Backend
Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio. By default, it will keep the image inside the maxWidth and maxHeight. Passing useAsMinimum will make the smaller dimension equal to the maximum corresponding dimension
- Image_Backend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class Image_Backend
Resize an image by width. Preserves aspect ratio.
- Image_Backend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class Image_Backend
Resize an image by height. Preserves aspect ratio.
- InterventionBackend::resize() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Resize an image, skewing it as necessary.
- InterventionBackend::resizeRatio() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio. By default, it will keep the image inside the maxWidth and maxHeight. Passing useAsMinimum will make the smaller dimension equal to the maximum corresponding dimension
- InterventionBackend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Resize an image by width. Preserves aspect ratio.
- InterventionBackend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Resize an image by height. Preserves aspect ratio.
- ImageShortcodeProvider::regenerate_shortcode() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
Regenerates "[image id=n]" shortcode with new src attribute prior to being edited within the CMS.
- ImageShortcodeProvider::regenerate_html_links() — Method in class ImageShortcodeProvider
Helper method to regenerate all shortcode links.
- AssetContainer::renameFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Rename to new filename, and point to new file
- AssetContainer::revokeFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Revoke access to the given file for the current user.
- AssetStore::rename() — Method in class AssetStore
Rename a file (and all variants) to a new filename
- AssetStore::revoke() — Method in class AssetStore
Revoke access to the given file for the current user.
- DBFile::revokeFile() — Method in class DBFile
Revoke access to the given file for the current user.
- DBFile::renameFile() — Method in class DBFile
Rename to new filename, and point to new file
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::rewind() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
- GeneratedAssetHandler::removeContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler
Remove any content under the given file.
- CMSBatchAction_Archive::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Publish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Restore::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
Run this action for the given set of pages.
- CMSMain::revert() — Method in class CMSMain
Reverts a page by publishing it to live.
- CMSMain::rollback() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::restore() — Method in class CMSMain
Restore a completely deleted page from the SiteTree_versions table.
- RootURLController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- RootURLController::reset() — Method in class RootURLController
Resets the cached homepage link value - useful for testing.
- RedirectorPage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
A redirector page redirects when the page is visited.
- $ RedirectorPage#RedirectionType — Property in class RedirectorPage
Either 'Internal' or 'External'
- RedirectorPage::regularLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the normal link directly to this page. Once you visit this link, a 30x redirection will take you to your final destination.
- RedirectorPage::redirectionLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the link that we should redirect to.
- RedirectorPageController — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Controller for the {@link RedirectorPage}.
- $ SiteTree#ReportClass — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::RelativeLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object relative to the SilverStripe root.
- SiteTree::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteTree
Add default records to database.
- SiteTree::reset() — Method in class SiteTree
Clear the permissions cache for SiteTree
- RecentlyEditedReport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Reports
- ContentControllerSearchExtension::results() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
Process and render search results.
- MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask::run() — Method in class MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Tasks
Identify "orphaned" pages which point to a parent that no longer exists in a specific stage.
- RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::run() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
- CampaignAdmin::readCampaigns() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
REST endpoint to get a list of campaigns.
- CampaignAdmin::readCampaign() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
REST endpoint to get a campaign.
- CampaignAdmin::removeCampaignItem() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
REST endpoint to delete a campaign item.
- DeltaConfigCollection::remove() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Remove config for a given class, or field on that class
- DeltaConfigCollection::removeAll() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Delete all entries
- MemoryConfigCollection::remove() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Remove config for a given class, or field on that class
- MemoryConfigCollection::removeAll() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Delete all entries
- MutableConfigCollectionInterface::remove() — Method in class MutableConfigCollectionInterface
Remove config for a given class, or field on that class
- MutableConfigCollectionInterface::removeAll() — Method in class MutableConfigCollectionInterface
Delete all entries
- Controller::removeAction() — Method in class Controller
Removes all the "action" part of the current URL and returns the result. If no action parameter is present, returns the full URL.
- Controller::render() — Method in class Controller
Render the current controller with the templates determined by {@link getViewer()}.
- Controller::redirect() — Method in class Controller
Redirect to the given URL.
- Controller::redirectedTo() — Method in class Controller
Tests whether a redirection has been requested. If redirect() has been called, it will return the URL redirected to. Otherwise, it will return null.
- $ Cookie#report_errors — Property in class Cookie
- $ Director#rules — Property in class Director
- Email::removeData() — Method in class Email
Remove a datum from the message
- Email::render() — Method in class Email
Render the email
- HTTP::RAW_setGetVar() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_modification_date() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_modification_timestamp() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTP::register_etag() — Method in class HTTP
- HTTPRequest::requestVars() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns all combined HTTP GET and POST parameters passed into this request. If a parameter with the same name exists in both arrays, the POST value is returned.
- HTTPRequest::requestVar() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::removeHeader() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Remove an existing HTTP header by its name, e.g. "Content-Type".
- HTTPRequest::routeParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::remaining() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Returns the unparsed part of the original URL separated by commas. This is used by {@link RequestHandler->handleRequest()} to determine if further URL processing is necessary.
- HTTPResponse::removeHeader() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Remove an existing HTTP header by its name, e.g. "Content-Type".
- HTTPResponse::redirect() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- Rule — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A rule for checking whether we need to protect a Request
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::registerModificationDate() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Register a modification date. Used to calculate the "Last-Modified" HTTP header.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::removeStateDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Low level method for removing directives
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::reset() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Reset registered http cache control and force a fresh instance to be built
- RateLimitMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Decorates a request handler with the HTTP Middleware pattern
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::respond() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
Out of the box, the handler "CurrentForm" value, which will return the rendered form.
- RSSFeed — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\RSS
RSSFeed class
- RSSFeed_Entry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\RSS
RSSFeed_Entry class
- RSSFeed_Entry::rssField() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Return the safely casted field
- RequestFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
A request filter is an object that's executed before and after a request occurs. By returning 'false' from the preRequest method, request execution will be stopped from continuing
- RequestHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
This class is the base class of any SilverStripe object that can be used to handle HTTP requests.
- RequestHandler::redirect() — Method in class RequestHandler
Redirect to the given URL.
- RequestHandler::redirectBack() — Method in class RequestHandler
Redirect back. Uses either the HTTP-Referer or a manually set request-variable called "BackURL".
- RequestProcessor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Middleware that provides back-support for the deprecated RequestFilter API.
- Session::restart() — Method in class Session
Destroy existing session and restart
- Session::requestContainsSessionId() — Method in class Session
- RateLimiter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Cache
- ClassInfo::reset_db_cache() — Method in class ClassInfo
- Config_ForClass::remove() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Remove the given config key
- Convert::raw2att() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an XML attribute.
- Convert::raw2htmlatt() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML attribute.
- Convert::raw2htmlname() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non supported characters with a space.
- Convert::raw2htmlid() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non supported characters with an underscore.
- Convert::raw2xml() — Method in class Convert
Ensure that text is properly escaped for XML.
- Convert::raw2js() — Method in class Convert
Ensure that text is properly escaped for Javascript.
- Convert::raw2json() — Method in class Convert
Encode a value as a JSON encoded string. You can optionally pass a bitmask of JSON constants as options through to the encode function.
- Convert::raw2sql() — Method in class Convert
Safely encodes a value (or list of values) using the current database's safe string encoding method
- Convert::raw2mailto() — Method in class Convert
There are no real specifications on correctly encoding mailto-links, but this seems to be compatible with most of the user-agents.
- Convert::raw2url() — Method in class Convert
Convert a string (normally a title) to a string suitable for using in urls and other html attributes. Uses {@link URLSegmentFilter}.
- Extensible::remove_extension() — Method in class Extensible
Remove an extension from a class.
- Injector::registerService() — Method in class Injector
Register a service object with an optional name to register it as the service for
- ClassContentRemover::remove_class_content() — Method in class ClassContentRemover
- ClassLoader::registerAutoloader() — Method in class ClassLoader
- ClassManifest::regenerate() — Method in class ClassManifest
Completely regenerates the manifest file.
- ClassManifestVisitor::resetState() — Method in class ClassManifestVisitor
- ModuleManifest::regenerate() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Completely regenerates the manifest file. Scans through finding all php _config.php and yaml _config/*.ya?ml files,parses the yaml files into fragments, sorts them and figures out what values need to be checked to pick the correct variant.
- ModuleResourceLoader::resolvePath() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Convert a file of the form "vendor/package:resource" into a BASE_PATH-relative file For other files, return original value
- ModuleResourceLoader::resolveURL() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Resolves resource specifier to the given url.
- ModuleResourceLoader::resourcePath() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Template wrapper for resolvePath
- ModuleResourceLoader::resourceURL() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Template wrapper for resolveURL
- ModuleResourceLoader::resolveResource() — Method in class ModuleResourceLoader
Return module resource for the given path, if specified as one.
- ResourceURLGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
Generate URLs for client-side assets and perform any preparation of those assets needed.
- Resettable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Represents a class with a local cache which normally invalidates itself between requests.
- Resettable::reset() — Method in class Resettable
Reset the local cache of this object
- RequestFlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
The default flush discovery implementation
- BuildTask::run() — Method in class BuildTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
- $ BulkLoader#relationCallbacks — Property in class BulkLoader
Find a has_one relation based on a specific column value.
- CSVParser::rewind() — Method in class CSVParser
- CliDebugView::renderHeader() — Method in class CliDebugView
Render HTML header for development views
- CliDebugView::renderFooter() — Method in class CliDebugView
Render HTML footer for development views
- CliDebugView::renderError() — Method in class CliDebugView
Write information about the error to the screen
- CliDebugView::renderSourceFragment() — Method in class CliDebugView
Write a fragment of the a source file
- CliDebugView::renderTrace() — Method in class CliDebugView
Write a backtrace
- CliDebugView::renderParagraph() — Method in class CliDebugView
Render an arbitrary paragraph.
- CliDebugView::renderInfo() — Method in class CliDebugView
Render the information header for the view
- CliDebugView::renderVariable() — Method in class CliDebugView
Outputs a variable in a user presentable way
- CliDebugView::renderMessage() — Method in class CliDebugView
- Debug::require_developer_login() — Method in class Debug
Check if the user has permissions to run URL debug tools, else redirect them to log in.
- DebugView::renderHeader() — Method in class DebugView
Render HTML header for development views
- DebugView::renderInfo() — Method in class DebugView
Render the information header for the view
- DebugView::renderFooter() — Method in class DebugView
Render HTML footer for development views
- DebugView::renderError() — Method in class DebugView
Render an error.
- DebugView::renderSourceFragment() — Method in class DebugView
Render a fragment of the a source file
- DebugView::renderTrace() — Method in class DebugView
Render a call track
- DebugView::renderParagraph() — Method in class DebugView
Render an arbitrary paragraph.
- DebugView::renderVariable() — Method in class DebugView
Outputs a variable in a user presentable way
- DebugView::renderMessage() — Method in class DebugView
- Deprecation::restore_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
Method for when testing. Restore all the current version settings from a variable
- DevelopmentAdmin::runRegisteredController() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- FixtureBlueprint::removeCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::register() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Add new adapter to the registry
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database server exists.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Check database version is greater than the minimum supported
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database, or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
- DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database server exists.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the MySQL server version is at least 5.0.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database, or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
- MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
- MigrationTask::run() — Method in class MigrationTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
- SapphireTest::resetDBSchema() — Method in class SapphireTest
Reset the testing database's schema, but only if it is active
- TaskRunner::runTask() — Method in class TaskRunner
Runs a BuildTask
- CleanupTestDatabasesTask::run() — Method in class CleanupTestDatabasesTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
- FixFolderPermissionsHelper::run() — Method in class FixFolderPermissionsHelper
- MigrateFileTask::run() — Method in class MigrateFileTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
- i18nTextCollectorTask::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
This is the main method to build the master string tables with the original strings.
- TestKernel::reset() — Method in class TestKernel
Reset kernel between tests.
- ErrorPage::response_for() — Method in class ErrorPage
- ErrorPageExtension::responseFor() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Get a {@link HTTPResponse} to response to a HTTP error code if an {@link ErrorPage} for that code is present. First tries to serve it through the standard SilverStripe request method. Falls back to a static file generated when the user hit's save and publish in the CMS
- ErrorPageExtension::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Ensures that there is always a 404 page by checking if there's an instance of ErrorPage with a 404 and 500 error code. If there is not, one is created when the DB is built.
- CompositeField::removeByName() — Method in class CompositeField
Remove a field from this CompositeField by Name.
- CompositeField::replaceField() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::rootFieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#requireStrongPassword — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Enforces at least one digit and one alphanumeric character (in addition to {$minLength} and {$maxLength}
- FieldList::recursiveWalk() — Method in class FieldList
Iterate over each field in the current list recursively
- FieldList::removeFieldFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
Remove the given field from the given tab in the field.
- FieldList::removeFieldsFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
Removes a number of fields from a Tab/TabSet within this FieldList.
- FieldList::removeByName() — Method in class FieldList
Remove a field or fields from this FieldList by Name.
- FieldList::replaceField() — Method in class FieldList
Replace a single field with another. Ignores dataless fields such as Tabs and TabSets
- FieldList::renameField() — Method in class FieldList
Rename the title of a particular field name in this set.
- FieldList::rootFieldList() — Method in class FieldList
Returns the root field set that this belongs to
- $ FileUploadReceiver#relationAutoSetting — Property in class FileUploadReceiver
Flag to automatically determine and save a has_one-relationship on the saved record (e.g. a "Player" has_one "PlayerImage" would trigger saving the ID of newly created file into "PlayerImageID" on the record).
- Form::restoreFormState() — Method in class Form
Load form state from session state
- Form::renderWithoutActionButton() — Method in class Form
Render this form using the given template, and return the result as a string You can pass either an SSViewer or a template name
- Form::removeExtraClass() — Method in class Form
Remove a CSS-class from the form-container. Multiple class names can be passed through as a space delimited string
- FormField::RightTitle() — Method in class FormField
Gets the contextual label than can be used for additional field description.
- FormField::removeExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
Remove one or more CSS-classes from the FormField container.
- FormField::Required() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::rootFieldList() — Method in class FormField
- FormRequestHandler::redirectBackToForm() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Redirect back to this form with an added #anchor link
- $ FormScaffolder#restrictFields — Property in class FormScaffolder
- GridFieldConfig::removeComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig::removeComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldEditButton::removeExtraClass() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Remove an HTML class
- $ GridFieldPageCount#require_paginator — Property in class GridFieldPageCount
Flag indicating whether or not this control should throw an error if a {@link GridFieldPaginator} is not present on the same {@link GridField}
- TinyMCEConfig::removeButtons() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Remove the first occurance of buttons
- ReadonlyField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Read-only field to display a non-editable value with a label.
- ReadonlyTransformation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Transformation that will turn a form into a readonly version of itself
- RequiredFields — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Required Fields allows you to set which fields need to be present before submitting the form. Submit an array of arguments or each field as a separate argument.
- RequiredFields::removeValidation() — Method in class RequiredFields
Clears all the validation from this object.
- RequiredFields::removeRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
Removes a required field
- Validator::removeValidation() — Method in class Validator
- Handler::requireAuthentication() — Method in class Handler
If required, enforce authentication for non-session authenticated requests. The Member returned from the authentication method will returned for use in the OperationResolver context.
- DevelopmentAdmin::runRegisteredController() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
- QueryRecorderExtension::recordClasses() — Method in class QueryRecorderExtension
Create a new nesting level, record all classes queried during the callback, and unnest.
- RequestIDProcessor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
- RequestProcessor — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
Implementations of query persistence must use this interface. At a minimum, they must be able to fetch a query given an ID.
- RequestContextProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
- Collection::removeClass() — Method in class Collection
- Collection::removeFile() — Method in class Collection
- Registry — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
Frontend for creating a cached registry instance based on all the qualifying subclasses.
- RegistryBackend — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\BulkLoader
The instance of the registry, as composed by the Registry frontend
- AbstractTypeResolver::resolveType() — Method in class AbstractTypeResolver
- CreateCreator::resolve() — Method in class CreateCreator
- DeleteCreator::resolve() — Method in class DeleteCreator
- DBDateArgs::resolve() — Method in class DBDateArgs
- DBHTMLTextArgs::resolve() — Method in class DBHTMLTextArgs
- DBTextArgs::resolve() — Method in class DBTextArgs
- DBTimeArgs::resolve() — Method in class DBTimeArgs
- DBFieldTypes::resolveComposite() — Method in class DBFieldTypes
- $ Paginator#resolver — Property in class Paginator
- ScalarDBField::resolve() — Method in class ScalarDBField
- ReadCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates a read operation for a DataObject
- ReadCreator::resolve() — Method in class ReadCreator
- ReadOneCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates a readOne query for a DataObject
- Resolver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Generic resolver for DataObjects
- Resolver::resolve() — Method in class Resolver
- UpdateCreator::resolve() — Method in class UpdateCreator
- ResolverFailure — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
Captures a failure that happened within a resolver. Designed to add context to the failure, as a chain of closures in a nested query can be very hard to debug.
- $ PaginationPlugin#resolver — Property in class PaginationPlugin
- PluginConsumer::removePlugin() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- $ SortPlugin#resolver — Property in class SortPlugin
- ResolverReference — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Resolver
A uniform way of referring to a resolver callable. Normalises the string/array variants
- Schema::removeType() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeEnum() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeScalar() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeModelByClassName() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeModel() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeInterface() — Method in class Schema
- Schema::removeUnion() — Method in class Schema
- SchemaTranscriber::removeSchemaFromFilesystem() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
- Enum::removeValue() — Method in class Enum
- ModelType::removeOperation() — Method in class ModelType
- Type::removeField() — Method in class Type
- ArrayList::remove() — Method in class ArrayList
Remove this item from this list
- ArrayList::replace() — Method in class ArrayList
Replaces an item in this list with another item.
- ArrayList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class ArrayList
Removes items from this list which have a duplicate value for a certain field. This is especially useful when combining lists.
- ArrayList::reverse() — Method in class ArrayList
Reverses an {@link ArrayList}
- DBSchemaManager::requireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::requireIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::requireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DBSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Rename a table.
- DBSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Change the database column name of the given field.
- Database::releaseLock() — Method in class Database
Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run (if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
- Database::random() — Method in class Database
Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
- MySQLDatabase::releaseLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run (if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
- MySQLDatabase::random() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
- MySQLSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Renames a table
- MySQLSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Change the database column name of the given field.
- PDOStatementHandle::rowCount() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement (PDOStatement::rowCount)
- Query::record() — Method in class Query
Returns the first record in the result
- TempDatabase::rollbackTransaction() — Method in class TempDatabase
Rollback a transaction (or trash all data if the DB doesn't support databases
- TempDatabase::resetDBSchema() — Method in class TempDatabase
Reset the testing database's schema.
- DB::require_table() — Method in class DB
Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DB::require_field() — Method in class DB
Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DB::require_index() — Method in class DB
Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
- DataExtension::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataList::relation() — Method in class DataList
Returns a HasManyList or ManyMany list representing the querying of a relation across all objects in this data list. For it to work, the relation must be defined on the data class that you used to create this DataList.
- DataList::removeMany() — Method in class DataList
Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
- DataList::removeByFilter() — Method in class DataList
Remove every element in this DataList matching the given $filter.
- DataList::removeAll() — Method in class DataList
Remove every element in this DataList.
- DataList::remove() — Method in class DataList
Remove this item by deleting it
- DataList::removeByID() — Method in class DataList
Remove an item from this DataList by ID
- DataList::reverse() — Method in class DataList
Reverses a list of items.
- DataObject::relObject() — Method in class DataObject
Traverses to a DBField referenced by relationships between data objects.
- DataObject::relField() — Method in class DataObject
Traverses to a field referenced by relationships between data objects, returning the value The path to the related field is specified with dot separated syntax (eg: Parent.Child.Child.FieldName)
- DataObject::reset() — Method in class DataObject
Reset all global caches associated with DataObject.
- DataObject::requireTable() — Method in class DataObject
Check the database schema and update it as necessary.
- DataObject::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataObject
Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
- DataObjectSchema::reset() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Clear cached table names
- DataQuery::removeFilterOn() — Method in class DataQuery
Remove a filter from the query
- DataQuery::reverseSort() — Method in class DataQuery
Reverse order by clause
- DBBigInt::requireField() — Method in class DBBigInt
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBBoolean::requireField() — Method in class DBBoolean
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBClassName::requireField() — Method in class DBClassName
- DBComposite::requireField() — Method in class DBComposite
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBDate::RangeString() — Method in class DBDate
Return a string in the form "12 - 16 Sept" or "12 Aug - 16 Sept"
- DBDate::Rfc822() — Method in class DBDate
Return string in RFC822 format
- DBDate::Rfc2822() — Method in class DBDate
Return date in RFC2822 format
- DBDate::Rfc3339() — Method in class DBDate
Date in RFC3339 format
- DBDate::requireField() — Method in class DBDate
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBDatetime::requireField() — Method in class DBDatetime
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBDecimal::requireField() — Method in class DBDecimal
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBDouble::requireField() — Method in class DBDouble
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBEnum::requireField() — Method in class DBEnum
- DBField::RAWURLATT() — Method in class DBField
rawurlencode this string
- DBField::RAW() — Method in class DBField
Gets the raw value for this field.
- DBField::requireField() — Method in class DBField
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBFloat::requireField() — Method in class DBFloat
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBFloat::Round() — Method in class DBFloat
- DBHTMLText::RAW() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Gets the raw value for this field.
- DBHTMLVarchar::RAW() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Gets the raw value for this field.
- DBInt::requireField() — Method in class DBInt
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBLocale::RFC1766() — Method in class DBLocale
- DBMultiEnum::requireField() — Method in class DBMultiEnum
- DBPrimaryKey::requireField() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBText::requireField() — Method in class DBText
(non-PHPdoc)
- DBTime::requireField() — Method in class DBTime
Add the field to the underlying database.
- DBVarchar::requireField() — Method in class DBVarchar
(non-PHPdoc)
- DBVarchar::RTF() — Method in class DBVarchar
Return the value of the field in rich text format
- DBYear::requireField() — Method in class DBYear
Add the field to the underlying database.
- HasManyList::removeByID() — Method in class HasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
- HasManyList::remove() — Method in class HasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
- MarkedSet::renderChildren() — Method in class MarkedSet
Returns the children of this DataObject as an XHTML UL. This will be called recursively on each child, so if they have children they will be displayed as a UL inside a LI.
- ListDecorator::remove() — Method in class ListDecorator
Removes an item from the list.
- ListDecorator::reverse() — Method in class ListDecorator
Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
- ManyManyList::remove() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyList::removeByID() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyList::removeAll() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items, filter it first.
- ManyManyThroughList::remove() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyThroughList::removeByID() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Remove the given item from this list.
- ManyManyThroughList::removeAll() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Remove every element in this DataList.
- PolymorphicHasManyList::remove() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
- SQLExpression::replaceText() — Method in class SQLExpression
Swap some text in the SQL query with another.
- SQLExpression::renameTable() — Method in class SQLExpression
Swap the use of one table with another.
- SQLSelect::reverseOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Reverses the order by clause by replacing ASC or DESC references in the current order by with it's corollary.
- Relation — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Abstract representation of a DB relation field, either saved or in memory
- Relation::relation() — Method in class Relation
- RelationList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A DataList that represents a relation.
- SS_List::remove() — Method in class SS_List
Removes an item from the list.
- SearchContext::removeFilterByName() — Method in class SearchContext
Removes a filter by name.
- SearchContext::removeFieldByName() — Method in class SearchContext
Removes an existing formfield instance by its name.
- Sortable::reverse() — Method in class Sortable
Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
- UnsavedRelationList::removeAll() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Remove all items from this relation.
- UnsavedRelationList::removeMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
- UnsavedRelationList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Removes items from this list which are equal.
- UnsavedRelationList::relation() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
- Report — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Reports
Base "abstract" class creating reports on your data.
- Report::records() — Method in class Report
Return a SS_List records for this report.
- ReportAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Reports
Reports section of the CMS.
- ReportAdmin::Reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Return a SS_List of SS_Report subclasses that are available for use.
- ReportWrapper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Reports
SS_ReportWrapper is a base class for creating report wappers.
- BasicAuth::requireLogin() — Method in class BasicAuth
Require basic authentication. Will request a username and password if none is given.
- $ CMSSecurity#reauth_enabled — Property in class CMSSecurity
Enable in-cms reauthentication
- Group::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Group
Add default records to database.
- Group::Roles() — Method in class Group
List of PermissionRoles
- Member::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Member
Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
- Member::regenerateTempID() — Method in class Member
Trigger regeneration of TempID.
- Member::removeFromGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
Removes a member from a group.
- Member::registerFailedLogin() — Method in class Member
Tell this member that someone made a failed attempt at logging in as them.
- Member::registerSuccessfulLogin() — Method in class Member
Tell this member that a successful login has been made
- Member::RememberLoginHashes() — Method in class Member
- CMSLoginHandler::redirectBackToForm() — Method in class CMSLoginHandler
- ChangePasswordHandler::redirectBackToForm() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
Something went wrong, go back to the changepassword
- LostPasswordHandler::redirectToLostPassword() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
Redirect to password recovery form
- $ MemberLoginForm#required_fields — Property in class MemberLoginForm
Required fields for validation
- MemberLoginForm::restoreFormState() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Load form state from session state
- Member_GroupSet::removeAll() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items, filter it first.
- Permission::reset() — Method in class Permission
Flush the permission cache, for example if you have edited group membership or a permission record.
- PermissionRoleCode::Role() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
- RandomGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Convenience class for generating cryptographically secure pseudo-random strings/tokens
- RandomGenerator::randomToken() — Method in class RandomGenerator
Generates a random token that can be used for session IDs, CSRF tokens etc., based on hash algorithms.
- RememberLoginHash — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Persists a token associated with a device for users who opted for the "Remember Me" feature when logging in.
- RememberLoginHash::renew() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
Generates a new hash for this member but keeps the device ID intact
- RequestAuthenticationHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Core authentication handler / store
- $ Security#remember_username — Property in class Security
Determine if login username may be remembered between login sessions If set to false this will disable auto-complete and prevent username persisting in the session
- $ Security#robots_tag — Property in class Security
Value of the X-Robots-Tag header (for the Security section)
- SecurityToken::reset() — Method in class SecurityToken
Reset the token to a new value.
- $ SiteConfig#required_permission — Property in class SiteConfig
Default permission to check for 'LoggedInUsers' to create or edit pages
- SiteConfig::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteConfig
Setup a default SiteConfig record if none exists.
- $ DataObjectVersionFormFactory#readonly_types — Property in class DataObjectVersionFormFactory
Define context types that will automatically be converted to readonly forms
- ProxyCacheAdapter::reset() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- $ ChangeSet#required_permission — Property in class ChangeSet
Default permission to require for publishers.
- ChangeSet::removeObject() — Method in class ChangeSet
Remove an item from this changeset. Will automatically remove all changes which own (and thus depend on) the removed item.
- ChangeSetItem::revert() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Reverts this item, then close it. *
- ChangeSetItem::ReferencedBy() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
List of explicit items that require this change
- ChangeSetItem::References() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
List of implicit items required by this change
- ReadExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
Decorator for either a Read or ReadOne query scaffolder
- PublishOperation::resolve() — Method in class PublishOperation
- ReadVersions — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations
Scaffolds a generic read operation for DataObjects.
- ReadVersions::resolve() — Method in class ReadVersions
- Rollback — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations
Scaffolds a "rollback recursive" operation for DataObjects.
- Rollback::resolve() — Method in class Rollback
Invoked by the Executor class to resolve this mutation / query
- ReadingMode — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Converter helpers for versioned args
- RecursivePublishable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Provides owns / owned_by and recursive publishing API for all objects.
- RecursivePublishableHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Provides recursive publishable behaviour for LeftAndMain and GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- RestoreAction — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Generic restore action to restore an archived item to draft
- RestoreAction::restore() — Method in class RestoreAction
Returns a message which notifies the user of a successful restoration and if anything has changed
- Versioned::reset() — Method in class Versioned
Reset static configuration variables to their default values.
- Versioned::reading_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
Set the reading archive date.
- Versioned::rollbackRecursive() — Method in class Versioned
Recursively rollback draft to the given version. This will also rollback any owned objects at that point in time to the same date. Objects which didn't exist (or weren't attached) to the record at the target point in time will be "unlinked", which dis-associates the record without requiring a hard deletion.
- Versioned::rollbackSingle() — Method in class Versioned
Rollback draft to a given version
- RequirementsTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Dev
Resets requirements for test state
- ShortcodeParser::register() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Register a shortcode, and attach it to a PHP callback.
- ShortcodeParser::registered() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Check if a shortcode has been registered.
- $ URLSegmentFilter#replacements — Property in class URLSegmentFilter
- Requirements — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Requirements tracker for JavaScript and CSS.
- Requirements::restore() — Method in class Requirements
Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
- Requirements_Backend — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
- Requirements_Backend::restore() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
- Requirements_Minifier — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Provides an abstract interface for minifying content
- SSTemplateParser::Require_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- $ SSViewer#rewrite_hash_links — Property in class SSViewer
Set if hash links should be rewritten
- SSViewer_Scope::resetLocalScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Reset the local scope - restores saved state to the "global" item stack. Typically called after a lookup chain has been completed
- ThemeManifest::regenerate() — Method in class ThemeManifest
Regenerates the manifest by scanning the base path.
- ViewableData::renderWith() — Method in class ViewableData
Render this object into the template, and get the result as a string. You can pass one of the following as the $template parameter:
- a template name (e.g. Page)
- an array of possible template names - the first valid one will be used
- an SSViewer instance
- IntlLocales::reset() — Method in class IntlLocales
Reset the local cache of this object
- Sources::reset() — Method in class Sources
Reset the local cache of this object
- Reader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages
Message reader. Inverse of Writer
- Reader::read() — Method in class Reader
Get messages from this locale
- YamlReader::read() — Method in class YamlReader
Get messages from this locale
- i18nTextCollector::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
This is the main method to build the master string tables with the original strings. It will search for existent modules that use the i18n feature, parse the _t() calls and write the resultant files in the lang folder of each module.
S
- CMSMenuItem::setAttributes() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
- CMSProfileController::save() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Save handler
- UsedOnTable::setRecord() — Method in class UsedOnTable
- $ LeftAndMain#session_namespace — Property in class LeftAndMain
Namespace for session info, e.g. current record.
- $ LeftAndMain#session_keepalive_ping — Property in class LeftAndMain
If true, call a keepalive ping every 5 minutes from the CMS interface, to ensure that the session never dies.
- $ LeftAndMain#section_name — Property in class LeftAndMain
The configuration passed to the supporting JS for each CMS section includes a 'name' key that by default matches the FQCN of the current class. This setting allows you to change the key if necessary (for example, if you are overloading CMSMain or another core class and want to keep the core JS - which depends on the core class names - functioning, you would need to set this to the FQCN of the class you are overloading).
- LeftAndMain::setFormSchema() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Set form schema helper for this controller
- LeftAndMain::schema() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Gets a JSON schema representing the current edit form.
- LeftAndMain::ShowSwitchView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
If this is set to true, the "switchView" context in the template is shown, with links to the staging and publish site.
- LeftAndMain::show() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::save() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Save handler
- LeftAndMain::setCurrentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Forces the current page to be set in session, which can be retrieved later through {@link currentPageID()}.
- LeftAndMain::SwitchView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::SiteConfig() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- LeftAndMain::SectionTitle() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the title of the current section. Either this is pulled from the current panel's menu_title or from the first active menu
- LeftAndMain::setVersionProvider() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Set the SilverStripe version provider to use
- LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::setIsFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse
- MemberImportForm::setGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
- $ ModelAdmin#showImportForm — Property in class ModelAdmin
Change this variable if you don't want the Import from CSV form to appear.
- $ ModelAdmin#showSearchForm — Property in class ModelAdmin
Change this variable if you don't want the gridfield search to appear.
- ModelAdmin::SearchSummary() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Gets a list of fields that have been searched
- ModelAdmin::SearchForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Returns the search form
- SecurityAdmin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin
Security section of the CMS
- AssetAdmin::schema() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Gets a JSON schema representing the current edit form.
- AssetAdmin::save() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdmin::setThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- HistoryListField::setRecord() — Method in class HistoryListField
- PreviewImageField::setRecordID() — Method in class PreviewImageField
- UploadField::setIsMultiUpload() — Method in class UploadField
Set upload type to multiple or single
- UploadField::setAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField
Sets the number of files allowed for this field
- UploadField::setUploadEnabled() — Method in class UploadField
Set if uploading files is enabled
- UploadField::setAttachEnabled() — Method in class UploadField
Set if attaching files is enabled
- FileTypeCreator::setThumbnailGenerator() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- Notice::setType() — Method in class Notice
- Notice::setIDs() — Method in class Notice
- Notice::setMessage() — Method in class Notice
- ImageThumbnailHelper::setLogger() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper
- ImageThumbnailHelper::setMaxImageFileSize() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper
Set the maximum file size for which thumbnails will be generated. Set to
0
to disable the limit.- ThumbnailGenerator::setGenerates() — Method in class ThumbnailGenerator
- FileMigrationHelper::setLogger() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper
- LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper::setLogger() — Method in class LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::setLogger() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
- TagsToShortcodeHelper::setLogger() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
- $ TestAssetStore#seekable_override — Property in class TestAssetStore
Set to true|false to override all isSeekableStream calls
- VersionedFilesMigrator::setFinder() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
- $ File#singular_name — Property in class File
- $ File#ShowInSearch — Property in class File
Boolean that indicates if file is shown in search. Doesn't apply to Folders
- File::setFilename() — Method in class File
Update the ParentID and Name for the given filename.
- File::set_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
See {@link get_class_for_file_extension()}.
- File::setFromLocalFile() — Method in class File
Assign a local file to the backend.
- File::setFromStream() — Method in class File
Assign a stream to the backend
- File::setFromString() — Method in class File
Assign a set of data to the backend
- FileFinder::setOption() — Method in class FileFinder
Set an option on this finder instance. See {@link SS_FileFinder} for the list of options available.
- FileFinder::setOptions() — Method in class FileFinder
Sets several options at once.
- FileNameFilter::setReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
Take care not to add replacements which might invalidate the file structure, e.g. removing dots will remove file extension information.
- FileNameFilter::setTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
- $ AssetAdapter#server_configuration — Property in class AssetAdapter
Server specific configuration necessary to block http traffic to a local folder
- FlysystemAssetStore::setPublicFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Assign new flysystem backend
- FlysystemAssetStore::setProtectedFilesystem() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Assign filesystem to use for non-public files
- FlysystemAssetStore::setFromLocalFile() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Assign a local file to the backend.
- FlysystemAssetStore::setFromString() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Assign a set of data to the backend
- FlysystemAssetStore::setFromStream() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Assign a stream to the backend
- FlysystemAssetStore::swapPublish() — Method in class FlysystemAssetStore
Similar to publish, only any existing files that would be overriden by publishing will be moved back to the protected store.
- GeneratedAssets::setFilesystem() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Assign the asset backend. This must be a filesystem with an adapter of type {see PublicAdapter}.
- GeneratedAssets::setContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssets
Update content with new value
- $ ProtectedAssetAdapter#secure_folder — Property in class ProtectedAssetAdapter
Name of default folder to save secure assets in under ASSETS_PATH.
- $ PublicAssetAdapter#server_configuration — Property in class PublicAssetAdapter
Server specific configuration necessary to block http traffic to a local folder
- Folder::setTitle() — Method in class Folder
Override setting the Title of Folders to that Name and Title are always in sync.
- Folder::StripThumbnail() — Method in class Folder
Generates a thumbnail for use in the gridfield view
- $ Image#singular_name — Property in class Image
- $ ImageManipulation#strip_thumbnail_width — Property in class ImageManipulation
- $ ImageManipulation#strip_thumbnail_height — Property in class ImageManipulation
- ImageManipulation::setAllowGeneration() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Set whether image resizes are allowed
- ImageManipulation::ScaleWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Scale image proportionally by width. Use in templates with $ScaleWidth.
- ImageManipulation::ScaleMaxWidth() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider than the specified width.
- ImageManipulation::ScaleHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Scale image proportionally by height. Use in templates with $ScaleHeight.
- ImageManipulation::ScaleMaxHeight() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Proportionally scale down this image if it is taller than the specified height.
- ImageManipulation::StripThumbnail() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Generates a thumbnail for use in the gridfield view
- ImageManipulation::setImageBackend() — Method in class ImageManipulation
- Image_Backend::setImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
Set the currently assigned image resource
- Image_Backend::setQuality() — Method in class Image_Backend
Set the quality to a value between 0 and 100
- InterventionBackend::setTempPath() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::setCache() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::setAssetContainer() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::setImageManager() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::setImageResource() — Method in class InterventionBackend
- InterventionBackend::setQuality() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Set the quality to a value between 0 and 100
- $ FileLinkTracking#show_file_link_tracking — Property in class FileLinkTracking
Controls visibility of the File Tracking tab
- FileLinkTracking::setFileParser() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
- FileLinkTracking::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
Public method to call when triggering symlink extension. Can be called externally, or overridden by class implementations.
- $ FileShortcodeProvider#shortcodes_inherit_canview — Property in class FileShortcodeProvider
Assume canView() = true for all files provided via shortcodes.
- AssetContainer::setFromString() — Method in class AssetContainer
Assign a set of data to the backend
- AssetContainer::setFromLocalFile() — Method in class AssetContainer
Assign a local file to the backend.
- AssetContainer::setFromStream() — Method in class AssetContainer
Assign a stream to the backend
- AssetStore::setFromString() — Method in class AssetStore
Assign a set of data to the backend
- AssetStore::setFromLocalFile() — Method in class AssetStore
Assign a local file to the backend.
- AssetStore::setFromStream() — Method in class AssetStore
Assign a stream to the backend
- $ DBFile#supported_images — Property in class DBFile
List of image mime types supported by the image manipulations API
- DBFile::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBFile
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBFile::setFromLocalFile() — Method in class DBFile
Assign a local file to the backend.
- DBFile::setFromStream() — Method in class DBFile
Assign a stream to the backend
- DBFile::setFromString() — Method in class DBFile
Assign a set of data to the backend
- DBFile::setOriginal() — Method in class DBFile
Customise this object with an "original" record for getting other customised fields
- DBFile::setAllowedCategories() — Method in class DBFile
Assign allowed categories
- DBFile::setField() — Method in class DBFile
Set value of a single composite field
- GeneratedAssetHandler::setContent() — Method in class GeneratedAssetHandler
Update content with new value
- ProtectedFileController::setRouteHandler() — Method in class ProtectedFileController
- Upload::setValidator() — Method in class Upload
Set a different instance than {@link Upload_Validator} for this upload session.
- Upload::setReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
- Upload::setFile() — Method in class Upload
Set a file-object (similiar to {loadIntoFile()})
- Upload::setDefaultVisibility() — Method in class Upload
Assign default visibility for uploaded files. {see AssetStore} One of the values of AssetStore::VISIBILITY_* constants
- Upload_Validator::setTmpFile() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Set information about temporary file produced by PHP.
- Upload_Validator::setAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Set filesize maximums (in bytes or INI format).
- Upload_Validator::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Limit allowed file extensions. Empty by default, allowing all extensions.
- CMSMain::ShowSwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
If this is set to true, the "switchView" context in the template is shown, with links to the staging and publish site.
- CMSMain::SwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
Overloads the LeftAndMain::ShowView. Allows to pass a page as a parameter, so we are able to switch view also for archived versions.
- CMSMain::setHintsCache() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class CMSMain
Return the entire site tree as a nested set of ULs
- CMSMain::savetreenode() — Method in class CMSMain
Update the position and parent of a tree node.
- CMSMain::SiteTreeHints() — Method in class CMSMain
Create serialized JSON string with site tree hints data to be injected into 'data-hints' attribute of root node of jsTree.
- CMSMain::save() — Method in class CMSMain
Save and Publish page handler
- ContentController::SilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::SiteConfig() — Method in class ContentController
- ContentController::successfullyinstalled() — Method in class ContentController
This action is called by the installation system
- RootURLController::should_be_on_root() — Method in class RootURLController
Returns TRUE if a request to a certain page should be redirected to the site root (i.e. if the page acts as the home page).
- SilverStripeNavigator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Utility class representing links to different views of a record for CMS authors, usually for {@link SiteTree} objects with "stage" and "live" links.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
Navigator items are links that appear in the $SilverStripeNavigator bar.
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Controllers
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
Used to edit the SiteTree->URLSegment property, and suggest input based on the serverside rules defined through {@link SiteTree->generateURLSegment()} and {@link URLSegmentFilter}.
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::suggest() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::setURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Forms
Readonly version of a site tree URL segment field
- RedirectorPage::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- RedirectorPage::subPagesToCache() — Method in class RedirectorPage
- SiteTree — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Basic data-object representing all pages within the site tree. All page types that live within the hierarchy should inherit from this. In addition, it contains a number of static methods for querying the site tree and working with draft and published states.
- $ SiteTree#ShowInMenus — Property in class SiteTree
- $ SiteTree#ShowInSearch — Property in class SiteTree
- $ SiteTree#Sort — Property in class SiteTree
Integer value denoting the sort order.
- SiteTree::setParent() — Method in class SiteTree
Make this page a child of another page.
- SiteTree::setCreatableChildrenCache() — Method in class SiteTree
- SiteTree::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTree
Trigger synchronisation of link tracking
- SiteTree::setMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
Set the menu title for this page.
- SiteTree::singular_name() — Method in class SiteTree
Default singular name for page / sitetree
- SiteTreeExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Plug-ins for additional functionality in your SiteTree classes.
- SiteTreeFileExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
- SiteTreeFileFormFactoryExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
- SiteTreeFolderExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
- SiteTreeLink — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Represents a link between a dataobject parent and a page in a HTML content area
- SiteTreeLinkTracking — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Adds tracking of links in any HTMLText fields which reference SiteTree or File items.
- $ SiteTreeLinkTracking#show_sitetree_link_tracking — Property in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Controls visibility of the Link Tracking tab
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::setParser() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Public method to call when triggering symlink extension. Can be called externally, or overridden by class implementations.
- SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
A helper object for extracting information about links.
- VirtualPage::setCopyContentFromID() — Method in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::syncLinkTracking() — Method in class VirtualPage
- BrokenFilesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
List of records to show for this report
- BrokenLinksReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
List of records to show for this report
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
List of records to show for this report
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
List of records to show for this report
- EmptyPagesReport::sort() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
- EmptyPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
Gets the source records
- RecentlyEditedReport::sort() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
- RecentlyEditedReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
List of records to show for this report
- ContentControllerSearchExtension::SearchForm() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
Site search form
- SearchForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Search
Standard basic search form which conducts a fulltext search on all {@link SiteTree} objects.
- SearchForm::setPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
Set the maximum number of records shown on each page.
- SiteTreeMaintenanceTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Tasks
- $ CampaignAdmin#sync_expires — Property in class CampaignAdmin
When listing campaigns, re-sync items automatically after this many seconds.
- $ CampaignAdmin#show_published — Property in class CampaignAdmin
Show published changesets
- $ CampaignAdmin#show_inferred — Property in class CampaignAdmin
Show inferred changesets (automatically created when you publish a page)
- CampaignAdmin::save() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Save handler
- CampaignAdmin::SetLink() — Method in class CampaignAdmin
Gets user-visible url to edit a specific {see ChangeSet}
- SiteTreeExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CampaignAdmin
Handles adding the "Add to Campaign" button to a page's secondary actions menu
- CachedConfigCollection::setNestFactory() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Set callback for nesting the inner collection
- CachedConfigCollection::setCache() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Set a PSR-16 cache
- CachedConfigCollection::setCollectionCreator() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- CachedConfigCollection::setFlush() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- CachedConfigCollection::setMiddlewares() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- ConfigCollectionInterface::setMiddlewares() — Method in class ConfigCollectionInterface
- DeltaConfigCollection::set() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Sets config for a given field.
- MemoryConfigCollection::set() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Sets config for a given field.
- MemoryConfigCollection::serialize() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
- MutableConfigCollectionInterface::set() — Method in class MutableConfigCollectionInterface
Sets config for a given field.
- DeltaMiddleware::setCollection() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware
- MiddlewareAware::setMiddlewares() — Method in class MiddlewareAware
- MiddlewareCommon::setDisableFlag() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon
Set flag to use to disable this middleware
- MiddlewareCommon::serialize() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon
- ContentNegotiator::setEnabled() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Sets the current enabled status
- Controller::setRequest() — Method in class Controller
Typically the request is set through {@link handleAction()} or {@link handleRequest()}, but in some based we want to set it manually.
- Controller::setURLParams() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setResponse() — Method in class Controller
Sets the HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.
- Cookie::set() — Method in class Cookie
Set a cookie variable.
- CookieJar::set() — Method in class CookieJar
Set a cookie
- Cookie_Backend::set() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Set a cookie
- Director::set_current_page() — Method in class Director
Set the currently active {@link SiteTree} object that is being used to respond to the request.
- $ Email#send_all_emails_to — Property in class Email
- $ Email#send_all_emails_from — Property in class Email
- Email::setSwiftMessage() — Method in class Email
- Email::setFrom() — Method in class Email
- Email::setSender() — Method in class Email
- Email::setReturnPath() — Method in class Email
The bounce handler address
- Email::setTo() — Method in class Email
Set recipient(s) of the email
- Email::setCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::setBCC() — Method in class Email
- Email::setReplyTo() — Method in class Email
- Email::setSubject() — Method in class Email
- Email::setPriority() — Method in class Email
- Email::setData() — Method in class Email
- Email::setBody() — Method in class Email
- Email::setHTMLTemplate() — Method in class Email
Set the template to render the email with
- Email::setPlainTemplate() — Method in class Email
Set the template to render the plain part with
- Email::setFailedRecipients() — Method in class Email
- Email::send() — Method in class Email
Send the message to the recipients
- Email::sendPlain() — Method in class Email
- Mailer::send() — Method in class Mailer
- SwiftMailer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Email
Mailer objects are responsible for actually sending emails.
- $ SwiftMailer#swift_plugins — Property in class SwiftMailer
- SwiftMailer::send() — Method in class SwiftMailer
- SwiftMailer::setSwiftMailer() — Method in class SwiftMailer
- SwiftPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Email
- SwiftPlugin::sendPerformed() — Method in class SwiftPlugin
- HTTP::setGetVar() — Method in class HTTP
Will try to include a GET parameter for an existing URL, preserving existing parameters and fragments. If no URL is given, falls back to $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI']. Uses parse_url() to dissect the URL, and http_build_query() to reconstruct it with the additional parameter.
- HTTP::set_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP
Set the maximum age of this page in web caches, in seconds.
- HTTPApplication::setFlushDiscoverer() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Override the default flush discovery
- HTTPRequest::setUrl() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Allow the setting of a URL
- HTTPRequest::setBody() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::send_file() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Construct an HTTPResponse that will deliver a file to the client.
- HTTPRequest::shiftAllParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Shift all the parameter values down a key space, and return the shifted value.
- HTTPRequest::setRouteParams() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPRequest::shift() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Shift one or more parts off the beginning of the URL.
- HTTPRequest::setIP() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Sets the client IP address which originated this request.
- HTTPRequest::setScheme() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Set the URL scheme (e.g. "http" or "https").
- HTTPRequest::setSession() — Method in class HTTPRequest
- HTTPResponse::setProtocolVersion() — Method in class HTTPResponse
The HTTP version used to respond to this request (typically 1.0 or 1.1)
- HTTPResponse::setStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse::setStatusDescription() — Method in class HTTPResponse
The text to be given alongside the status code ("reason phrase").
- HTTPResponse::setBody() — Method in class HTTPResponse
- HTTPResponse_Exception::setResponse() — Method in class HTTPResponse_Exception
- HTTPStreamResponse::setStream() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
- AllowedHostsMiddleware::setAllowedHosts() — Method in class AllowedHostsMiddleware
Sets the list of allowed Host header values Can also specify a comma separated list
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setForceSSLPatterns() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setForceSSLDomain() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setForceWWW() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setForceSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setForceBasicAuthToSSL() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setRedirectType() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::setEnabledEnvs() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
Set enabled flag, or list of environments to enable in.
- ConfirmationMiddleware::setDeclineUrl() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Override the default decline url
- ConfirmationMiddleware::setConfirmationStorageId() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Override the confirmation storage ID
- ConfirmationMiddleware::setConfirmationFormUrl() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Override the confirmation form url
- ConfirmationMiddleware::setBypasses() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Set the list of bypasses for the confirmation
- EnvironmentBypass::setEnvironments() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass
Set the list of environments allowing a bypass
- GetParameter::setName() — Method in class GetParameter
Set the parameter name
- PathAware::setPath() — Method in class PathAware
Update the path
- Url::setParams() — Method in class Url
Set the GET parameters null to skip parameter check
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setVary() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Set vary
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setStateDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Low level method for setting directives include any experimental or custom ones added via config.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setStateDirectivesFromArray() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Low level method to set directives from an associative array
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setNoStore() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
The cache should not store anything about the client request or server response.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setNoCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Forces caches to submit the request to the origin server for validation before releasing a cached copy.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setMaxAge() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Specifies the maximum amount of time (seconds) a resource will be considered fresh.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setSharedMaxAge() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
Overrides max-age or the Expires header, but it only applies to shared caches (e.g., proxies) and is ignored by a private cache.
- HTTPCacheControlMiddleware::setMustRevalidate() — Method in class HTTPCacheControlMiddleware
The cache must verify the status of the stale resources before using it and expired ones should not be used.
- HTTPMiddlewareAware::setMiddlewares() — Method in class HTTPMiddlewareAware
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::setAffectedPermissions() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware
Set the list of affected permissions
- PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware::setEnforceAuthentication() — Method in class PermissionAwareConfirmationMiddleware
Set whether we want to enforce authentication
- RateLimitMiddleware::setExtraKey() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::setMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::setDecay() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RateLimitMiddleware::setRateLimiter() — Method in class RateLimitMiddleware
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::setRequestHandler() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
- SessionMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::setTrustedProxyIPs() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Set the comma-separated list of IP ranges that are trusted to provide proxy headers Can also be 'none' or '*' (all)
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::setProxyHostHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Set the array of headers from which to lookup the hostname.
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::setProxyIPHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Set the array of headers from which to lookup the client IP.
- TrustedProxyMiddleware::setProxySchemeHeaders() — Method in class TrustedProxyMiddleware
Set array of headers from which to lookup the client scheme (http/https) Can also specify comma-separated list as a single string.
- FlushScheduler::scheduleFlush() — Method in class FlushScheduler
Schedules the manifest flush operation for a following request
- SessionEnvTypeSwitcher — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\URLSpecialsMiddleware
Implements switching user session into Test and Dev environment types
- SessionEnvTypeSwitcher::setSessionEnvType() — Method in class SessionEnvTypeSwitcher
Checks whether the request has GET flags to control environment type and amends the user session accordingly
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setCallback() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::setFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
Set up fragment overriding - will completely replace the incoming fragments.
- RSSFeed::setTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed
Set the name of the template to use. Actual template will be resolved via the standard template inclusion process.
- RequestHandler::setRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
Typically the request is set through {@link handleAction()} or {@link handleRequest()}, but in some based we want to set it manually.
- RequestProcessor::setFilters() — Method in class RequestProcessor
Assign a list of request filters
- Session — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Handles all manipulation of the session.
- $ Session#session_ips — Property in class Session
- $ Session#session_store_path — Property in class Session
- $ Session#strict_user_agent_check — Property in class Session
Invalidate the session if user agent header changes between request. Defaults to true. Disabling this checks is not recommended.
- Session::start() — Method in class Session
Begin session, regardless if a session identifier is present in the request, or whether any session data needs to be written.
- Session::set() — Method in class Session
Set session value
- Session::save() — Method in class Session
Save data to session Only save the changes, so that anyone manipulating $_SESSION directly doesn't get burned.
- SimpleResourceURLGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control
Generate URLs assuming that BASE_PATH is also the webroot Standard SilverStripe 3 operation
- SimpleResourceURLGenerator::setNonceStyle() — Method in class SimpleResourceURLGenerator
- RateLimiter::setCache() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::setIdentifier() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::setMaxAttempts() — Method in class RateLimiter
- RateLimiter::setDecay() — Method in class RateLimiter
- ClassInfo::subclassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns a list of classes that inherit from the given class.
- ClassInfo::shortName() — Method in class ClassInfo
Strip namespace from class
- Config_ForClass::set() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Replace config value
- Configurable::stat() — Method in class Configurable
Get inherited config value
- Configurable::set_stat() — Method in class Configurable
Update the config value for a given property
- Convert::symbol2sql() — Method in class Convert
Safely encodes a SQL symbolic identifier (or list of identifiers), such as a database, table, or column name. Supports encoding of multi identfiers separated by a delimiter (e.g. ".")
- Convert::slashes() — Method in class Convert
Convert slashes in relative or asolute filesystem path. Defaults to DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
- CoreKernel::shutdown() — Method in class CoreKernel
Shutdowns the kernel.
- CoreKernel::setInjectorLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::setClassLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::setModuleLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::setEnvironment() — Method in class CoreKernel
Sets new environment
- CoreKernel::setConfigLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- CoreKernel::setThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class CoreKernel
- Environment::setVariables() — Method in class Environment
Restore a backed up or modified list of vars to $globals
- Environment::setMemoryLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
Set the maximum allowed value for {@link increaseMemoryLimitTo()}.
- Environment::setTimeLimitMax() — Method in class Environment
Set the maximum allowed value for {@link increaseTimeLimitTo()};
- Environment::setEnv() — Method in class Environment
Set environment variable via $name / $value pair
- Extension::setOwner() — Method in class Extension
Set the owner of this extension.
- Injectable::singleton() — Method in class Injectable
Creates a class instance by the "singleton" design pattern.
- Injector::setAutoScanProperties() — Method in class Injector
Indicate whether we auto scan injected objects for properties to set.
- Injector::setObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
Sets the default factory to use for creating new objects.
- Injector::setConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector
Set the configuration locator
- Injector::setInjectMapping() — Method in class Injector
Add in a specific mapping that should be catered for on a type.
- ServiceConfigurationLocator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
Used to locate configuration for a particular named service.
- SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Injector
Use the SilverStripe configuration system to lookup config for a particular service.
- Kernel::shutdown() — Method in class Kernel
Shutdowns the kernel.
- Kernel::setClassLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::setInjectorLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::setModuleLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::setConfigLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::setThemeResourceLoader() — Method in class Kernel
- Kernel::setEnvironment() — Method in class Kernel
Sets new environment
- Module::serialize() — Method in class Module
- ModuleManifest::sort() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Sort modules sorted by priority
- PrioritySorter::setPriorities() — Method in class PrioritySorter
Set the priorities for the items
- PrioritySorter::setItems() — Method in class PrioritySorter
Sets the list of all items
- PrioritySorter::setVariable() — Method in class PrioritySorter
Add a variable for replacination, e.g. addVariable->('$project', 'myproject')
- PrioritySorter::setRestKey() — Method in class PrioritySorter
The key used for "all other items"
- CallbackFlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class CallbackFlushDiscoverer
Check whether we have to flush manifest
- CompositeFlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class CompositeFlushDiscoverer
Check whether we have to flush manifest
- DeployFlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class DeployFlushDiscoverer
Returns true if the deploy timestamp greater than the cache generation timestamp
- FlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class FlushDiscoverer
Check whether we have to flush manifest
- RequestFlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class RequestFlushDiscoverer
Check whether we have to flush manifest
- ScheduledFlushDiscoverer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Startup
Checks the manifest cache for flush being scheduled in a previous request
- ScheduledFlushDiscoverer::shouldFlush() — Method in class ScheduledFlushDiscoverer
Check whether we have to flush manifest
- $ BuildTask#segment — Property in class BuildTask
Set a custom url segment (to follow dev/tasks/)
- CLI::supports_colour() — Method in class CLI
Returns true if the current STDOUT supports the use of colour control codes.
- CLI::start_colour() — Method in class CLI
Send control codes for changing text to the given colour
- CSSContentParser::selector2xpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Converts a CSS selector into an equivalent xpath expression.
- SSListContains — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Constraint
Constraint for checking if a SS_List contains items matching the given key-value pairs.
- SSListContainsOnly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Constraint
Constraint for checking if a SS_List contains only items matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
- SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Constraint
Constraint for checking if every item in a SS_List matches a given match, e.g. every Member has isActive set to true
- Debug::show() — Method in class Debug
Show the contents of val in a debug-friendly way.
- Deprecation::set_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
Toggle on or off deprecation notices. Will be ignored in live.
- FixtureBlueprint::setDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixtureFactory::setId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
- FunctionalTest::session() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Returns the {@link Session} object for this test
- FunctionalTest::submitForm() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Submit the form with the given HTML ID, filling it out with the given data.
- SSListExporter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
A custom exporter for prettier formatting of SilverStripe specific Objects in PHPUnit's failing test messages.
- SapphireInfo — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Returns information about the current site instance.
- SapphireREPL — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
- SapphireTest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Test case class for the Sapphire framework.
- SapphireTest::setUpBeforeClass() — Method in class SapphireTest
Called once per test case ({@link SapphireTest} subclass).
- SapphireTest::setFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
Sets a new fixture factory
- SapphireTest::start() — Method in class SapphireTest
Start test environment
- ExtensionTestState::setUp() — Method in class ExtensionTestState
Called on setup
- ExtensionTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class ExtensionTestState
Called once on setup
- FixtureTestState::setUp() — Method in class FixtureTestState
Called on setup
- FixtureTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class FixtureTestState
Called once on setup
- FixtureTestState::setFixtureFactory() — Method in class FixtureTestState
- FlushableTestState::setUp() — Method in class FlushableTestState
Called on setup
- FlushableTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class FlushableTestState
Called once on setup
- GlobalsTestState::setUp() — Method in class GlobalsTestState
Called on setup
- GlobalsTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class GlobalsTestState
Called once on setup
- KernelTestState::setUp() — Method in class KernelTestState
Called on setup
- KernelTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class KernelTestState
Called once on setup
- LoggerState::setUp() — Method in class LoggerState
Called on setup
- LoggerState::setUpOnce() — Method in class LoggerState
Called once on setup
- SapphireTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
- SapphireTestState::setStates() — Method in class SapphireTestState
- SapphireTestState::setUp() — Method in class SapphireTestState
Called on setup
- SapphireTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class SapphireTestState
Called once on setup
- TestState::setUp() — Method in class TestState
Called on setup
- TestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class TestState
Called once on setup
- FixFolderPermissionsHelper::setLogger() — Method in class FixFolderPermissionsHelper
- MigrateFileTask::setLogger() — Method in class MigrateFileTask
- TestMailer::send() — Method in class TestMailer
- TestSession::sendRequest() — Method in class TestSession
Submit a request of any type
- TestSession::submitForm() — Method in class TestSession
Submit the form with the given HTML ID, filling it out with the given data.
- TestSession::session() — Method in class TestSession
Get the current session, as a Session object
- $ ErrorPageExtension#store_filepath — Property in class ErrorPageExtension
Prefix for storing error files in the see GeneratedAssetHandler store.
- CheckboxField::setValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
Set the field value.
- CompositeField::setChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setTag() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
- CompositeField::setForm() — Method in class CompositeField
Set the container form.
- CompositeField::setDisabled() — Method in class CompositeField
Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- CompositeField::setReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- CompositeField::setColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
- $ ConfirmedPasswordField#showOnClickTitle — Property in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Title for the link that triggers the visibility of password fields.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set the title of this formfield.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setCanBeEmpty() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Can be empty is a flag that turns on / off empty field checking.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
The title on the link which triggers display of the "password" and "confirm password" formfields. Only used if {@link setShowOnClick()} is set to TRUE.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setRightTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setChildrenTitles() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set child field titles. Titles in order should be:
- "Current Password" (if getRequireExistingPassword() is set)
- "Password"
- "Confirm Password"
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setValue() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Value is sometimes an array, and sometimes a single value, so we need to handle both cases.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setName() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Update the names of the child fields when updating name of field.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::saveInto() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Only save if field was shown on the client, and is not empty.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set if the existing password should be required
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setMinLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set the minimum length required for passwords
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setMaxLength() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set the maximum length required for passwords
- ConfirmedPasswordField::setRequireStrongPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- CurrencyField::setValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
allows the value to be set. removes the first character if it is not a number (probably a currency symbol)
- DatalessField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns the field's representation in a field group.
- DatalessField::setAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
- DateField::setHTML5() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::setDateLength() — Method in class DateField
Get length of the date format to use.
- DateField::setDateFormat() — Method in class DateField
Set date format in CLDR standard format.
- DateField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class DateField
Assign value posted from form submission
- DateField::setValue() — Method in class DateField
Assign value based on {@link $datetimeFormat}, which might be localised.
- DateField::setLocale() — Method in class DateField
Determines the presented/processed format based on locale defaults, instead of explicitly setting {@link setDateFormat()}.
- DateField::setMinDate() — Method in class DateField
- DateField::setMaxDate() — Method in class DateField
- DatetimeField::setHTML5() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class DatetimeField
Assign value posted from form submission, based on {@link $datetimeFormat}.
- DatetimeField::setDatetimeFormat() — Method in class DatetimeField
Set date format in CLDR standard format.
- DatetimeField::setValue() — Method in class DatetimeField
Assign value based on {@link $datetimeFormat}, which might be localised.
- DatetimeField::setDateLength() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get length of the date format to use.
- DatetimeField::setTimeLength() — Method in class DatetimeField
Get length of the date format to use.
- DatetimeField::setDisabled() — Method in class DatetimeField
Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- DatetimeField::setReadonly() — Method in class DatetimeField
Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- DatetimeField::setLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
Set default locale for this field. If omitted will default to the current locale.
- DatetimeField::setMinDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setMaxDatetime() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::setTimezone() — Method in class DatetimeField
- FieldGroup::setZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
Set an odd/even class
- FieldList::saveableFields() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::setForm() — Method in class FieldList
Set the Form instance for this FieldList.
- FieldList::setValues() — Method in class FieldList
Load the given data into this form.
- FieldList::setContainerField() — Method in class FieldList
- FileField::saveInto() — Method in class FileField
- FileField::setRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileField
Set if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject
- FileHandleField::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileHandleField::setAllowedFileCategories() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileHandleField::setFolderName() — Method in class FileHandleField
- FileUploadReceiver::setRecord() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Force a record to be used as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File)
- FileUploadReceiver::setValue() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Loads the related record values into this field. This can be uploaded in one of three ways:
- FileUploadReceiver::setItems() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Sets the items assigned to this field as an SS_List of File objects.
- FileUploadReceiver::saveInto() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
- FileUploadReceiver::setRelationAutoSetting() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
Set if relation can be automatically assigned to the underlying dataobject
- Form::setNotifyUnsavedChanges() — Method in class Form
- Form::setSessionData() — Method in class Form
Store the given form data in the session
- Form::setSessionValidationResult() — Method in class Form
Sets the ValidationResult in the session to be used with the next view of this form.
- Form::setFieldMessage() — Method in class Form
Set message on a given field name. This message will not persist via redirect.
- Form::setValidationResponseCallback() — Method in class Form
Overrules validation error behaviour in {@link httpSubmission()} when validation has failed. Useful for optional handling of a certain accepted content type.
- Form::setRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
Set whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors in the form or if they just need to redirect back to the page
- Form::setValidator() — Method in class Form
Set the {@link Validator} on this form.
- Form::setValidationExemptActions() — Method in class Form
Set actions that are exempt from validation
- Form::setFields() — Method in class Form
Setter for the form fields.
- Form::setActions() — Method in class Form
Setter for the form actions.
- Form::setAttribute() — Method in class Form
- Form::setTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form contents in a new window or refreshing another frame
- Form::setTarget() — Method in class Form
Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form contents in a new window or refreshing another frame.
- Form::setLegend() — Method in class Form
Set the legend value to be inserted into the
- Form::setTemplate() — Method in class Form
Set the SS template that this form should use to render with. The default is "Form".
- Form::setEncType() — Method in class Form
Sets the form encoding type. The most common encoding types are defined in {@link ENC_TYPE_URLENCODED} and {@link ENC_TYPE_MULTIPART}.
- Form::setFormMethod() — Method in class Form
Set the form method: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE.
- Form::setStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
If set to true (the default), enforces the matching of the form method.
- Form::setFormAction() — Method in class Form
Set the form action attribute to a custom URL.
- Form::setHTMLID() — Method in class Form
Set the HTML ID attribute of the form.
- Form::setController() — Method in class Form
Set the controller or parent request handler.
- Form::setName() — Method in class Form
Set the name of the form.
- Form::sessionMessage() — Method in class Form
Set a message to the session, for display next time this form is shown.
- Form::sessionError() — Method in class Form
Set an error to the session, for display next time this form is shown.
- Form::saveInto() — Method in class Form
Save the contents of this form into the given data object.
- Form::setRequestHandler() — Method in class Form
Assign a specific request handler for this form
- FormAction::setIcon() — Method in class FormAction
Sets button icon
- FormAction::setFullAction() — Method in class FormAction
Set the full action name, including action_ This provides an opportunity to replace it with something else
- FormAction::setButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction
Add content inside a button field. This should be pre-escaped raw HTML and should be used sparingly.
- FormAction::setUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction
Enable or disable the rendering of this action as a
- FormAction::setValidationExempt() — Method in class FormAction
Set whether this action can be performed without validating the data
- FormField::saveInto() — Method in class FormField
Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- FormField::setTitle() — Method in class FormField
Set the title of this formfield.
- FormField::setRightTitle() — Method in class FormField
Sets the right title for this formfield
- FormField::setLeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::setAttribute() — Method in class FormField
Set an HTML attribute on the field element, mostly an input tag.
- FormField::setValue() — Method in class FormField
Set the field value.
- FormField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class FormField
Set value assigned from a submitted form postback.
- FormField::setName() — Method in class FormField
Set the field name.
- FormField::setInputType() — Method in class FormField
Set the field input type.
- FormField::setForm() — Method in class FormField
Set the container form.
- FormField::securityTokenEnabled() — Method in class FormField
Return true if security token protection is enabled on the parent {@link Form}.
- FormField::setCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField
Set the custom error message to show instead of the default format.
- FormField::setTemplate() — Method in class FormField
Set name of template (without path or extension).
- FormField::setFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
Set name of template (without path or extension) for the holder, which in turn is responsible for rendering {@link Field()}.
- FormField::setSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
Set name of template (without path or extension) for the small holder, which in turn is responsible for rendering {@link Field()}.
- FormField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class FormField
Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
- FormField::setReadonly() — Method in class FormField
Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- FormField::setDisabled() — Method in class FormField
Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- FormField::setAutofocus() — Method in class FormField
Sets a autofocus flag on this FormField.
- FormField::setDescription() — Method in class FormField
Describe this field, provide help text for it.
- FormField::setContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField
Set the FieldList that contains this field.
- FormField::setSchemaComponent() — Method in class FormField
Sets the component type the FormField will be rendered as on the front-end.
- FormField::setSchemaData() — Method in class FormField
Sets the schema data used for rendering the field on the front-end.
- FormField::setSchemaState() — Method in class FormField
Sets the schema data used for rendering the field on the front-end.
- FormMessage::setMessage() — Method in class FormMessage
Sets the error message to be displayed on the form field.
- FormRequestHandler::setButtonClicked() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Sets the button that was clicked. This should only be called by the Controller.
- AttributeStore::save() — Method in class AttributeStore
Save the given state against the given ID returning an associative array to be added as attributes on the form action
- SessionStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction
Stores GridField action state in the session in exactly the same way it has in the past
- SessionStore::save() — Method in class SessionStore
Save the given state against the given ID returning an associative array to be added as attributes on the form action
- StateStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\GridField\FormAction
- StateStore::save() — Method in class StateStore
Save the given state against the given ID returning an associative array to be added as attributes on the form action
- $ GridField#State — Property in class GridField
The gridstate of this object
- GridField::setModelClass() — Method in class GridField
Set the modelClass (data object) that this field will get it column headers from.
- GridField::setReadonlyComponents() — Method in class GridField
Overload the readonly components for this gridfield.
- GridField::setConfig() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::setReadonly() — Method in class GridField
- GridField::setList() — Method in class GridField
Set the data source.
- GridField::saveInto() — Method in class GridField
Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setSearchList() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Sets the base list instance which will be used for the autocomplete search.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::scaffoldSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Detect searchable fields and searchable relations.
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::setResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddNewButton::setButtonName() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
- GridFieldDataColumns::setDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Override the default behaviour of showing the models summaryFields with these fields instead Example: array( 'Name' => 'Members name', 'Email' => 'Email address')
- GridFieldDataColumns::setFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Specify castings with fieldname as the key, and the desired casting as value.
- GridFieldDataColumns::setFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Specify custom formatting for fields, e.g. to render a link instead of pure text.
- GridFieldDeleteAction::setRemoveRelation() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Set whether to remove or delete the relation
- GridFieldDetailForm::setTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setShowPagination() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setShowAdd() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm::setItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::setTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldExportButton::setExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::setCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::setCsvEnclosure() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldExportButton::setCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldFilterHeader::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldImportButton::setModalTitle() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldImportButton::setImportForm() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldImportButton::setImportIframe() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldLevelup::setAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldLevelup::setLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldPaginator::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldPaginator::setItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton::setPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldPrintButton::setPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldSortableHeader::setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Determine what happens when this component is used with a list that isn't {@link SS_Filterable}.
- GridFieldSortableHeader::setFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Specify sortings with fieldname as the key, and actual fieldname to sort as value.
- GridFieldStateAware::setStateManager() — Method in class GridFieldStateAware
- GridState::setValue() — Method in class GridState
Set the field value.
- HTMLEditorConfig::set_config() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Assign a new config, or clear existing, for the given identifier
- HTMLEditorConfig::setThemes() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Sets the current theme
- HTMLEditorConfig::set_active_identifier() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Set the currently active configuration object. Note that the existing active config will not be renamed to the new identifier.
- HTMLEditorConfig::set_active() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Assigns the currently active config an explicit instance
- HTMLEditorConfig::setOption() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Set the value of one option
- HTMLEditorConfig::setOptions() — Method in class HTMLEditorConfig
Set multiple options. This does not merge recursively, but only at the top level.
- $ HTMLEditorField#sanitise_server_side — Property in class HTMLEditorField
Should we check the valid_elements (& extended_valid_elements) rules from HTMLEditorConfig server side?
- HTMLEditorField::setEditorConfig() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Assign a new configuration instance or identifier
- HTMLEditorField::saveInto() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
- HTMLEditorField::setValue() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Set the field value.
- HTMLEditorSanitiser::sanitise() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser
Given an SS_HTMLValue instance, will remove and elements and attributes that are not explicitly included in the whitelist passed to __construct on instance creation
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator::setAssetHandler() — Method in class TinyMCECombinedGenerator
Assign backend store for generated assets
- TinyMCEConfig::setTheme() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Set the theme name
- TinyMCEConfig::setOption() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Set the value of one option
- TinyMCEConfig::setOptions() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Set multiple options. This does not merge recursively, but only at the top level.
- TinyMCEConfig::setButtonsForLine() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Totally re-set the buttons on a given line
- TinyMCEConfig::setContentCSS() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Set explicit set of CSS resources to use for
content_css
option.- TinyMCEConfig::setFolderName() — Method in class TinyMCEConfig
Sets the upload folder name used by the insert media dialog
- HeaderField::setHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
- HiddenField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
- ListboxField::setSize() — Method in class ListboxField
Sets the size of this dropdown in rows.
- ListboxField::setDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
Mark certain elements as disabled, regardless of the {@link setDisabled()} settings.
- LiteralField::setContent() — Method in class LiteralField
Sets the content of this field to a new value.
- LiteralField::setValue() — Method in class LiteralField
Synonym of {@link setContent()} so that LiteralField is more compatible with other field types.
- LookupField::saveInto() — Method in class LookupField
Stubbed so invalid data doesn't save into the DB
- MoneyField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class MoneyField
Set value assigned from a submitted form postback.
- MoneyField::setValue() — Method in class MoneyField
Set the field value.
- MoneyField::saveInto() — Method in class MoneyField
30/06/2009 - Enhancement: SaveInto checks if set-methods are available and use them instead of setting the values in the money class directly. saveInto initiates a new Money class object to pass through the values to the setter method.
- MoneyField::setReadonly() — Method in class MoneyField
Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
- MoneyField::setDisabled() — Method in class MoneyField
Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
- MoneyField::setAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
Set list of currencies. Currencies should be in the 3-letter ISO 4217 currency code.
- MoneyField::setLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
Assign locale to format this currency in
- MoneyField::setForm() — Method in class MoneyField
Set the container form.
- MultiSelectField::setDefaultItems() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Default selections, regardless of the {@link setValue()} settings.
- MultiSelectField::setValue() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Load a value into this MultiSelectField
- MultiSelectField::saveInto() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Save the current value of this MultiSelectField into a DataObject.
- MultiSelectField::stringEncode() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Encode a list of values into a string, or null if empty (to simplify empty checks)
- NullableField::setIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField
Set the label used for the Is Null checkbox.
- NullableField::setValue() — Method in class NullableField
Value is sometimes an array, and sometimes a single value, so we need to handle both cases
- NullableField::setName() — Method in class NullableField
- NumericField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class NumericField
Set value assigned from a submitted form postback.
- NumericField::setValue() — Method in class NumericField
Set the field value.
- NumericField::setLocale() — Method in class NumericField
Override the locale for this field.
- NumericField::setHTML5() — Method in class NumericField
Set whether this field should use html5 number input type.
- NumericField::setScale() — Method in class NumericField
Get number of digits to show to the right of the decimal point.
- PasswordField::setAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
- PopoverField::setPopoverTitle() — Method in class PopoverField
Set popup title
- PopoverField::setButtonTooltip() — Method in class PopoverField
- PopoverField::setPlacement() — Method in class PopoverField
- ReadonlyField::setIncludeHiddenField() — Method in class ReadonlyField
If true, a hidden field will be included in the HTML for the readonly field.
- SelectField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a field that allows users to select one or more items from a list
- SelectField::setDisabledItems() — Method in class SelectField
Mark certain elements as disabled, regardless of the {@link setDisabled()} settings.
- SelectField::setSource() — Method in class SelectField
Set the source for this list
- SelectionGroup — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a number of fields which are selectable by a radio button that appears at the beginning of each item. Using CSS, you can configure the field to only display its contents if the corresponding radio button is selected. Each item is defined through {@link SelectionGroup_Item}.
- SelectionGroup_Item — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- SelectionGroup_Item::setTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
Set the title of this formfield.
- SelectionGroup_Item::setValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
Set the field value.
- SingleLookupField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Read-only complement of {@link DropdownField}.
- SingleLookupField::saveInto() — Method in class SingleLookupField
Stubbed so invalid data doesn't save into the DB
- SingleSelectField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents the base class for a single-select field
- SingleSelectField::setHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class SingleSelectField
- SingleSelectField::setEmptyString() — Method in class SingleSelectField
Set the default selection label, e.g. "select...".
- Tab::setID() — Method in class Tab
Set custom HTML ID to use for this tabset
- Tab::setTabSet() — Method in class Tab
Assign to a TabSet instance
- TabSet::setID() — Method in class TabSet
Set custom HTML ID to use for this tabset
- TabSet::setTabs() — Method in class TabSet
- TabSet::setTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
Assign to a TabSet instance
- TextField::setMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
- TextField::setTip() — Method in class TextField
Applies a Tip to the field, which shows a popover on the right side of the input to place additional context or explanation of the field's purpose in. Currently only supported in React-based forms.
- TextareaField::setRows() — Method in class TextareaField
Set the number of rows in the textarea
- TextareaField::setColumns() — Method in class TextareaField
Set the number of columns in the textarea
- TextareaField::setMaxLength() — Method in class TextareaField
- TimeField::setHTML5() — Method in class TimeField
- TimeField::setTimeFormat() — Method in class TimeField
Set time format in CLDR standard format.
- TimeField::setTimeLength() — Method in class TimeField
Get length of the time format to use.
- TimeField::setSubmittedValue() — Method in class TimeField
Assign value posted from form submission
- TimeField::setValue() — Method in class TimeField
Set time assigned from database value
- TimeField::setLocale() — Method in class TimeField
Determines the presented/processed format based on locale defaults, instead of explicitly setting {@link setTimeFormat()}.
- TimeField::setTimezone() — Method in class TimeField
- Tip::setImportanceLevel() — Method in class Tip
- Tip::setIcon() — Method in class Tip
- Tip::setMessage() — Method in class Tip
- TippableFieldInterface::setTip() — Method in class TippableFieldInterface
- ToggleCompositeField::setStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
Controls whether the field is open or closed by default. By default the field is closed.
- ToggleCompositeField::setHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- TreeDropdownField::setTreeBaseID() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set the ID of the root node of the tree. This defaults to 0 - i.e.
- TreeDropdownField::setFilterFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set a callback used to filter the values of the tree before displaying to the user.
- TreeDropdownField::setDisableFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set a callback used to disable checkboxes for some items in the tree
- TreeDropdownField::setSearchFunction() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set a callback used to search the hierarchy globally, even before applying the filter.
- TreeDropdownField::setShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
HTML-encoded label for this node, including css classes and other markup.
- TreeDropdownField::setTitleField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set field to use for item title
- TreeDropdownField::setKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeDropdownField::setEmptyString() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Set the default selection label, e.g. "select...".
- TreeDropdownField::setShowSelectedPath() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
- TreeMultiselectField::setValue() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Set the field value.
- TreeMultiselectField::saveInto() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Save the results into the form Calls function $record->onChange($items) before saving to the assummed Component set.
- UploadReceiver::setUpload() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Sets the upload handler
- UploadReceiver::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Limit allowed file extensions. Empty by default, allowing all extensions.
- UploadReceiver::setAllowedFileCategories() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Limit allowed file extensions by specifying categories of file types.
- UploadReceiver::setValidator() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Set custom validator for this field
- UploadReceiver::setFolderName() — Method in class UploadReceiver
Sets the upload folder name
- Validator::setForm() — Method in class Validator
- Validator::setEnabled() — Method in class Validator
- Configuration::set() — Method in class Configuration
- Controller::setAutobuildSchema() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setSchemaKey() — Method in class Controller
- Controller::setQueryHandler() — Method in class Controller
- DebugSchemaState::setUp() — Method in class DebugSchemaState
Called on setup
- DebugSchemaState::setUpOnce() — Method in class DebugSchemaState
Called once on setup
- DisableTypeCacheState::setUp() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
Called on setup
- DisableTypeCacheState::setUpOnce() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
Called once on setup
- MemberAware::setMemberContext() — Method in class MemberAware
Set the Member for the current context
- $ FileProvider#schemaToPath — Property in class FileProvider
Example:
SilverStripe\Core\Injector\Injector: SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\PersistedQueryMappingProvider: class: SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\FileProvider: properties: schemaMapping: default: '/var/www/project/persisted-graphql-query-mapping.json'
- FileProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
Sets mapping of query mapping to schema keys
- $ HTTPProvider#schemaToURL — Property in class HTTPProvider
Example:
SilverStripe\Core\Injector\Injector: SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\PersistedQueryMappingProvider: class :SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\HTTPProvider: properties: schemaMapping: default: 'http://example.com/mapping.json'
- HTTPProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
Sets mapping of query mapping to schema keys
- HTTPProvider::setClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
- $ JSONStringProvider#schemaToJSON — Property in class JSONStringProvider
Example:
SilverStripe\Core\Injector\Injector: SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\PersistedQueryMappingProvider: class: SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery\JSONStringProvider: properties: schemaMapping: default: '{"uuid-1":"query{ID+Email}"}'
- JSONStringProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
Sets mapping of query mapping to schema keys
- PersistedQueryMappingProvider::setSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
Sets mapping of query mapping to schema keys
- QueryHandler::serialiseResult() — Method in class QueryHandler
Serialise a Graphql result object for output
- QueryHandler::setErrorFormatter() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandler::setErrorHandler() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandler::setMiddlewares() — Method in class QueryHandler
- QueryHandlerInterface::serialiseResult() — Method in class QueryHandlerInterface
Serialise a Graphql result object for output
- SchemaConfigProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
- BulkLoaderSet::setLoaders() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
- Collection::setManifest() — Method in class Collection
- RegistryBackend::setInstances() — Method in class RegistryBackend
- CreateCreator::setFieldAccessor() — Method in class CreateCreator
- DataObjectModel::setFieldAccessor() — Method in class DataObjectModel
- InheritanceBuilder::setSchema() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::setSchema() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
- InterfaceBuilder::setSchema() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
- StartsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin\QueryFilter\Filters
A query filter that filters records by the start of a field's content
- QuerySort::sort() — Method in class QuerySort
- ScalarDBField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject\Plugin
Ensures any field that ends up as ViewableData, e.g. DBField, invokes forTemplate() after resolving.
- UpdateCreator::setFieldAccessor() — Method in class UpdateCreator
- SchemaBuilderException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
The primary exception thrown by the Schema and its components. Used whenever the schema is put into a state where it cannot build a valid schema.
- SchemaNotFoundException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Exception
- Argument::setType() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::setName() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::setDefaultValue() — Method in class Argument
- Argument::setDescription() — Method in class Argument
- Field::setArgs() — Method in class Field
- Field::setType() — Method in class Field
- Field::setTypeAsModel() — Method in class Field
- Field::setName() — Method in class Field
- Field::setNamedType() — Method in class Field
[MyType!]! becomes [MyNewType!]!
- Field::setDescription() — Method in class Field
- Field::setResolver() — Method in class Field
- Field::setResolverContext() — Method in class Field
- ModelAware::setModel() — Method in class ModelAware
- ModelField::setProperty() — Method in class ModelField
- SchemaComponent — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
- SchemaModelCreatorInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this class can create a model for a given classname, e.g. Blog -> DataObjectModel
- SchemaModelInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface can be models that generate types and operations
- SchemaStorageCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Given a name, create a SchemaStorageInterface implementation
- SchemaStorageInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Persists a graphql-php Schema object, and retrieves it
- SchemaUpdater — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this interface can make a one-time, context-free update to the schema, e.g. adding a shared Enum type
- SchemaValidator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Implementors of this class that can validate that they are ready to be encoded into the schema
- SignatureProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
Any class that can represent its state as a string. Kind of like serialize, but doesn't need to support unserialization
- Logger::setVerbosity() — Method in class Logger
- PluginConsumer::setPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- PluginConsumer::setDefaultPlugins() — Method in class PluginConsumer
- SortPlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Plugin
- SortPlugin::sort() — Method in class SortPlugin
- EncodedResolver::setContext() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- JSONResolver::serialise() — Method in class JSONResolver
- Schema — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema
The main Schema definition. A docking station for all type, model and interface abstractions.
- SchemaBuilder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema
- SchemaBuilder::setStoreCreator() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
- SchemaConfig — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema
Encapsulates configuration required for a {@link Schema} object.
- SchemaConfig::setTypeMapping() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- SchemaConfig::setFieldMapping() — Method in class SchemaConfig
- NestedInputBuilder::setFieldFilter() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::setTypeNameHandler() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::setLeafNodeHandler() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::setResolveConfig() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- SchemaTranscribeHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Services
- SchemaTranscriber — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Services
Persists a graphql schema to a json document consumable by Apollo
- SchemaTranscriber::setRootDir() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
- StorableSchema — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema
A readonly value object that represents a schema in its final consumable state. It knows nothing about models or operations, plugins, or all the abstractions surrounding how the schema gets defined
- AbstractTypeRegistry::String() — Method in class AbstractTypeRegistry
- $ CodeGenerationStore#schemaFilename — Property in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::setCache() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::setRootDir() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::setObfuscator() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CodeGenerationStore::setVerbose() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- CanonicalModelAware::setCanonicalModel() — Method in class CanonicalModelAware
- Enum::setValues() — Method in class Enum
- Enum::sanitise() — Method in class Enum
- InterfaceType::setTypeResolver() — Method in class InterfaceType
- Scalar — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
- Scalar::setName() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::setSerialiser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::setValueParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Scalar::setLiteralParser() — Method in class Scalar
- Type::setName() — Method in class Type
- Type::setFields() — Method in class Type
- Type::setDescription() — Method in class Type
- Type::setInterfaces() — Method in class Type
- Type::setIsInput() — Method in class Type
- Type::setFieldResolver() — Method in class Type
- UnionType::setName() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::setTypes() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::setTypeResolver() — Method in class UnionType
- UnionType::setDescription() — Method in class UnionType
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::setStatusCode() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Set default status code
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::setTitle() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Set friendly title
- DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter::setBody() — Method in class DebugViewFriendlyErrorFormatter
Set default error body
- ErrorHandler::start() — Method in class ErrorHandler
Register and begin handling errors with this handler
- HTTPOutputHandler::setContentType() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Set the mime type to use when displaying this error.
- HTTPOutputHandler::setStatusCode() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Set the HTTP status code to use when displaying this error.
- HTTPOutputHandler::setCLIFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Set a formatter to use if Director::is_cli() is true
- HTTPOutputHandler::setDefaultFormatter() — Method in class HTTPOutputHandler
Set default formatter
- MonologErrorHandler::setLogger() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Set the PSR-3 logger to send errors & exceptions to. Will overwrite any previously configured loggers
- MonologErrorHandler::setLoggers() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Set the PSR-3 loggers (overwrites any previously configured values)
- MonologErrorHandler::start() — Method in class MonologErrorHandler
Register and begin handling errors with this handler
- ArrayList::setDataClass() — Method in class ArrayList
Hint this list to a specific type
- ArrayList::shift() — Method in class ArrayList
Shifts the item off the beginning of the list and returns it.
- ArrayList::sort() — Method in class ArrayList
Sorts this list by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- ArrayList::shuffle() — Method in class ArrayList
Shuffle the items in this array list
- DBConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
Select a database by name
- DBSchemaManager::setDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Injector injection point for database controller
- DBSchemaManager::schemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Initiates a schema update within a single callback
- DBSchemaManager::set() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'set' column
- Database::setConnector() — Method in class Database
Injector injection point for connector dependency
- Database::setSchemaManager() — Method in class Database
Injector injection point for schema manager
- Database::setQueryBuilder() — Method in class Database
Injector injection point for schema manager
- Database::setWhitelistQueryArray() — Method in class Database
Add the sql queries that need to be partially or fully matched
- Database::supportsCollations() — Method in class Database
Returns true if this database supports collations
- Database::supportsTimezoneOverride() — Method in class Database
Can the database override timezone as a connection setting, or does it use the system timezone exclusively?
- Database::searchEngine() — Method in class Database
The core search engine, used by this class and its subclasses to do fun stuff.
- Database::supportsTransactions() — Method in class Database
Determines if this database supports transactions
- Database::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class Database
Does this database support savepoints in transactions By default it is assumed that they don't unless they are explicitly enabled.
- Database::supportsTransactionMode() — Method in class Database
Determines if the used database supports given transactionMode as an argument to startTransaction() If transactions are completely unsupported, returns false.
- Database::supportsExtensions() — Method in class Database
- Database::supportsLocks() — Method in class Database
Determines if the used database supports application-level locks, which is different from table- or row-level locking.
- Database::selectDatabase() — Method in class Database
Change the connection to the specified database, optionally creating the database if it doesn't exist in the current schema.
- MySQLDatabase::setSQLMode() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Sets the SQL mode
- MySQLDatabase::selectTimezone() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Sets the system timezone for the database connection
- MySQLDatabase::supportsCollations() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Returns true if this database supports collations
- MySQLDatabase::supportsTimezoneOverride() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Can the database override timezone as a connection setting, or does it use the system timezone exclusively?
- MySQLDatabase::searchEngine() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
The core search engine, used by this class and its subclasses to do fun stuff.
- MySQLDatabase::supportsTransactions() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Determines if this database supports transactions
- MySQLDatabase::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Does this database support savepoints in transactions By default it is assumed that they don't unless they are explicitly enabled.
- MySQLDatabase::supportsLocks() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Determines if the used database supports application-level locks, which is different from table- or row-level locking.
- MySQLSchemaManager::set() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a set type-formatted string
- MySQLTransactionManager::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Return true if savepoints are supported by this transaction manager.
- $ MySQLiConnector#ssl_cipher_default — Property in class MySQLiConnector
Default strong SSL cipher to be used
- MySQLiConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Select a database by name
- NestedTransactionManager::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Return true if savepoints are supported by this transaction manager.
- $ PDOConnector#ssl_cipher_default — Property in class PDOConnector
Default strong SSL cipher to be used
- PDOConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
Select a database by name
- PDOConnector::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class PDOConnector
Return true if savepoints are supported by this transaction manager.
- TempDatabase::supportsTransactions() — Method in class TempDatabase
- TempDatabase::startTransaction() — Method in class TempDatabase
Start a transaction for easy rollback after tests
- TransactionManager::supportsSavepoints() — Method in class TransactionManager
Return true if savepoints are supported by this transaction manager.
- DB::set_conn() — Method in class DB
Set the global database connection.
- DB::set_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
Set an alternative database in a browser cookie, with the cookie lifetime set to the browser session.
- DB::setConfig() — Method in class DB
Set config for a lazy-connected database
- DataList::setDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object changed
- DataList::setDataQueryParam() — Method in class DataList
Returns a new DataList instance with the specified query parameter assigned
- DataList::sql() — Method in class DataList
Returns the SQL query that will be used to get this DataList's records. Good for debugging. :-)
- DataList::sort() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance as a copy of this data list with the sort order set.
- DataList::subtract() — Method in class DataList
This method returns a copy of this list that does not contain any DataObjects that exists in $list
- DataList::sum() — Method in class DataList
Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
- DataList::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataList
Restrict the columns to fetch into this DataList
- DataList::setByIDList() — Method in class DataList
Sets the ComponentSet to be the given ID list.
- DataList::shuffle() — Method in class DataList
Shuffle the datalist using a random function provided by the SQL engine
- $ DataObject#singular_name — Property in class DataObject
Human-readable singular name.
- $ DataObject#searchable_fields — Property in class DataObject
Default list of fields that can be scaffolded by the ModelAdmin search interface.
- $ DataObject#summary_fields — Property in class DataObject
Provides a default list of fields to be used by a 'summary' view of this object.
- DataObject::setClassName() — Method in class DataObject
Set the ClassName attribute. {@link $class} is also updated.
- DataObject::singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the user friendly singular name of this DataObject.
- DataObject::setComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Assign an item to the given component
- DataObject::scaffoldSearchFields() — Method in class DataObject
Determine which properties on the DataObject are searchable, and map them to their default {@link FormField} representations. Used for scaffolding a searchform for {@link ModelAdmin}.
- DataObject::scaffoldFormFields() — Method in class DataObject
Scaffold a simple edit form for all properties on this dataobject, based on default {@link FormField} mapping in {@link DBField::scaffoldFormField()}.
- DataObject::setField() — Method in class DataObject
Set the value of the field Called by {@link __set()} and any setFieldName() methods you might create.
- DataObject::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObject
Set the value of the field, using a casting object.
- DataObject::setSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::setSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
- DataObject::searchableFields() — Method in class DataObject
Get the default searchable fields for this object, as defined in the $searchable_fields list. If searchable fields are not defined on the data object, uses a default selection of summary fields.
- DataObject::summaryFields() — Method in class DataObject
Get the default summary fields for this object.
- DataObject::setJoin() — Method in class DataObject
Set joining object
- DataObjectInterface::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Save content from a form into a field on this data object.
- DataObjectSchema::sqlColumnForField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Given a DataObject class and a field on that class, determine the appropriate SQL for selecting / filtering on in a SQL string. Note that $class must be a valid class, not an arbitrary table.
- DataQuery::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataQuery
- DataQuery::sql() — Method in class DataQuery
Return this query's SQL
- DataQuery::sum() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
- DataQuery::sort() — Method in class DataQuery
Set the ORDER BY clause of this query
- DataQuery::subtract() — Method in class DataQuery
Removes the result of query from this query.
- DataQuery::selectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
Select the only given fields from the given table.
- DataQuery::selectField() — Method in class DataQuery
Select the given field expressions.
- DataQuery::setQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
- DBBoolean::saveInto() — Method in class DBBoolean
Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBBoolean::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBBoolean
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBBoolean::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBBoolean
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBClassName::setBaseClass() — Method in class DBClassName
Assign the base class
- DBClassName::setValue() — Method in class DBClassName
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBComposite::setValue() — Method in class DBComposite
Assign the given value.
- DBComposite::saveInto() — Method in class DBComposite
Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBComposite::setField() — Method in class DBComposite
Set value of a single composite field
- DBComposite::scalarValueOnly() — Method in class DBComposite
Whether or not this DBField only accepts scalar values.
- DBCurrency::setValue() — Method in class DBCurrency
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBCurrency::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBCurrency
- DBDate::setValue() — Method in class DBDate
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBDate::ShortMonth() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the short version of the month such as Jan
- DBDate::Short() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the date in the localised short format
- DBDate::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBDate
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBDatetime::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBDatetime::set_mock_now() — Method in class DBDatetime
Mock the system date temporarily, which is useful for time-based unit testing.
- DBDecimal::saveInto() — Method in class DBDecimal
Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBDecimal::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBDecimal
- DBEnum::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBEnum
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBEnum::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBEnum
- DBEnum::setEnum() — Method in class DBEnum
Set enum options
- DBEnum::setDefault() — Method in class DBEnum
Set default value
- DBField::setName() — Method in class DBField
Set the name of this field.
- DBField::setValue() — Method in class DBField
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBField::setDefaultValue() — Method in class DBField
Set default value to use at the DB level
- DBField::setOptions() — Method in class DBField
Update the optional parameters for this field
- DBField::setIndexType() — Method in class DBField
Set the desired index type to use
- DBField::setTable() — Method in class DBField
Assign this DBField to a table
- DBField::saveInto() — Method in class DBField
Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBField::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBField
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBField::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBField
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBField::setArrayValue() — Method in class DBField
- DBField::scalarValueOnly() — Method in class DBField
Whether or not this DBField only accepts scalar values.
- DBFloat::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBForeignKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBForeignKey
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBForeignKey::setValue() — Method in class DBForeignKey
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBHTMLText::setProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Set shortcodes on or off by default
- DBHTMLText::setWhitelist() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Set list of html properties to whitelist
- DBHTMLText::setOptions() — Method in class DBHTMLText
- DBHTMLText::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBHTMLText::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBHTMLVarchar::setProcessShortcodes() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Set shortcodes on or off by default
- DBHTMLVarchar::setOptions() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
- DBHTMLVarchar::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBHTMLVarchar::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBHTMLVarchar
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBIndexable::setIndexType() — Method in class DBIndexable
Set the desired index type to use
- DBInt::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBInt
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBMoney::setCurrency() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::setAmount() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::setLocale() — Method in class DBMoney
- DBMoney::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBMoney
Returns a CompositeField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBPercentage::saveInto() — Method in class DBPercentage
Saves this field to the given data object.
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::setClassValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Set the value of the "Class" this key points to
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::setIDValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Sets the value of the "ID" this key points to
- DBPolymorphicForeignKey::setValue() — Method in class DBPolymorphicForeignKey
Assign the given value.
- DBPrimaryKey::setAutoIncrement() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
- DBPrimaryKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBPrimaryKey::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBPrimaryKey::setValue() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBString::setOptions() — Method in class DBString
Update the optional parameters for this field.
- DBString::setNullifyEmpty() — Method in class DBString
Set whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null.
- DBText::Summary() — Method in class DBText
Builds a basic summary, up to a maximum number of words
- DBText::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBText
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBText::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBText
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
- DBTime::setValue() — Method in class DBTime
Set the value of this field in various formats.
- DBTime::Short() — Method in class DBTime
Returns the date in the localised short format
- DBTime::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBTime
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBVarchar::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBVarchar
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- DBYear::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBYear
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
- SearchFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Base class for filtering implementations, which work together with {@link SearchContext} to create or amend a query for {@link DataObject} instances.
- SearchFilter::setModel() — Method in class SearchFilter
Set the root model class to be selected by this search query.
- SearchFilter::setValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
Set the current value(s) to be filtered on.
- SearchFilter::setModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
Set the current modifiers to apply to the filter
- SearchFilter::setName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- SearchFilter::setFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter
- StartsWithFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Matches textual content with a substring match from the beginning of the string.
- WithinRangeFilter::setMin() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter
- WithinRangeFilter::setMax() — Method in class WithinRangeFilter
- Hierarchy::showingCMSTree() — Method in class Hierarchy
Checks if we're on a controller where we should filter. ie. Are we loading the SiteTree?
- Hierarchy::stageChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return children in the stage site.
- MarkedSet::setMaxChildNodes() — Method in class MarkedSet
Set hard limit of number of nodes to get for this level
- MarkedSet::setNodeCountThreshold() — Method in class MarkedSet
Set max node count
- MarkedSet::setChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet
Set method to use for getting children
- MarkedSet::setNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class MarkedSet
Set method name to get num children
- MarkedSet::setMarkingFilter() — Method in class MarkedSet
Filter the marking to only those object with $node->$parameterName == $parameterValue
- MarkedSet::setMarkingFilterFunction() — Method in class MarkedSet
Filter the marking to only those where the function returns true. The node in question will be passed to the function.
- MarkedSet::setLimitingEnabled() — Method in class MarkedSet
Toggle limiting on or off
- ListDecorator::setList() — Method in class ListDecorator
Set the list this decorator wraps around.
- ListDecorator::sort() — Method in class ListDecorator
Sorts this list by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::setJoinClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::setLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::setForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::setForeignClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::setParentClass() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
- Map::setKeyField() — Method in class Map
Set the key field for this map.
- Map::setValueField() — Method in class Map
Set the value field for this map.
- PaginatedList::setPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList
Sets the GET var used to set the page start.
- PaginatedList::setPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList
Set the number of items displayed per page. Set to zero to disable paging.
- PaginatedList::setCurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
Sets the current page.
- PaginatedList::setPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList
Sets the offset of the item that current page starts at. This should be a multiple of the page length.
- PaginatedList::setTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Sets the total number of items in the list. This is useful when doing custom pagination.
- PaginatedList::setPaginationFromQuery() — Method in class PaginatedList
Sets the page length, page start and total items from a query object's limit, offset and unlimited count. The query MUST have a limit clause.
- PaginatedList::setLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::setRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList
Set the request object for this list
- SQLAssignmentRow — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Represents a list of updates / inserts made to a single row in a table
- SQLAssignmentRow::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLConditionGroup — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Represents a where condition that is dynamically generated. Maybe be stored within a list of conditions, altered, and be allowed to affect the result of the parent sql query during future execution.
- SQLConditionalExpression — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Represents a SQL query for an expression which interacts with existing rows (SELECT / DELETE / UPDATE) with a WHERE clause
- SQLConditionalExpression::setFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Sets the list of tables to query from or update
- SQLConditionalExpression::setConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Set the connective property.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setJoinFilter() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Set the filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Set a WHERE clause.
- SQLConditionalExpression::setWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
- SQLConditionalExpression::splitQueryParameters() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Given a list of conditions as per the format of $this->where, split this into an array of predicates, and a separate array of ordered parameters
- SQLDelete — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Object representing a SQL DELETE query.
- SQLDelete::setDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
- SQLExpression — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Abstract base class for an object representing an SQL query.
- SQLExpression::sql() — Method in class SQLExpression
Generate the SQL statement for this query.
- SQLInsert — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Object representing a SQL INSERT query.
- SQLInsert::setInto() — Method in class SQLInsert
Sets the table name to insert into
- SQLInsert::setRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
Sets all rows to the given array
- SQLInsert::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLSelect — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Object representing a SQL SELECT query.
- SQLSelect::setSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
Set the list of columns to be selected by the query.
- SQLSelect::selectField() — Method in class SQLSelect
Select an additional field.
- SQLSelect::setDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect
Set distinct property.
- SQLSelect::setLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect
Pass LIMIT clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::setOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Set ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
- SQLSelect::setGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Set a GROUP BY clause.
- SQLSelect::setHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
Set a HAVING clause.
- SQLUpdate — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Object representing a SQL UPDATE query.
- SQLUpdate::setTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Sets the table name to update
- SQLUpdate::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- SQLWriteExpression — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Queries
Represents a SQL expression which may have field values assigned (UPDATE/INSERT Expressions)
- SQLWriteExpression::setAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Sets the list of assignments to the given list
- Relation::setByIDList() — Method in class Relation
Sets the ComponentSet to be the given ID list.
- SS_List — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
An interface that a class can implement to be treated as a list container.
- SearchContext — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Search
Manages searching of properties on one or more {@link DataObject} types, based on a given set of input parameters.
- SearchContext::setFilters() — Method in class SearchContext
Overwrite the current search context filter map.
- SearchContext::setFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Apply a list of searchable fields to the current search context.
- SearchContext::setSearchParams() — Method in class SearchContext
Set search param values
- Sortable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Additional interface for {@link SS_List} classes that are sortable.
- Sortable::sort() — Method in class Sortable
Return a new instance of this list that is sorted by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
- UnsavedRelationList::setByIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Sets the Relation to be the given ID list.
- ValidationResult::serialize() — Method in class ValidationResult
String representation of object
- Report::sourceQuery() — Method in class Report
Return the {@link DataQuery} that provides your report data.
- Report::sourceRecords() — Method in class Report
List of records to show for this report
- ReportWrapper::sourceQuery() — Method in class ReportWrapper
Return the {@link DataQuery} that provides your report data.
- ReportWrapper::sourceRecords() — Method in class ReportWrapper
List of records to show for this report
- ReportWrapper::sort() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- SideReportView — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Reports
Renderer for showing SideReports in CMSMain
- SideReportView::sort() — Method in class SideReportView
- SideReportView::setParameters() — Method in class SideReportView
- SideReportWrapper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Reports
A report wrapper that makes it easier to define slightly different behaviour for side-reports.
- AuthenticationMiddleware::setAuthenticationHandler() — Method in class AuthenticationMiddleware
- Authenticator::supportedServices() — Method in class Authenticator
Returns the services supported by this authenticator
- BasicAuthMiddleware::setURLPatterns() — Method in class BasicAuthMiddleware
- CMSSecurity::success() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Given a successful login, tell the parent frame to close the dialog
- Handler::securityTokenEnabled() — Method in class Handler
This method is being used by Form to check whether it needs to use SecurityToken
- Storage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\Confirmation
Confirmation Storage implemented on top of SilverStripe Session and Cookie
- Storage::setSuccessRequest() — Method in class Storage
This request should be performed on success Usually the original request which triggered the confirmation
- Storage::setSuccessUrl() — Method in class Storage
The URL the form should redirect to on success
- Storage::setFailureUrl() — Method in class Storage
The URL the form should redirect to on failure
- DefaultAdminService::setDefaultAdmin() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
Set the default admin credentials
- $ Group#Sort — Property in class Group
- Group::stageChildren() — Method in class Group
Override this so groups are ordered in the CMS
- Group::setCode() — Method in class Group
Overloaded to ensure the code is always descent.
- InheritedPermissionFlusher::setOwner() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
- InheritedPermissionFlusher::setServices() — Method in class InheritedPermissionFlusher
- InheritedPermissions::setDefaultPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
- InheritedPermissions::setGlobalEditPermissions() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Global permissions required to edit
- $ LoginAttempt#Status — Property in class LoginAttempt
Status of the login attempt, either 'Success' or 'Failure'
- LoginAttempt::setEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Set email used for this attempt
- LoginForm::setAuthenticatorClass() — Method in class LoginForm
Set the authenticator class name to use
- $ Member#summary_fields — Property in class Member
- $ Member#session_regenerate_id — Property in class Member
Indicates that when a {@link Member} logs in, Member:session_regenerate_id() should be called as a security precaution.
- $ Member#Surname — Property in class Member
- $ Member#Salt — Property in class Member
- Member::set_password_validator() — Method in class Member
Set a {@link PasswordValidator} object to use to validate member's passwords.
- Member::set_title_columns() — Method in class Member
- Member::setName() — Method in class Member
Set first- and surname
- Member::splitName() — Method in class Member
Alias for {@link setName}
- CMSMemberAuthenticator::supportedServices() — Method in class CMSMemberAuthenticator
Returns the services supported by this authenticator
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::setDeviceCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Set the name of the cookie used to track this device
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::setTokenCookieName() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Set the name of the cookie used to store an login token
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::setTokenCookieSecure() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Set cookie with HTTPS only flag
- CookieAuthenticationHandler::setCascadeInTo() — Method in class CookieAuthenticationHandler
Set the name of the cookie used to store an login token
- MemberAuthenticator::supportedServices() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Returns the services supported by this authenticator
- SessionAuthenticationHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security\MemberAuthenticator
Authenticate a member pased on a session cookie
- SessionAuthenticationHandler::setSessionVariable() — Method in class SessionAuthenticationHandler
Set the session variable name used to track member ID
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::setGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- $ MemberPassword#Salt — Property in class MemberPassword
- Member_Validator::setForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator
Set the Member this validator applies to.
- NullSecurityToken::setValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- PasswordEncryptor::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::set_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
Sets the cost of the blowfish algorithm.
- PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
self::$cost param is forced to be two digits with leading zeroes for ints 4-9
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordEncryptor_None::salt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Salt} property.
- PasswordExpirationMiddleware::setRedirect() — Method in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
Preserve the password change URL in the session That URL is to be redirected to to force users change expired passwords
- PasswordValidator::setMinLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::setMinTestScore() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PasswordValidator::setTestNames() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Set list of tests to use for this validator
- PasswordValidator::setHistoricCount() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- $ Permission#strict_checking — Property in class Permission
- Permission::sort_permissions() — Method in class Permission
Sort permissions based on their sort value, or name
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::setHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::saveInto() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
Update the permission set associated with $record DataObject
- PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly::saveInto() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField_Readonly
Update the permission set associated with $record DataObject
- RememberLoginHash::setToken() — Method in class RememberLoginHash
- RequestAuthenticationHandler::setHandlers() — Method in class RequestAuthenticationHandler
Set an associative array of handlers
- Security — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Implements a basic security model
- $ Security#strict_path_checking — Property in class Security
If set to TRUE to prevent sharing of the session across several sites in the domain.
- Security::setAuthenticators() — Method in class Security
- Security::setCurrentUser() — Method in class Security
- Security::setSessionMessage() — Method in class Security
Set the next message to display for the security login page. Defaults to warning
- Security::setDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Security
Set a default admin in dev-mode
- Security::set_ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
Set to true to ignore access to disallowed actions, rather than returning permission failure Note that this is just a flag that other code needs to check with Security::ignore_disallowed_actions()
- SecurityToken — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Security
Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF) protection for the {@link Form} class and other GET links.
- SecurityToken::setName() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SecurityToken::setValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
- SiteConfig — Class in namespace SilverStripe\SiteConfig
SiteConfig
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain — Class in namespace SilverStripe\SiteConfig
- SiteConfigLeftAndMain::save_siteconfig() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
Save the current sites {@link SiteConfig} into the database.
- SiteConfigPagePermissions — Class in namespace SilverStripe\SiteConfig
Root permission provider for pages in the SiteTree root
- $ ArchiveAdmin#showSearchForm — Property in class ArchiveAdmin
- SiteTreeArchiveExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\VersionedAdmin\Extensions
Adds a archive view for Pages
- DiffField::setComparisonField() — Method in class DiffField
- HistoryViewerField::setContextKey() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
- ProxyCacheAdapter::set() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- ProxyCacheAdapter::setMultiple() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
{@inheritdoc}
- $ ChangeSet#State — Property in class ChangeSet
one of 'open', 'published', or 'reverted'
- ChangeSet::sync() — Method in class ChangeSet
Add implicit changes that should be included in this changeset
- VersionedTestState::setUp() — Method in class VersionedTestState
Called on setup
- VersionedTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class VersionedTestState
Called once on setup
- SchemaScaffolderExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Extensions
- RestoreAction::shouldRestoreToRoot() — Method in class RestoreAction
Determines whether this record can be restored to it's original location
- Versioned::setNextWriteWithoutVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Set if next write should be without version or not
- Versioned::setDeleteWritesVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Set if delete() should write _Version rows
- Versioned::setMigratingVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Set the migrating version.
- Versioned::stagesDiffer() — Method in class Versioned
Compare two stages to see if they're different.
- Versioned::stageTable() — Method in class Versioned
Given a table and stage determine the table name.
- Versioned::set_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Set the current reading mode.
- Versioned::set_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Set the reading stage.
- Versioned::set_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Replace default mode.
- Versioned::set_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned
Set if the draft site should be secured or not
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest::saveFormIntoRecord() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldItemRequest
If a record is recursive publishable, but not versioned, all saves should trigger a recursive publish.
- VersionedGridFieldState::setColumn() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
- VersionedGridFieldState::setVersionedLabelFields() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
- ArrayData::setField() — Method in class ArrayData
Add or set a field on this object.
- RequirementsTestState::setUp() — Method in class RequirementsTestState
Called on setup
- RequirementsTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class RequirementsTestState
Called once on setup
- SSViewerTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Dev
- SSViewerTestState::setUp() — Method in class SSViewerTestState
Called on setup
- SSViewerTestState::setUpOnce() — Method in class SSViewerTestState
Called once on setup
- EmbedResource::setOptions() — Method in class EmbedResource
- EmbedResource::setDispatcher() — Method in class EmbedResource
- HTML4Value::setContent() — Method in class HTML4Value
- HTMLCleaner::setConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLValue::setContent() — Method in class HTMLValue
- HTMLValue::setDocument() — Method in class HTMLValue
- HTMLValue::setInvalid() — Method in class HTMLValue
- SQLFormatter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Format a SQL Query for better readable output in HTML or Plaintext.
- ShortcodeHandler — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Abstract interface for a class which handles shortcodes
- ShortcodeParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
A simple parser that allows you to map BBCode-like "shortcodes" to an arbitrary callback.
- ShortcodeParser::set_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Set the identifier to use for the current active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.
- URLSegmentFilter::setReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::setTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- URLSegmentFilter::setAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
- Requirements::set_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements
Enable combining of css/javascript files.
- Requirements::set_combined_files_folder() — Method in class Requirements
Set the relative folder e.g. 'assets' for where to store combined files
- Requirements::set_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements
Set whether to add caching query params to the requests for file-based requirements.
- Requirements::set_backend() — Method in class Requirements
Setter method for changing the Requirements backend
- Requirements::set_write_js_to_body() — Method in class Requirements
Set whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the head tag.
- Requirements::set_force_js_to_bottom() — Method in class Requirements
Set whether to force the JavaScript to end of the body. Useful if you use inline script tags that don't rely on scripts included via {@link Requirements::javascript()).
- Requirements::set_minify_combined_js_files() — Method in class Requirements
Enable or disable js minification
- Requirements::set_write_header_comments() — Method in class Requirements
Flag whether header comments should be written for each combined file
- Requirements_Backend::setAssetHandler() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set a new asset handler for this backend
- Requirements_Backend::setMinifier() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set a new minification service for this backend
- Requirements_Backend::setCombinedFilesEnabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Enable or disable the combination of CSS and JavaScript files
- Requirements_Backend::setWriteHeaderComment() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Flag whether header comments should be written for each combined file
- Requirements_Backend::setCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set the folder to save combined files in. By default they're placed in _combinedfiles, however this may be an issue depending on your setup, especially for CSS files which often contain relative paths.
- Requirements_Backend::setSuffixRequirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set whether to add caching query params to the requests for file-based requirements.
- Requirements_Backend::setWriteJavascriptToBody() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set whether you want to write the JS to the body of the page rather than at the end of the head tag.
- Requirements_Backend::setForceJSToBottom() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Forces the JavaScript requirements to the end of the body, right before the closing tag
- Requirements_Backend::setMinifyCombinedFiles() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Set if combined files should be minified
- SSTemplateParseException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
This is the exception raised when failing to parse a template. Note that we don't currently do any static analysis, so we can't know if the template will run, just if it's malformed. It also won't catch mistakes that still look valid.
- SSTemplateParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
This is the parser for the SilverStripe template language. It gets called on a string and uses a php-peg parser to match that string against the language structure, building up the PHP code to execute that structure as it parses
- SSTemplateParser::setClosedBlocks() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Set the closed blocks that the template parser should use
- SSTemplateParser::setOpenBlocks() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Set the open blocks that the template parser should use
- SSViewer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Parses a template file with an *.ss file extension.
- $ SSViewer#source_file_comments — Property in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::set_themes() — Method in class SSViewer
Assign the list of active themes to apply.
- SSViewer::set_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::setRewriteHashLinks() — Method in class SSViewer
Set if hash links are rewritten for this instance
- SSViewer::setRewriteHashLinksDefault() — Method in class SSViewer
Set default rewrite hash links
- SSViewer::setTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer::setParser() — Method in class SSViewer
Set the template parser that will be used in template generation
- SSViewer::setPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer
Set the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.
- SSViewer::setTemplateFile() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Defines an extra set of basic methods that can be used in templates that are not defined on sub-classes of {@link ViewableData}.
- SSViewer_DataPresenter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
This extends SSViewer_Scope to mix in data on top of what the item provides. This can be "global" data that is scope-independant (like BaseURL), or type-specific data that is layered on top cross-cut like (like $FirstLast etc).
- SSViewer_FromString — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Special SSViewer that will process a template passed as a string, rather than a filename.
- SSViewer_FromString::setCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- SSViewer_Scope — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
This tracks the current scope for an SSViewer instance. It has three goals:
- Handle entering & leaving sub-scopes in loops and withs
- Track Up and Top
- (As a side effect) Inject data that needs to be available globally (used to live in ViewableData)
- SSViewer_Scope::self() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Gets the current object and resets the scope.
- ThemeManifest::setProject() — Method in class ThemeManifest
Sets the project
- ThemeResourceLoader::set_instance() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
Set instance
- ThemeResourceLoader::setCache() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
- ViewableData::setFailover() — Method in class ViewableData
Set a failover object to attempt to get data from if it is not present on this object.
- ViewableData::setField() — Method in class ViewableData
Set a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
- ViewableData::setCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
- IntlLocales::scriptDirection() — Method in class IntlLocales
Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.
- Locales::scriptDirection() — Method in class Locales
Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.
- Sources — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Data
Data sources for localisation strings. I.e. yml files stored within the /lang folder in any installed module.
- FlushInvalidatedResource::serialize() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
- ModuleYamlLoader::setReader() — Method in class ModuleYamlLoader
- SymfonyMessageProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages\Symfony
Implement message localisation using a symfony/translate backend
- SymfonyMessageProvider::setTranslator() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
- SymfonyMessageProvider::setSourceDirs() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
Set the list of /lang dirs to load localisations from
- i18nTextCollector::setWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Assign a writer
- i18nTextCollector::setReader() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Set reader
- i18nTextCollector::setDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18nTextCollector::setWarnOnEmptyDefault() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18n::set_locale() — Method in class i18n
Set the current locale, used as the default for any localized classes, such as {@link FormField} or {@link DBField} instances. Locales can also be persisted in {@link Member->Locale}, for example in the {@link CMSMain} interface the Member locale overrules the global locale value set here.
T
- $ CMSMenuItem#title — Property in class CMSMenuItem
The (translated) menu title
- $ LeftAndMain#tree_class — Property in class LeftAndMain
A subclass of {@link DataObject}.
- LeftAndMain::Tools() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Renders a panel containing tools which apply to all displayed "content" (mostly through {@link EditForm()}), for example a tree navigation or a filter panel.
- LeftAndMain::Title() — Method in class LeftAndMain
- $ AssetAdmin#thumbnail_width — Property in class AssetAdmin
Retina thumbnail image (native size: 176)
- $ AssetAdmin#thumbnail_height — Property in class AssetAdmin
Retina thumbnail height (native size: 132)
- $ UploadField#thumbnail_width — Property in class UploadField
- $ UploadField#thumbnail_height — Property in class UploadField
- UploadField::Type() — Method in class UploadField
Returns the field type.
- CreateFileMutationCreator::type() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
- CreateFolderMutationCreator::type() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
- DeleteFileMutationCreator::type() — Method in class DeleteFileMutationCreator
- MoveFilesMutationCreator::type() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
- PublicationMutationCreator::type() — Method in class PublicationMutationCreator
- PublicationResultType::toType() — Method in class PublicationResultType
- ReadFileUsageQueryCreator::type() — Method in class ReadFileUsageQueryCreator
- UpdateFileMutationCreator::type() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
- ThumbnailGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Model
Generate thumbnails and thumbnail links
- $ ThumbnailGenerator#thumbnail_links — Property in class ThumbnailGenerator
Determine how thumbnails are serialised List of visibility to either 'inline' or 'url' form.
- TagsToShortcodeHelper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
SS4 and its File Migration Task changes the way in which files are stored in the assets folder, with files placed in subfolders named with partial hashmap values of the file version. This helper class goes through the HTML content fields looking for instances of image links, and corrects the link path to what it should be, with an image shortcode.
- TagsToShortcodeTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
SS4 and its File Migration Task changes the way in which files are stored in the assets folder, with files placed in subfolders named with partial hashmap values of the file version. This build task goes through the HTML content fields looking for instances of image links, and corrects the link path to what it should be, with an image shortcode.
- TestAssetStore — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev
Allows you to mock a backend store in a custom directory beneath assets.
- $ File#Title — Property in class File
Title of the file
- $ Image#table_name — Property in class Image
- ImageManipulation::Thumbnail() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Default thumbnail generation for Images
- ImageManipulation::ThumbnailIcon() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Thumbnail generation for all file types.
- ImageManipulation::ThumbnailURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Get URL to thumbnail of the given size.
- FileLinkTracking::trackLinksInField() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
Scrape the content of a field to detect anly links to local SiteTree pages or files
- Thumbnail — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
An object which may have a thumbnail url
- Thumbnail::ThumbnailURL() — Method in class Thumbnail
Get a thumbnail for this object
- CMSMain::TreeIsFiltered() — Method in class CMSMain
- CMSMain::treeview() — Method in class CMSMain
This method exclusively handles deferred ajax requests to render the pages tree deferred handler (no pjax-fragment)
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages
- CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::title() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Type() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns the field type.
- $ SiteTree#Title — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::trackLinksInField() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Scrape the content of a field to detect anly links to local SiteTree pages or files
- BrokenFilesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
Return the title of this report.
- BrokenLinksReport::title() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
Return the title of this report.
- BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
Return the title of this report.
- BrokenVirtualPagesReport::title() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
Return the title of this report.
- EmptyPagesReport::title() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
Return the title of this report.
- RecentlyEditedReport::title() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
Return the title of this report.
- $ CampaignAdmin#thumbnail_width — Property in class CampaignAdmin
Size of thumbnail width
- $ CampaignAdmin#thumbnail_height — Property in class CampaignAdmin
Size of thumbnail height
- MemoryConfigCollection::transform() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
Trigger transformers to load into this store
- PrivateStaticTransformer::transform() — Method in class PrivateStaticTransformer
This loops through each class and fetches the private static config for each class.
- TransformerInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Transformer
- TransformerInterface::transform() — Method in class TransformerInterface
This is responsible for parsing a single yaml file and returning it into a format that Config can understand. Config will then be responsible for turning thie output into the final merged config.
- YamlTransformer::transform() — Method in class YamlTransformer
This is responsible for parsing a single yaml file and returning it into a format that Config can understand. Config will then be responsible for turning thie output into the final merged config.
- Director::test() — Method in class Director
Test a URL request, returning a response object. This method is a wrapper around Director::handleRequest() to assist with functional testing. It will execute the URL given, and return the result as an HTTPResponse object.
- CanonicalURLMiddleware::throwRedirectIfNeeded() — Method in class CanonicalURLMiddleware
Handles redirection to canonical urls outside of the main middleware chain using HTTPResponseException.
- TrustedProxyMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
This middleware will rewrite headers that provide IP and host details from an upstream proxy.
- RSSFeed::Title() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the title of thisfeed
- RSSFeed_Entry::Title() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get the description of this entry
- $ Session#timeout — Property in class Session
Set session timeout in seconds.
- ClassInfo::table_for_object_field() — Method in class ClassInfo
- TempFolder — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core
Guesses location for temp folder
- $ BulkLoader#title — Property in class BulkLoader
Override this on subclasses to give the specific functions names.
- BulkLoader::Title() — Method in class BulkLoader
Return a human-readable name for this object.
- CLI::text() — Method in class CLI
Return text encoded for CLI output, optionally coloured
- ArraySubset::toString() — Method in class ArraySubset
Returns a string representation of the constraint.
- SSListContains::toString() — Method in class SSListContains
Returns a string representation of the object.
- SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems::toString() — Method in class SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems
Returns a string representation of the object.
- ViewableDataContains::toString() — Method in class ViewableDataContains
Returns a string representation of the object.
- Debug::text() — Method in class Debug
Get debug text for this object
- InstallerTest::testrewrite() — Method in class InstallerTest
- SSListExporter::toMap() — Method in class SSListExporter
- SapphireTest::tempDB() — Method in class SapphireTest
- SapphireTest::tearDownAfterClass() — Method in class SapphireTest
tearDown method that's called once per test class rather once per test method.
- ExtensionTestState::tearDown() — Method in class ExtensionTestState
Called on tear down
- ExtensionTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class ExtensionTestState
Called once on tear down
- FixtureTestState::tearDown() — Method in class FixtureTestState
Called on tear down
- FixtureTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class FixtureTestState
Called once on tear down
- FlushableTestState::tearDown() — Method in class FlushableTestState
Called on tear down
- FlushableTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class FlushableTestState
Called once on tear down
- GlobalsTestState::tearDown() — Method in class GlobalsTestState
Called on tear down
- GlobalsTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class GlobalsTestState
Called once on tear down
- KernelTestState::tearDown() — Method in class KernelTestState
Called on tear down
- KernelTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class KernelTestState
Called once on tear down
- LoggerState::tearDown() — Method in class LoggerState
Called on tear down
- LoggerState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class LoggerState
Called once on tear down
- SapphireTestState::tearDown() — Method in class SapphireTestState
Called on tear down
- SapphireTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class SapphireTestState
Called once on tear down
- TestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\State
Helper for resetting, booting, or cleaning up test state.
- TestState::tearDown() — Method in class TestState
Called on tear down
- TestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class TestState
Called once on tear down
- TaskRunner — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
- TestKernel — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Kernel for running unit tests
- TestMailer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
- TestOnly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Classes that implement TestOnly are only to be used during testing
- TestSession — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Represents a test usage session of a web-app It will maintain session-state from request to request
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Wrapper around HTTPResponse to make it look like a SimpleHTTPResposne
- CheckboxSetField::Type() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Returns the field type.
- ConfirmedPasswordField::Title() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Returns the field label - used by templates.
- CurrencyField::Type() — Method in class CurrencyField
Returns the field type.
- DatalessField::Type() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns the field type.
- DateField::Type() — Method in class DateField
Returns the field type.
- DateField_Disabled::Type() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
Returns the field type.
- DatetimeField::Type() — Method in class DatetimeField
- DatetimeField::tidyInternal() — Method in class DatetimeField
Tidy up the internal date representation (ISO 8601), and fall back to strtotime() if there's parsing errors.
- DisabledTransformation::transform() — Method in class DisabledTransformation
- EmailField::Type() — Method in class EmailField
Returns the field type.
- FieldList::transform() — Method in class FieldList
Transform this FieldList with a given tranform method, e.g. $this->transform(new ReadonlyTransformation())
- Form::transform() — Method in class Form
- FormAction::Type() — Method in class FormAction
Returns the field type.
- FormField::Title() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field label - used by templates.
- FormField::transform() — Method in class FormField
- FormField::Type() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field type.
- $ FormScaffolder#tabbed — Property in class FormScaffolder
- FormTransformation::transform() — Method in class FormTransformation
- GridState_Data::toArray() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GroupedDropdownField::Type() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
Returns the field type.
- HTMLEditorField_Readonly::Type() — Method in class HTMLEditorField_Readonly
Returns the field type.
- TinyMCECombinedGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Generates tinymce config using a combined file generated via a standard SilverStripe {@link GeneratedAssetHandler}
- TinyMCEConfig — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Default configuration for HtmlEditor specific to tinymce
- $ TinyMCEConfig#tinymce_lang — Property in class TinyMCEConfig
- TinyMCEGZIPGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Uses the default tiny_mc_gzip.php handler
- TinyMCEScriptGenerator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms\HTMLEditor
Declares a service which can generate a script URL for a given HTMLEditor config
- HeaderField::Type() — Method in class HeaderField
- LookupField::Type() — Method in class LookupField
- NumericField::Type() — Method in class NumericField
Returns the field type.
- PasswordField::Type() — Method in class PasswordField
Returns the field type.
- PrintableTransformation::transformTabSet() — Method in class PrintableTransformation
- ReadonlyField::Type() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Returns the field type.
- SingleLookupField::Type() — Method in class SingleLookupField
- Tab — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Implements a single tab in a {@link TabSet}.
- TabSet — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Defines a set of tabs in a form.
- TabSet::Tabs() — Method in class TabSet
Return a set of all this classes tabs
- TextField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Text input field.
- TextareaField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
TextareaField creates a multi-line text field, allowing more data to be entered than a standard text field. It creates the
<textarea>
tag in the form HTML.- TextareaField::Type() — Method in class TextareaField
Returns the field type.
- TimeField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Form field to display editable time values in an field.
- TimeField::Type() — Method in class TimeField
Returns the field type.
- TimeField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
The readonly class for our {@link TimeField}.
- TimeField_Readonly::Type() — Method in class TimeField_Readonly
Returns the field type.
- Tip — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a Tip which can be rendered alongside a form field in the front-end.
- TippableFieldInterface — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Declares that a form field has the ability to accept and render Tips.
- ToggleCompositeField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Allows visibility of a group of fields to be toggled.
- TreeDropdownField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Dropdown-like field that allows you to select an item from a hierarchical AJAX-expandable tree.
- TreeDropdownField::tree() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Get the whole tree of a part of the tree via an AJAX request.
- TreeDropdownField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- TreeMultiselectField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
This formfield represents many-many joins using a tree selector shown in a dropdown styled element which can be added to any form usually in the CMS.
- TreeMultiselectField_Readonly — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
- Configuration::toArray() — Method in class Configuration
- DebugSchemaState::tearDown() — Method in class DebugSchemaState
Called on tear down
- DebugSchemaState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class DebugSchemaState
Called once on tear down
- DisableTypeCacheState::tearDown() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
Called on tear down
- DisableTypeCacheState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class DisableTypeCacheState
Called once on tear down
- TestSessionEnvironmentExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
- $ HTTPProvider#timeout — Property in class HTTPProvider
Timeout for the HTTP request
- TokenContextProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
- TypePlugin — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Interfaces
A plugin that applies to a generic Type
- ComposedResolver::toClosure() — Method in class ComposedResolver
- ResolverReference::toArray() — Method in class ResolverReference
- ResolverReference::toString() — Method in class ResolverReference
- Type — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Abstraction for a generic type
- TypeReference — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Uniform way of referring to a type as a string. Accepts default value syntax
- TypeReference::toAST() — Method in class TypeReference
- ArrayList::toArray() — Method in class ArrayList
Return an array of the actual items that this ArrayList contains.
- ArrayList::toNestedArray() — Method in class ArrayList
Return this list as an array and every object it as an sub array as well
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record a table creation to later execute
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record a table alteration to later execute
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record a field to be later created
- DBSchemaManager::transCreateIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record an index to be later created
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record a field to be later updated
- DBSchemaManager::transAlterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Instruct the schema manager to record an index to be later updated
- DBSchemaManager::tableList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- DBSchemaManager::text() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'text' column
- DBSchemaManager::time() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'time' column
- Database::transactionStart() — Method in class Database
Start a prepared transaction See http://developer.postgresql.org/pgdocs/postgres/sql-set-transaction.html for details on transaction isolation options
- Database::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class Database
Create a savepoint that you can jump back to if you encounter problems
- Database::transactionRollback() — Method in class Database
Rollback or revert to a savepoint if your queries encounter problems If you encounter a problem at any point during a transaction, you may need to rollback that particular query, or return to a savepoint
- Database::transactionEnd() — Method in class Database
Commit everything inside this transaction so far
- Database::transactionDepth() — Method in class Database
Return depth of current transaction
- MySQLDatabase::transactionStart() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Start a prepared transaction See http://developer.postgresql.org/pgdocs/postgres/sql-set-transaction.html for details on transaction isolation options
- MySQLDatabase::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Create a savepoint that you can jump back to if you encounter problems
- MySQLDatabase::transactionRollback() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Rollback or revert to a savepoint if your queries encounter problems If you encounter a problem at any point during a transaction, you may need to rollback that particular query, or return to a savepoint
- MySQLDatabase::transactionDepth() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Return depth of current transaction
- MySQLDatabase::transactionEnd() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Commit everything inside this transaction so far
- MySQLSchemaManager::tableList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- MySQLSchemaManager::text() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a text type-formatted string
- MySQLSchemaManager::time() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a time type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'time', no other parameters are necessary
- MySQLTransactionManager::transactionStart() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Start a prepared transaction
- MySQLTransactionManager::transactionEnd() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Complete a transaction
- MySQLTransactionManager::transactionRollback() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Roll-back a transaction
- MySQLTransactionManager::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Create a new savepoint
- MySQLTransactionManager::transactionDepth() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
Return the depth of the transaction For unnested transactions returns 1 while in a transaction, 0 otherwise
- NestedTransactionManager::transactionStart() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Start a transaction
- NestedTransactionManager::transactionEnd() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Complete a transaction
- NestedTransactionManager::transactionRollback() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Roll-back a transaction
- NestedTransactionManager::transactionDepth() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Return the depth of the transaction.
- NestedTransactionManager::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Create a new savepoint
- PDOConnector::transactionStart() — Method in class PDOConnector
Start a prepared transaction
- PDOConnector::transactionEnd() — Method in class PDOConnector
Complete a transaction
- PDOConnector::transactionRollback() — Method in class PDOConnector
Roll-back a transaction
- PDOConnector::transactionDepth() — Method in class PDOConnector
Return the depth of the transaction For unnested transactions returns 1 while in a transaction, 0 otherwise
- PDOConnector::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class PDOConnector
Create a new savepoint
- PDOStatementHandle::typeCorrectedFetchAll() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Fetch a record form the statement with its type data corrected Returns data as an array of maps
- Query::table() — Method in class Query
Return an HTML table containing the full result-set
- TempDatabase — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
- TransactionManager — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Connect
Represents an object that is capable of controlling transactions.
- TransactionManager::transactionStart() — Method in class TransactionManager
Start a prepared transaction
- TransactionManager::transactionEnd() — Method in class TransactionManager
Complete a transaction
- TransactionManager::transactionRollback() — Method in class TransactionManager
Roll-back a transaction
- TransactionManager::transactionSavepoint() — Method in class TransactionManager
Create a new savepoint
- TransactionManager::transactionDepth() — Method in class TransactionManager
Return the depth of the transaction For unnested transactions returns 1 while in a transaction, 0 otherwise
- DB::table_list() — Method in class DB
Returns a list of all tables in the database.
- DataList::toArray() — Method in class DataList
Return an array of the actual items that this DataList contains at this stage.
- DataList::toNestedArray() — Method in class DataList
Return this list as an array and every object it as an sub array as well
- $ DataObject#Title — Property in class DataObject
- DataObject::toMap() — Method in class DataObject
Convert this object to a map.
- $ DataObjectSchema#table_namespace_separator — Property in class DataObjectSchema
Default separate for table namespaces. Can be set to any string for databases that do not support some characters.
- DataObjectSchema::tableName() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Get table name for the given class.
- DataObjectSchema::tableClass() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Find the class for the given table
- DataObjectSchema::tableForField() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Returns the table name in the class hierarchy which contains a given field column for a {@link DataObject}. If the field does not exist, this will return null.
- DBDate::TimeDiff() — Method in class DBDate
- DBDate::TimeDiffIn() — Method in class DBDate
Gets the time difference, but always returns it in a certain format
- DBDatetime::Time() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns the standard localised time
- DBDatetime::Time12() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns the time in 12-hour format using the format string 'h:mm a' e.g. '1:32 pm'.
- DBDatetime::Time24() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns the time in 24-hour format using the format string 'H:mm' e.g. '13:32'.
- DBInt::Times() — Method in class DBInt
- ListDecorator::toArray() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns all the items in the list in an array.
- ListDecorator::toNestedArray() — Method in class ListDecorator
Returns the contents of the list as an array of maps.
- ListDecorator::TotalItems() — Method in class ListDecorator
- Map::toArray() — Method in class Map
Return an array equivalent to this map.
- PaginatedList::toArray() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::TotalPages() — Method in class PaginatedList
- PaginatedList::TotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the total number of items in the list
- SQLConditionalExpression::toDelete() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Generates an SQLDelete object using the currently specified parameters
- SQLConditionalExpression::toSelect() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Generates an SQLSelect object using the currently specified parameters.
- SQLConditionalExpression::toUpdate() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Generates an SQLUpdate object using the currently specified parameters.
- SS_List::toArray() — Method in class SS_List
Returns all the items in the list in an array.
- SS_List::toNestedArray() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the contents of the list as an array of maps.
- UnsavedRelationList::toArray() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Return an array of the actual items that this relation contains at this stage.
- Report::title() — Method in class Report
Return the title of this report.
- Report::TreeTitle() — Method in class Report
Return the name of this report, which is used by the templates to render the name of the report in the report tree, the left hand pane inside ReportAdmin.
- ReportWrapper::title() — Method in class ReportWrapper
Return the title of this report.
- $ Group#Title — Property in class Group
Name of the group
- $ Member#title_format — Property in class Member
- $ Member#temp_id_lifetime — Property in class Member
Default lifetime of temporary ids.
- $ Member#TempIDHash — Property in class Member
- $ Member#TempIDExpired — Property in class Member
- $ Member#TimeFormat — Property in class Member
- $ RememberLoginHash#token_expiry_days — Property in class RememberLoginHash
Number of days the token will be valid for
- $ Security#template — Property in class Security
- $ Security#template_main — Property in class Security
Template that is used to render the pages.
- DiffTransformation::transform() — Method in class DiffTransformation
- HistoryViewerField::Type() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
Returns the field type.
- ChangeSetItem::ThumbnailURL() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Get a thumbnail for this object
- VersionedTestState::tearDown() — Method in class VersionedTestState
Called on tear down
- VersionedTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class VersionedTestState
Called once on tear down
- VersionedQueryMode::toType() — Method in class VersionedQueryMode
- VersionedStage::toType() — Method in class VersionedStage
- VersionedStatus::toType() — Method in class VersionedStatus
- ReadingMode::toDataQueryParams() — Method in class ReadingMode
Convert reading mode string to dataquery params.
- ReadingMode::toQueryString() — Method in class ReadingMode
Build querystring arguments for current reading mode.
- ArrayData::toMap() — Method in class ArrayData
Get the source array
- RequirementsTestState::tearDown() — Method in class RequirementsTestState
Called on tear down
- RequirementsTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class RequirementsTestState
Called once on tear down
- SSViewerTestState::tearDown() — Method in class SSViewerTestState
Called on tear down
- SSViewerTestState::tearDownOnce() — Method in class SSViewerTestState
Called once on tear down
- TidyHTMLCleaner — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Cleans HTML using the Tidy package http://php.net/manual/en/book.tidy.php
- Transliterator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Support class for converting unicode strings into a suitable 7-bit ASCII equivalent.
- Transliterator::toASCII() — Method in class Transliterator
Convert the given utf8 string to a safe ASCII source
- Requirements::themedCSS() — Method in class Requirements
Registers the given themeable stylesheet as required.
- Requirements::themedJavascript() — Method in class Requirements
Registers the given themeable javascript as required.
- Requirements_Backend::themedCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Registers the given themeable stylesheet as required.
- Requirements_Backend::themedJavascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Registers the given themeable javascript as required.
- SSTemplateParser::Template_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Default() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_Context() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::Translate__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- SSTemplateParser::TopTemplate__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The TopTemplate also includes the opening stanza to start off the template
- SSTemplateParser::Text__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
We convert text
- $ SSViewer#themes — Property in class SSViewer
A list (highest priority first) of themes to use Only used when {@link $theme_enabled} is set to TRUE.
- $ SSViewer#theme — Property in class SSViewer
The used "theme", which usually consists of templates, images and stylesheets.
- $ SSViewer#theme_enabled — Property in class SSViewer
Use the theme. Set to FALSE in order to disable themes, which can be useful for scenarios where theme overrides are temporarily undesired, such as an administrative interface separate from the website theme.
- SSViewer::topLevel() — Method in class SSViewer
Get the current item being processed
- SSViewer::templates() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns the filenames of the template that will be rendered. It is a map that may contain 'Content' & 'Layout', and will have to contain 'main'
- SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::TotalItems() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return the total number of "sibling" items in the dataset.
- TemplateGlobalProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Interface that is implemented by any classes that want to expose a method that can be called in any scope in a template.
- TemplateIteratorProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Interface that is implemented by any classes that want to expose a method that can be called in any scope in a template that returns values dependant on the state of the iterator of the current scope.
- TemplateParser — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
This interface needs to be implemented by any template parser that is used in SSViewer
- ThemeList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Contains references to any number of themes or theme directories
- ThemeManifest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
A class which builds a manifest of all themes (which is really just a directory called "templates")
- ThemeResourceLoader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Handles finding templates from a stack of template manifest objects.
- ViewableData::ThemeDir() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the directory if the current active theme (relative to the site root).
- $ IntlLocales#text_direction — Property in class IntlLocales
Config for ltr/rtr of specific locales.
- MessageProvider::translate() — Method in class MessageProvider
Localise this message
- SymfonyMessageProvider::translate() — Method in class SymfonyMessageProvider
Localise this message
- Parser::Translate__construct() — Method in class Parser
- Parser::Translate_Entity() — Method in class Parser
- Parser::Translate_Default() — Method in class Parser
- Parser::Translate_Context() — Method in class Parser
- Parser::Translate__finalise() — Method in class Parser
- $ i18n#time_format — Property in class i18n
System-wide time format. Will be overruled for CMS UI display by the format defaults inferred from the browser as well as any user-specific locale preferences.
U
- $ AdminRootController#url_base — Property in class AdminRootController
Fallback admin URL in case this cannot be infered from Director.rules
- $ CMSMenuItem#url — Property in class CMSMenuItem
Relative URL
- GridFieldPrintButtonExtension::updatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButtonExtension
- UsedOnTable — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Admin\Forms
Provides a table which displays the provided record's owners
- UsedOnTable::usage() — Method in class UsedOnTable
- $ LeftAndMain#url_segment — Property in class LeftAndMain
The current url segment attached to the LeftAndMain instance
- $ LeftAndMain#url_rule — Property in class LeftAndMain
- $ LeftAndMain#url_priority — Property in class LeftAndMain
- SecurityAdmin::users() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
- AssetAdmin::unpublish() — Method in class AssetAdmin
- AssetAdminFile::updateCMSEditLink() — Method in class AssetAdminFile
- CampaignAdminExtension::updatePopoverActions() — Method in class CampaignAdminExtension
Update the Popover menu of
FileFormFactory
with the "Add to campaign" button.- UsedOnTableExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Extensions
Hides File Links on the "Used On" tab when viewing files
- UsedOnTableExtension::updateUsage() — Method in class UsedOnTableExtension
- UploadField — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\Forms
Represents a file upload field with ReactJS based frontend.
- UploadField::upload() — Method in class UploadField
Creates a single file based on a form-urlencoded upload.
- UnpublishFileMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
- UpdateFileMutationCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\AssetAdmin\GraphQL
Handles create and update
- $ File#update_filesystem — Property in class File
- File::updateFilesystem() — Method in class File
This will check if the parent record and/or name do not match the name on the underlying DBFile record, and if so, copy this file to the new location, and update the record to point to this new file.
- Folder::updateFilesystem() — Method in class Folder
This will check if the parent record and/or name do not match the name on the underlying DBFile record, and if so, copy this file to the new location, and update the record to point to this new file.
- Folder::updateChildFilesystem() — Method in class Folder
Update filesystem of all children
- ImageManipulation::updateURL() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Update the url to point to a resampled version if forcing
- FileLinkTracking::updateCMSFields() — Method in class FileLinkTracking
This function is used to provide modifications to the form in the CMS by the extension. By default, no changes are made. {@link DataObject->getCMSFields()}.
- Upload — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
Manages uploads via HTML forms processed by PHP, uploads to Silverstripe's default upload directory, and either creates a new or uses an existing File-object for syncing with the database.
- $ Upload#uploads_folder — Property in class Upload
A foldername relative to /assets, where all uploaded files are stored by default.
- Upload_Validator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets
- $ Upload_Validator#use_is_uploaded_file — Property in class Upload_Validator
Set to false to assume is_uploaded_file() is true, Set to true to actually call is_uploaded_file() Useful to use when testing uploads
- CMSMain::updatetreenodes() — Method in class CMSMain
Allows requesting a view update on specific tree nodes.
- CMSMain::unpublish() — Method in class CMSMain
- $ SiteTree#URLSegment — Property in class SiteTree
- SiteTreeExtension::updateRelativeLink() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called to modify the $base url of this page, with a given $action, before {@link SiteTree::RelativeLink()} calls {@link Controller::join_links()} on the $base and $action
- SiteTreeFileFormFactoryExtension::updateFormFields() — Method in class SiteTreeFileFormFactoryExtension
- SiteTreeLinkTracking::updateCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
This function is used to provide modifications to the form in the CMS by the extension. By default, no changes are made. {@link DataObject->getCMSFields()}.
- VirtualPage::updateImageTracking() — Method in class VirtualPage
- SiteTreeExtension::updateCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
This is used to provide modifications to the form actions used in the CMS. {@link DataObject->getCMSActions()}.
- CachedConfigCollection::update() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
- DeltaConfigCollection::unserialize() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
- MemoryConfigCollection::update() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
- MemoryConfigCollection::unserialize() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
- MiddlewareCommon::unserialize() — Method in class MiddlewareCommon
- HTTP::urlRewriter() — Method in class HTTP
Rewrite all the URLs in the given content, evaluating the given string as PHP code.
- Url — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A rule to match a particular URL
- UrlPathStartswith — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A rule to match beginning of URL
- UrlPathStartswithCaseInsensitive — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware\ConfirmationMiddleware
A case insensitive rule to match beginning of URL
- URLSpecialsMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Middleware
Check the request for the URL special variables.
- $ RequestHandler#url_segment — Property in class RequestHandler
Optional url_segment for this request handler
- $ RequestHandler#url_handlers — Property in class RequestHandler
The default URL handling rules. This specifies that the next component of the URL corresponds to a method to be called on this RequestHandlingData object.
- $ SimpleResourceURLGenerator#url_rewrites — Property in class SimpleResourceURLGenerator
Rewrites applied after generating url.
- SimpleResourceURLGenerator::urlForResource() — Method in class SimpleResourceURLGenerator
Return the URL for a resource, prefixing with Director::baseURL() and suffixing with a nonce
- Config::unnest() — Method in class Config
Change the active Config back to the Config instance the current active Config object was copied from.
- Config_ForClass::update() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Explicit pass-through to Config::update()
- Config_ForClass::uninherited() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Get uninherited config
- Configurable::uninherited() — Method in class Configurable
Gets the uninherited value for the given config option
- Convert::upperCamelToLowerCamel() — Method in class Convert
Converts upper camel case names to lower camel case, with leading upper case characters replaced with lower case.
- Injector::unnest() — Method in class Injector
Change the active Injector back to the Injector instance the current active Injector object was copied from.
- Injector::updateSpec() — Method in class Injector
Update the configuration of an already defined service
- Injector::unregisterNamedObject() — Method in class Injector
Removes a named object from the cached list of objects managed by the inject
- Injector::unregisterObjects() — Method in class Injector
Clear out objects of one or more types that are managed by the injetor.
- Module::unserialize() — Method in class Module
- ResourceURLGenerator::urlForResource() — Method in class ResourceURLGenerator
Return the URL for a given resource within the project.
- BulkLoader_Result::UpdatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- BulkLoader_Result::Updated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
- FunctionalTest::useDraftSite() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Use the draft (stage) site for testing.
- DatabaseAdapterRegistry::unregister() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Unregisters a database connector by classname
- MigrationTask::up() — Method in class MigrationTask
- UpgradeBootstrap — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Upgrade
Provides upgrade interface for bootstrapping.
- ErrorPageExtension::updateFieldLabels() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Extension point in see DataObject::fieldLabels
- CompositeField::unshift() — Method in class CompositeField
Add a new child field to the beginning of the set.
- FieldList::unshift() — Method in class FieldList
Push a single field onto the beginning of this FieldList instance.
- Form::unsetValidator() — Method in class Form
Remove the {@link Validator} from this from.
- Form::unsetAllActions() — Method in class Form
Unset all form actions
- $ FormAction#useButtonTag — Property in class FormAction
Enables the use of
<button>
instead of<input>
in {@link Field()} - for more customisable styling.- $ FormRequestHandler#url_handlers — Property in class FormRequestHandler
- $ GridFieldFilterHeader#useLegacyFilterHeader — Property in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Indicates that this component should revert to displaying it's legacy table header style rather than the react driven search box
- $ GridField_FormAction#useButtonTag — Property in class GridField_FormAction
- $ HTMLEditorConfig#user_themes — Property in class HTMLEditorConfig
List of themes defined for the frontend
- TabSet::unshift() — Method in class TabSet
Add a new child field to the beginning of the set.
- UploadReceiver — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
Represents a form field which has an Upload() instance and can upload to a folder
- Configuration::unset() — Method in class Configuration
- ClientConfigProvider::updateClientConfig() — Method in class ClientConfigProvider
- UserContextProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryHandler
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::unionName() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
- DBFieldArgsPlugin::updateSchema() — Method in class DBFieldArgsPlugin
- Inheritance::updateSchema() — Method in class Inheritance
- UpdateCreator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\DataObject
Creates an update operation for a DataObject
- SchemaUpdater::updateSchema() — Method in class SchemaUpdater
- AbstractQueryFilterPlugin::updateSchema() — Method in class AbstractQueryFilterPlugin
Creates all the { eq: String, lte: String }, { eq: Int, lte: Int } etc types for comparisons
- AbstractQuerySortPlugin::updateSchema() — Method in class AbstractQuerySortPlugin
- PaginationPlugin::updateSchema() — Method in class PaginationPlugin
- SortPlugin::updateSchema() — Method in class SortPlugin
- ModelType::updateOperation() — Method in class ModelType
- UnionType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Schema\Type
Abstraction of a union type
- ArrayList::unshift() — Method in class ArrayList
Add an item onto the beginning of the list.
- DBConnector::unloadDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
De-selects the currently selected database
- MySQLiConnector::unloadDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
De-selects the currently selected database
- PDOConnector::unloadDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
De-selects the currently selected database
- DataExtension::unload_extra_statics() — Method in class DataExtension
- DataExtension::updateCMSFields() — Method in class DataExtension
This function is used to provide modifications to the form in the CMS by the extension. By default, no changes are made. {@link DataObject->getCMSFields()}.
- DataExtension::updateFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataExtension
This function is used to provide modifications to the form used for front end forms. {@link DataObject->getFrontEndFields()}
- DataExtension::updateCMSActions() — Method in class DataExtension
This is used to provide modifications to the form actions used in the CMS. {@link DataObject->getCMSActions()}.
- DataExtension::updateSummaryFields() — Method in class DataExtension
this function is used to provide modifications to the summary fields in CMS by the extension By default, the summaryField() of its owner will merge more fields defined in the extension's $extra_fields['summary_fields']
- DataExtension::updateFieldLabels() — Method in class DataExtension
this function is used to provide modifications to the fields labels in CMS by the extension By default, the fieldLabels() of its owner will merge more fields defined in the extension's $extra_fields['field_labels']
- DataObject::update() — Method in class DataObject
Update a number of fields on this object, given a map of the desired changes.
- DataObjectSchema::unaryComponent() — Method in class DataObjectSchema
Check class for any unary component
- DBDate::URLDate() — Method in class DBDate
Returns a date suitable for insertion into a URL and use by the system.
- DBDatetime::URLDatetime() — Method in class DBDatetime
Returns the url encoded date and time in ISO 6801 format using format string 'y-MM-dd%20HH:mm:ss' e.g. '2014-02-28%2013:32:22'.
- DBField::URLATT() — Method in class DBField
urlencode this string
- DBString::UpperCase() — Method in class DBString
Converts the current value for this StringField to uppercase.
- DBVarchar::URL() — Method in class DBVarchar
Ensure that the given value is an absolute URL.
- Map::unshift() — Method in class Map
Unshift an item onto the start of the map.
- SQLConditionalExpression::useDisjunction() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Use the disjunctive operator 'OR' to join filter expressions in the WHERE clause.
- SQLConditionalExpression::useConjunction() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Use the conjunctive operator 'AND' to join filter expressions in the WHERE clause.
- SQLSelect::unlimitedRowCount() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return the number of rows in this query if the limit were removed. Useful in paged data sets.
- UnexpectedDataException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Throw this exception whenever unexpected data is found.
- UnsavedRelationList — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
An {@link ArrayList} that represents an unsaved relation.
- ValidationResult::unserialize() — Method in class ValidationResult
Constructs the object
- $ Member#unique_identifier_field — Property in class Member
The unique field used to identify this member.
- NullSecurityToken::updateFieldSet() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
- SecurityToken::updateFieldSet() — Method in class SecurityToken
Note: Doesn't call {@link FormField->setForm()} on the returned {@link HiddenField}, you'll need to take care of this yourself.
- ArchiveRestoreAction::updateItemEditForm() — Method in class ArchiveRestoreAction
Updates the edit form with a restore button if it is being viewed
- ChangeSetItem::unlinkDisownedObjects() — Method in class ChangeSetItem
Once this item (and all owned objects) are published, unlink all disowned objects
- VersionedTestSessionExtension::updateLink() — Method in class VersionedTestSessionExtension
Update link
- VersionedTestSessionExtension::updateGetURL() — Method in class VersionedTestSessionExtension
Decorate link prior to http get request
- VersionedTestSessionExtension::updatePostURL() — Method in class VersionedTestSessionExtension
Decorate link prior to http post request
- ManagerExtension::updateConfig() — Method in class ManagerExtension
Adds the versioned types to all schemas
- ReadExtension::updateList() — Method in class ReadExtension
- ReadExtension::updateArgs() — Method in class ReadExtension
- Unpublish — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Operations
Scaffolds a generic update operation for DataObjects.
- RecursivePublishable::unlinkDisownedObjects() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Set foreign keys of has_many objects to 0 where those objects were disowned as a result of a partial publish / unpublish.
- RecursivePublishable::unlinkDisownedRelationship() — Method in class RecursivePublishable
Unlink an object with a specific named relationship against the owner.
- VersionableExtension::updateVersionableFields() — Method in class VersionableExtension
Update fields and indexes for the versonable suffix table
- $ Versioned#use_conditions_over_inner_joins — Property in class Versioned
Indicates whether augmentSQL operations should add subselects as WHERE conditions instead of INNER JOIN intersections. Performance of the INNER JOIN scales on the size of _Versions tables where as the condition scales on the number of records being returned from the base query.
- $ Versioned#use_session — Property in class Versioned
Use PHP's session storage for the "reading mode" and "unsecuredDraftSite", instead of explicitly relying on the "stage" query parameter.
- Versioned::updateInheritableQueryParams() — Method in class Versioned
Updates query parameters of relations attached to versioned dataobjects
- Versioned::updateFieldLabels() — Method in class Versioned
- Versioned::updateCMSFields() — Method in class Versioned
- VersionedGridFieldArchiveExtension::updateConfig() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldArchiveExtension
- VersionedGridFieldDetailForm::updateItemRequestClass() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldDetailForm
- VersionedGridFieldStateExtension::updateConfig() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldStateExtension
- VersionedStateExtension::updateLink() — Method in class VersionedStateExtension
Auto-append current stage if we're in draft, to avoid relying on session state for this, and the related potential of showing draft content without varying the URL itself.
- VersionedTableDataQueryExtension::updateJoinTableName() — Method in class VersionedTableDataQueryExtension
Extension point in see DataQuery::getJoinTableName()
- ShortcodeParser::unregister() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Remove a specific registered shortcode.
- $ Transliterator#use_iconv — Property in class Transliterator
- URLSegmentFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View\Parsers
Filter certain characters from "URL segments" (also called "slugs"), for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs.
- Requirements::unblock() — Method in class Requirements
Remove an item from the block list
- Requirements::unblock_all() — Method in class Requirements
Removes all items from the block list
- Requirements_Backend::unblock() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Remove an item from the block list
- Requirements_Backend::unblockAll() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Removes all items from the block list
- SSTemplateParser::UncachedBlock_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
- FlushInvalidatedResource::unserialize() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
V
- UploadField::validate() — Method in class UploadField
Checks if the number of files attached adheres to the $allowedMaxFileNumber defined
- VersionedFilesMigrationTask — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev\Tasks
- VersionedFilesMigrator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Assets\Dev
- File::validate() — Method in class File
- Folder::validate() — Method in class Folder
- ImageManipulation::variantName() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Name a variant based on a format with arbitrary parameters
- ImageManipulation::variantParts() — Method in class ImageManipulation
Reverses {@link variantName()}.
- $ DBFile#Variant — Property in class DBFile
Variant of the file
- DBFile::validate() — Method in class DBFile
Hook to validate this record against a validation result
- $ DefaultAssetNameGenerator#version_prefix — Property in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
A prefix for the version number added to an uploaded file when a file with the same name already exists.
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::valid() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
- $ Upload#version_prefix — Property in class Upload
A prefix for the version number added to an uploaded file when a file with the same name already exists.
- Upload::validate() — Method in class Upload
Container for all validation on the file (e.g. size and extension restrictions).
- Upload_Validator::validate() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Run through the rules for this validator checking against the temporary file set by {@link setTmpFile()} to see if the file is deemed valid or not.
- CMSMain::ViewState() — Method in class CMSMain
Get view state based on the current action
- SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Value() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns the field value.
- SiteTree::validate() — Method in class SiteTree
Validate the current object.
- SiteTree::validURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns true if this object has a URLSegment value that does not conflict with any other objects. This method checks for:
- A page with the same URLSegment that has a conflict
- Conflicts with actions on the parent page
- A conflict caused by a root page having the same URLSegment as a class name
- SiteTree::VirtualPages() — Method in class SiteTree
Return all virtual pages that link to this page.
- SiteTree::ViewerGroups() — Method in class SiteTree
List of groups that can view this object.
- VirtualPage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\CMS\Model
Virtual Page creates an instance of a page, with the same fields that the original page had, but readonly.
- $ VirtualPage#virtualFields — Property in class VirtualPage
- VirtualPage::validate() — Method in class VirtualPage
- $ HTTP#vary — Property in class HTTP
Vary string; A comma separated list of var header names
- VersionProvider — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Core\Manifest
The version provider will look up configured modules and examine the composer.lock file to find the current version installed for each. This is used for the logo title in the CMS via {@link LeftAndMain::CMSVersion()}
- CSVParser::valid() — Method in class CSVParser
- ViewableDataContains — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev\Constraint
Constraint for checking if a ViewableData (e.g. ArrayData or any DataObject) contains fields matching the given key-value pairs.
- SapphireInfo::Version() — Method in class SapphireInfo
- CheckboxField::Value() — Method in class CheckboxField
Returns the field value.
- CheckboxField_Readonly::Value() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly
- CompositeField::validate() — Method in class CompositeField
Validate this field
- ConfirmedPasswordField::validate() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Validate this field
- CurrencyField::validate() — Method in class CurrencyField
Validate this field
- DateField::Value() — Method in class DateField
Returns the field value.
- DateField::validate() — Method in class DateField
- DatetimeField::Value() — Method in class DatetimeField
Returns the frontend representation of the field value, according to the defined {@link dateFormat}.
- DatetimeField::validate() — Method in class DatetimeField
- EmailField::validate() — Method in class EmailField
Validates for RFC 2822 compliant email addresses.
- FieldList::VisibleFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return all fields except for the hidden fields.
- FileField::Value() — Method in class FileField
Returns the field value.
- FileField::validate() — Method in class FileField
Abstract method each {@link FormField} subclass must implement, determines whether the field is valid or not based on the value.
- FileUploadReceiver::Value() — Method in class FileUploadReceiver
- Form::VisibleFields() — Method in class Form
Return all fields except for the hidden fields.
- Form::validationResult() — Method in class Form
Processing that occurs before a form is executed.
- FormField::Value() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field value.
- FormField::validate() — Method in class FormField
Abstract method each {@link FormField} subclass must implement, determines whether the field is valid or not based on the value.
- FormRequestHandler::validationResult() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Processing that occurs before a form is executed.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::view() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridState::Value() — Method in class GridState
Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.
- HTMLReadonlyField::ValueEntities() — Method in class HTMLReadonlyField
Return value with all values encoded in html entities
- LookupField::validate() — Method in class LookupField
Ignore validation as the field is readonly
- MoneyField::Value() — Method in class MoneyField
Returns the field value.
- MoneyField::validate() — Method in class MoneyField
Validate this field
- MultiSelectField::validate() — Method in class MultiSelectField
Validate this field
- NumericField::Value() — Method in class NumericField
Format value for output
- NumericField::validate() — Method in class NumericField
Validate this field
- OptionsetField::validate() — Method in class OptionsetField
Validate this field
- ReadonlyField::Value() — Method in class ReadonlyField
- SingleLookupField::validate() — Method in class SingleLookupField
Ignore validation as the field is readonly
- SingleLookupField::Value() — Method in class SingleLookupField
Note: we need to transform value in here becaue React fields do not use Field() to display value
- SingleSelectField::validate() — Method in class SingleSelectField
Validate this field
- TextField::validate() — Method in class TextField
Validate this field
- TextareaField::ValueEntities() — Method in class TextareaField
Return value with all values encoded in html entities
- TimeField::Value() — Method in class TimeField
Returns the field value.
- TimeField::validate() — Method in class TimeField
Validate this field
- Validator — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Forms
This validation class handles all form and custom form validation through the use of Required fields. It relies on javascript for client-side validation, and marking fields after server-side validation. It acts as a visitor to individual form fields.
- Validator::validate() — Method in class Validator
Returns any errors there may be.
- Validator::validationError() — Method in class Validator
Callback to register an error on a field (Called from implementations of {@link FormField::validate}). The optional error message type parameter is loaded into the HTML class attribute.
- ApplyVersionFilters::validateArgs() — Method in class ApplyVersionFilters
- Field::validate() — Method in class Field
- Field::validatePlugin() — Method in class Field
- ModelField::validatePlugin() — Method in class ModelField
- ModelMutation::validatePlugin() — Method in class ModelMutation
- ModelQuery::validatePlugin() — Method in class ModelQuery
- Mutation::validatePlugin() — Method in class Mutation
- Query::validatePlugin() — Method in class Query
- PluginValidator::validatePlugin() — Method in class PluginValidator
- SchemaValidator::validate() — Method in class SchemaValidator
- StorableSchema::validate() — Method in class StorableSchema
- Enum::validate() — Method in class Enum
- InterfaceType::validate() — Method in class InterfaceType
- ModelType::validate() — Method in class ModelType
- Scalar::validate() — Method in class Scalar
- Type::validate() — Method in class Type
- UnionType::validate() — Method in class UnionType
- ArrayLib::valuekey() — Method in class ArrayLib
Return an array where the keys are all equal to the values.
- DBSchemaManager::varchar() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns data type for 'varchar' column
- MySQLSchemaManager::varchar() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a varchar type-formatted string
- Query::value() — Method in class Query
Returns the first column of the first record.
- DB::valid_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
Determines if the name is valid, as a security measure against setting arbitrary databases.
- DataExtension::validate() — Method in class DataExtension
Hook for extension-specific validation.
- $ DataObject#validation_enabled — Property in class DataObject
Should dataobjects be validated before they are written?
- DataObject::validate() — Method in class DataObject
Validate the current object.
- Hierarchy::validate() — Method in class Hierarchy
Validate the owner object - check for existence of infinite loops.
- Map::values() — Method in class Map
Return all the values of this map.
- ValidationException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
Exception thrown by {@link DataObject}::write if validation fails. By throwing an exception rather than a user error, the exception can be caught in unit tests and as such can be used as a successful test.
- ValidationResult — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM
A class that combined as a boolean result with an optional list of error messages.
- Group::validate() — Method in class Group
Validate the current object.
- InheritedPermissionsExtension::ViewerGroups() — Method in class InheritedPermissionsExtension
- Member::validateCanLogin() — Method in class Member
Returns a valid {@link ValidationResult} if this member can currently log in, or an invalid one with error messages to display if the member is locked out.
- Member::validateAutoLoginToken() — Method in class Member
Check the token against the member.
- Member::validate() — Method in class Member
Validate this member object.
- PasswordValidator::validate() — Method in class PasswordValidator
- PermissionRoleCode::validate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
Validate the current object.
- SiteConfig::ViewerGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
List of groups that can view SiteConfig.
- HistoryViewerController::versionForm() — Method in class HistoryViewerController
- DiffField::Value() — Method in class DiffField
- VersionedCacheAdapter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\Caching
- $ ChangeSetItem#VersionBefore — Property in class ChangeSetItem
- $ ChangeSetItem#VersionAfter — Property in class ChangeSetItem
- VersionedTestSessionExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\Dev
Decorates TestSession object to update get / post requests with versioned querystring arguments.
- VersionedTestState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\Dev
Decorate sapphire test with versioning
- VersionedInputType — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
- VersionedQueryMode — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
- VersionedStage — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
- VersionedStatus — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\GraphQL\Types
- ReadingMode::validateStage() — Method in class ReadingMode
Validate the stage is valid, throwing an exception if it's not
- VersionableExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Minimum level extra fields required by extensions that are versonable
- Versioned — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
The Versioned extension allows your DataObjects to have several versions, allowing you to rollback changes and view history. An example of this is the pages used in the CMS.
- $ Versioned#versionableExtensions — Property in class Versioned
An array of DataObject extensions that may require versioning for extra tables The array value is a set of suffixes to form these table names, assuming a preceding '_'.
- $ Versioned#Version — Property in class Versioned
- Versioned::Versions() — Method in class Versioned
Return all versions of the current object
- VersionedGridFieldArchiveExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Decorates a GridFieldConfig with a archive action
- VersionedGridFieldDetailForm — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Extends {see GridFieldDetailForm}
- VersionedGridFieldItemRequest — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Provides versioned dataobject support to {see GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest}
- VersionedGridFieldStateExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Decorates a GridFieldConfig with gridfield publishing state
- VersionedGridFieldState — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned\VersionedGridFieldState
- VersionedHTTPMiddleware — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Initialises the versioned stage when a request is made.
- VersionedStateExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Persists versioned state between requests via querystring arguments
- VersionedTableDataQueryExtension — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Versioned
Applies correct stage to tables
- EmbedResource::validate() — Method in class EmbedResource
Validate this resource
- Embeddable::validate() — Method in class Embeddable
Validate this resource
- $ HTML#void_elements — Property in class HTML
List of HTML5 void elements
- ViewableData — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
A ViewableData object is any object that can be rendered into a template/view.
- ViewableData_Customised — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
- ViewableData_Debugger — Class in namespace SilverStripe\View
Allows you to render debug information about a {@link ViewableData} object into a template.
- IntlLocales::validate() — Method in class IntlLocales
Validates a "long" locale format (e.g. "en_US") by checking it against {@link $locales}.
- Locales::validate() — Method in class Locales
Validates a "long" locale format (e.g. "en_US") by checking it against {@link $locales}.
W
- Image_Backend::writeToStore() — Method in class Image_Backend
Write to the given asset store
- Image_Backend::writeTo() — Method in class Image_Backend
Write the backend to a local path
- InterventionBackend::writeToStore() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Write to the given asset store
- InterventionBackend::writeTo() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Write the backend to a local path
- Config::withConfig() — Method in class Config
Perform the given operation in an isolated config state.
- Extension::withOwner() — Method in class Extension
Temporarily modify the owner. The original owner is ensured to be restored
- DebugView::writeHeader() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeInfo() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeFooter() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeError() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeSourceFragment() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeTrace() — Method in class DebugView
- DebugView::writeVariable() — Method in class DebugView
- TestSession::wasRedirected() — Method in class TestSession
Returns true if the last response was a 3xx redirection
- YamlFixture::writeInto() — Method in class YamlFixture
Persists the YAML data in a FixtureFactory, which in turn saves them into the database.
- ErrorPageExtension::writeStaticPage() — Method in class ErrorPageExtension
Write out the published version of the page to the filesystem.
- Logger::warning() — Method in class Logger
- SchemaTranscriber::writeSchemaToFilesystem() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
Introspect the schema and persist it to the filesystem
- SchemaTranscriber::writeTypes() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
- $ DBConnector#write_operations — Property in class DBConnector
List of operations to treat as write Implicitly includes all ddl_operations
- Database::withTransaction() — Method in class Database
Invoke $callback within a transaction
- DataList::where() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with a WHERE clause added to this list's query.
- DataList::whereAny() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with a WHERE clause added to this list's query.
- DataObject::write() — Method in class DataObject
Writes all changes to this object to the database.
- DataObject::writeRelations() — Method in class DataObject
Writes cached relation lists to the database, if possible
- DataObject::writeComponents() — Method in class DataObject
Write the cached components to the database. Cached components could refer to two different instances of the same record.
- DataObjectInterface::write() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Write the current object back to the database. It should know whether this is a new object, in which case this would be an insert command, or if this is an existing object queried from the database, in which case thes would be
- DataQuery::where() — Method in class DataQuery
Adds a WHERE clause.
- DataQuery::whereAny() — Method in class DataQuery
Append a WHERE with OR.
- DataQuery_SubGroup::where() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
Adds a WHERE clause.
- DataQuery_SubGroup::whereAny() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
Append a WHERE with OR.
- DBComposite::writeToManipulation() — Method in class DBComposite
Write all nested fields into a manipulation
- DBCurrency::Whole() — Method in class DBCurrency
Returns the number as a whole-number currency, eg “$1,000”.
- DBField::writeToManipulation() — Method in class DBField
Prepare the current field for usage in a database-manipulation (works on a manipulation reference).
- DBHTMLText::whitelistContent() — Method in class DBHTMLText
Filter the given $value string through the whitelist filter
- WithinRangeFilter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\ORM\Filters
Incomplete.
- $ PasswordExpirationMiddleware#whitelisted_url_startswith — Property in class PasswordExpirationMiddleware
List of URL patterns allowed for users to visit where URL starts with the pattern
- $ Security#word_list — Property in class Security
Location of word list to use for generating passwords
- Versioned::writeWithoutVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Perform a write without affecting the version table.
- Versioned::writeToStage() — Method in class Versioned
Write the given record to the given stage.
- Versioned::withVersionedMode() — Method in class Versioned
Invoke a callback which may modify reading mode, but ensures this mode is restored after completion, without modifying global state.
- $ Requirements_Backend#writeJavascriptToBody — Property in class Requirements_Backend
Put all JavaScript includes at the bottom of the template before the closing
<body>
tag, rather than the default behaviour of placing them at the end of the<head>
tag. This means script downloads won't block other HTTP requests, which can be a performance improvement.- Writer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages
Allows serialization of entity definitions collected through {@link i18nTextCollector} into a persistent format, usually on the filesystem.
- Writer::write() — Method in class Writer
- YamlWriter::write() — Method in class YamlWriter
- i18nTextCollector::write() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Write entities to a module
- i18n::with_locale() — Method in class i18n
Temporarily set the locale while invoking a callback
X
- DBFile::XML() — Method in class DBFile
Return a html5 tag of the appropriate for this file (normally img or a)
- ContentNegotiator::xhtml() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Check user defined content type and use it, if it's empty use the strict application/xhtml+xml.
- Convert::xml2raw() — Method in class Convert
Convert XML to raw text.
- Convert::xml2array() — Method in class Convert
Converts an XML string to a PHP array See http://phpsecurity.readthedocs.org/en/latest/Injection-Attacks.html#xml-external-entity-injection
- $ GridFieldExportButton#xls_export_disabled — Property in class GridFieldExportButton
Set to true to disable XLS sanitisation [SS-2017-007] Ensure all cells with leading [@=+] have a leading tab
- DBField::XML() — Method in class DBField
XML encode this value
- ViewableData::XML_val() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the string value of a field on this object that has been suitable escaped to be inserted directly into a template.
Y
- YamlTransformException — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Exceptions
- YamlTransformer — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Config\Transformer
- YamlFixture — Class in namespace SilverStripe\Dev
Uses Symfony's YAML component to parse a YAML document (see http://yaml.org).
- DBSchemaManager::year() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
- MySQLSchemaManager::year() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
- DBDate::Year() — Method in class DBDate
Returns the year from the given date
- YamlReader — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages
- YamlWriter — Class in namespace SilverStripe\i18n\Messages
Write yml files compatible with ModuleYamlLoader
_
- CMSBatchActionHandler::__construct() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
- CMSMenuItem::__construct() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
Create a new CMS Menu Item
- GroupImportForm::__construct() — Method in class GroupImportForm
Create a new form, with the given fields an action buttons.
- LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler::__construct() — Method in class LeftAndMainFormRequestHandler
Build a new request handler for a given Form model
- MemberImportForm::__construct() — Method in class MemberImportForm
Create a new form, with the given fields an action buttons.
- ModalController::__construct() — Method in class ModalController
- AssetFormFactory::__construct() — Method in class AssetFormFactory
- FileSearchFormFactory::__construct() — Method in class FileSearchFormFactory
- UploadField::__construct() — Method in class UploadField
Create a new file field.
- CreateFileMutationCreator::__construct() — Method in class CreateFileMutationCreator
- CreateFolderMutationCreator::__construct() — Method in class CreateFolderMutationCreator
- FileInputTypeCreator::__construct() — Method in class FileInputTypeCreator
- FileTypeCreator::__construct() — Method in class FileTypeCreator
- FolderInputTypeCreator::__construct() — Method in class FolderInputTypeCreator
- MoveFilesMutationCreator::__construct() — Method in class MoveFilesMutationCreator
- Notice::__construct() — Method in class Notice
Notice constructor.
- UpdateFileMutationCreator::__construct() — Method in class UpdateFileMutationCreator
- ImageThumbnailHelper::__construct() — Method in class ImageThumbnailHelper
- FileMigrationHelper::__construct() — Method in class FileMigrationHelper
- LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper::__construct() — Method in class LegacyThumbnailMigrationHelper
- NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper::__construct() — Method in class NormaliseAccessMigrationHelper
- TagsToShortcodeHelper::__construct() — Method in class TagsToShortcodeHelper
TagsToShortcodeHelper constructor.
- VersionedFilesMigrator::__construct() — Method in class VersionedFilesMigrator
VersionedFilesMigrationTask constructor.
- FileFinder::__construct() — Method in class FileFinder
- AssetAdapter::__construct() — Method in class AssetAdapter
- Image::__construct() — Method in class Image
Construct a new DataObject.
- ImageBackendFactory::__construct() — Method in class ImageBackendFactory
- Image_Backend::__construct() — Method in class Image_Backend
Create a new backend with the given object
- InterventionBackend::__construct() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Create a new backend with the given object
- InterventionBackend::__destruct() — Method in class InterventionBackend
Make sure we clean up the image resource when this object is destroyed
- AssetNameGenerator::__construct() — Method in class AssetNameGenerator
Construct a generator for the given filename
- DBFile::__construct() — Method in class DBFile
Create a new image manipulation
- DefaultAssetNameGenerator::__construct() — Method in class DefaultAssetNameGenerator
Construct a generator for the given filename
- Upload::__construct() — Method in class Upload
- CMSSiteTreeFilter::__construct() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
- ContentController::__construct() — Method in class ContentController
The ContentController will take the URLSegment parameter from the URL and use that to look up a SiteTree record.
- SilverStripeNavigator::__construct() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
- SilverStripeNavigatorItem::__construct() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
- SiteTreeFolderExtension::__construct() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension
- VirtualPage::__get() — Method in class VirtualPage
Allow attributes on the master page to pass through to the virtual page
- VirtualPage::__call() — Method in class VirtualPage
Pass unrecognized method calls on to the original data object
- SearchForm::__construct() — Method in class SearchForm
- AddToCampaignHandler::__construct() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler
AddToCampaignHandler constructor.
- AddToCampaignHandler_FormAction::__construct() — Method in class AddToCampaignHandler_FormAction
Create a new action button.
- CachedConfigCollection::__destruct() — Method in class CachedConfigCollection
Commits the cache
- DeltaConfigCollection::__construct() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
Construct a delta collection
- DeltaConfigCollection::__clone() — Method in class DeltaConfigCollection
- MemoryConfigCollection::__construct() — Method in class MemoryConfigCollection
ConfigCollection constructor.
- DeltaMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class DeltaMiddleware
DeltaMiddleware constructor.
- PrivateStaticTransformer::__construct() — Method in class PrivateStaticTransformer
- YamlTransformer::__construct() — Method in class YamlTransformer
- CookieJar::__construct() — Method in class CookieJar
When creating the backend we want to store the existing cookies in our "existing" array. This allows us to distinguish between cookies we received or we set ourselves (and didn't get from the browser)
- Cookie_Backend::__construct() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
When creating the backend we want to store the existing cookies in our "existing" array. This allows us to distinguish between cookies we recieved or we set ourselves (and didn't get from the browser)
- Director::__construct() — Method in class Director
- Email::__construct() — Method in class Email
Email constructor.
- HTTPApplication::__construct() — Method in class HTTPApplication
Initialize the application with a kernel instance
- HTTPRequest::__construct() — Method in class HTTPRequest
Construct a HTTPRequest from a URL relative to the site root.
- HTTPResponse::__construct() — Method in class HTTPResponse
Create a new HTTP response
- HTTPResponse::__toString() — Method in class HTTPResponse
The HTTP response represented as a raw string
- HTTPResponse_Exception::__construct() — Method in class HTTPResponse_Exception
- HTTPStreamResponse::__construct() — Method in class HTTPStreamResponse
HTTPStreamResponse constructor.
- ConfirmationMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class ConfirmationMiddleware
Init the middleware with the rules
- EnvironmentBypass::__construct() — Method in class EnvironmentBypass
Initialize the bypass with the list of environment types
- GetParameter::__construct() — Method in class GetParameter
Initialize the rule with a parameter name
- HttpMethodBypass::__construct() — Method in class HttpMethodBypass
Initialize the bypass with HTTP methods
- Url::__construct() — Method in class Url
Initialize the rule with the parameters
- UrlPathStartswith::__construct() — Method in class UrlPathStartswith
Initialize the rule with the path
- RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter::__construct() — Method in class RequestHandlerMiddlewareAdapter
- URLSpecialsMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class URLSpecialsMiddleware
Initializes the middleware with the required rules
- NullHTTPRequest::__construct() — Method in class NullHTTPRequest
Construct a HTTPRequest from a URL relative to the site root.
- PjaxResponseNegotiator::__construct() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
- RSSFeed::__construct() — Method in class RSSFeed
Constructor
- RSSFeed_Entry::__construct() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Create a new RSSFeed entry.
- RequestHandler::__construct() — Method in class RequestHandler
- RequestProcessor::__construct() — Method in class RequestProcessor
Construct new RequestFilter with a list of filter objects
- Session::__construct() — Method in class Session
Start PHP session, then create a new Session object with the given start data.
- ApcuCacheFactory::__construct() — Method in class ApcuCacheFactory
- DefaultCacheFactory::__construct() — Method in class DefaultCacheFactory
- FilesystemCacheFactory::__construct() — Method in class FilesystemCacheFactory
- ManifestCacheFactory::__construct() — Method in class ManifestCacheFactory
- MemcachedCacheFactory::__construct() — Method in class MemcachedCacheFactory
- RateLimiter::__construct() — Method in class RateLimiter
RateLimiter constructor.
- Config_ForClass::__construct() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- Config_ForClass::__get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- Config_ForClass::__set() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- Config_ForClass::__isset() — Method in class Config_ForClass
- CoreConfigFactory::__construct() — Method in class CoreConfigFactory
Create factory
- ExtensionMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class ExtensionMiddleware
- InheritanceMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class InheritanceMiddleware
- CoreKernel::__construct() — Method in class CoreKernel
Create a new kernel for this application
- CustomMethods::__call() — Method in class CustomMethods
Attempts to locate and call a method dynamically added to a class at runtime if a default cannot be located
- Extension::__construct() — Method in class Extension
- AopProxyService::__construct() — Method in class AopProxyService
Because we don't know exactly how the proxied class is usually called, provide a default constructor
- AopProxyService::__call() — Method in class AopProxyService
- Injector::__construct() — Method in class Injector
Create a new injector.
- Injector::__get() — Method in class Injector
Magic method to return an item directly
- ClassManifest::__construct() — Method in class ClassManifest
Constructs and initialises a new class manifest, either loading the data from the cache or re-scanning for classes.
- ClassManifestErrorHandler::__construct() — Method in class ClassManifestErrorHandler
- Module::__construct() — Method in class Module
Construct a module
- ModuleManifest::__construct() — Method in class ModuleManifest
Constructs and initialises a new configuration object, either loading from the cache or re-scanning for classes.
- ModuleResource::__construct() — Method in class ModuleResource
ModuleResource constructor.
- ModuleResource::__toString() — Method in class ModuleResource
Get relative path
- PrioritySorter::__construct() — Method in class PrioritySorter
PrioritySorter constructor.
- CallbackFlushDiscoverer::__construct() — Method in class CallbackFlushDiscoverer
Construct the discoverer from a callback
- DeployFlushDiscoverer::__construct() — Method in class DeployFlushDiscoverer
- RequestFlushDiscoverer::__construct() — Method in class RequestFlushDiscoverer
Initialize it with active Request and Kernel
- ScheduledFlushDiscoverer::__construct() — Method in class ScheduledFlushDiscoverer
- BuildTask::__construct() — Method in class BuildTask
- BulkLoader::__construct() — Method in class BulkLoader
- CSSContentParser::__construct() — Method in class CSSContentParser
- CSVParser::__construct() — Method in class CSVParser
Open a CSV file for parsing.
- CSVParser::__destruct() — Method in class CSVParser
- ArraySubset::__construct() — Method in class ArraySubset
- SSListContains::__construct() — Method in class SSListContains
- SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems::__construct() — Method in class SSListContainsOnlyMatchingItems
- ViewableDataContains::__construct() — Method in class ViewableDataContains
ViewableDataContains constructor.
- FixtureBlueprint::__construct() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
- FixFolderPermissionsHelper::__construct() — Method in class FixFolderPermissionsHelper
- TestKernel::__construct() — Method in class TestKernel
Create a new kernel for this application
- TestSession::__construct() — Method in class TestSession
- TestSession::__destruct() — Method in class TestSession
- TestSession_STResponseWrapper::__construct() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
- UpgradeBootstrap::__invoke() — Method in class UpgradeBootstrap
- YamlFixture::__construct() — Method in class YamlFixture
- CompositeField::__construct() — Method in class CompositeField
Creates a new field.
- CompositeField::__clone() — Method in class CompositeField
- ConfirmedPasswordField::__construct() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
- FieldGroup::__construct() — Method in class FieldGroup
Create a new field group.
- FieldList::__construct() — Method in class FieldList
- FieldList::__clone() — Method in class FieldList
- FileField::__construct() — Method in class FileField
Create a new file field.
- Form::__construct() — Method in class Form
Create a new form, with the given fields an action buttons.
- FormAction::__construct() — Method in class FormAction
Create a new action button.
- FormField::__construct() — Method in class FormField
Creates a new field.
- FormRequestHandler::__construct() — Method in class FormRequestHandler
Build a new request handler for a given Form model
- FormScaffolder::__construct() — Method in class FormScaffolder
- FormTransformation::__construct() — Method in class FormTransformation
- Form_FieldMap::__construct() — Method in class Form_FieldMap
- Form_FieldMap::__call() — Method in class Form_FieldMap
Attempts to locate and call a method dynamically added to a class at runtime if a default cannot be located
- GridField::__construct() — Method in class GridField
- GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
- GridFieldAddNewButton::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
- GridFieldButtonRow::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow
- GridFieldConfig::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
- GridFieldConfig_Base::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldConfig_Base
- GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor
- GridFieldConfig_RecordViewer::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldConfig_RecordViewer
- GridFieldConfig_RelationEditor::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldConfig_RelationEditor
- GridFieldDeleteAction::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
- GridFieldDetailForm::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
Create a popup component. The two arguments will specify how the popup form's HTML and behaviour is created. The given controller will be customised, putting the edit form into the template with the given name.
- GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
- GridFieldExportButton::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
- GridFieldFilterHeader::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
- GridFieldFooter::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldFooter
- GridFieldGroupDeleteAction::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldGroupDeleteAction
- GridFieldImportButton::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldImportButton
- GridFieldLevelup::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
- GridFieldPageCount::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
- GridFieldPaginator::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
- GridFieldPrintButton::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
- GridFieldVersionedState::__construct() — Method in class GridFieldVersionedState
- GridField_FormAction::__construct() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
- GridField_FormAction::_nameEncode() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
- GridState::__construct() — Method in class GridState
- GridState::__toString() — Method in class GridState
- GridState_Data::__construct() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__get() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__call() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__set() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__isset() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__unset() — Method in class GridState_Data
- GridState_Data::__toString() — Method in class GridState_Data
- HTMLEditorField::__construct() — Method in class HTMLEditorField
Creates a new HTMLEditorField.
- HTMLEditorSanitiser::__construct() — Method in class HTMLEditorSanitiser
Construct a sanitiser from a given HTMLEditorConfig
- TinyMCEGZIPGenerator::__construct() — Method in class TinyMCEGZIPGenerator
- HeaderField::__construct() — Method in class HeaderField
- LabelField::__construct() — Method in class LabelField
- ListboxField::__construct() — Method in class ListboxField
Creates a new dropdown field.
- LiteralField::__construct() — Method in class LiteralField
- MoneyField::__construct() — Method in class MoneyField
Creates a new field.
- MoneyField::__clone() — Method in class MoneyField
- NullableField::__construct() — Method in class NullableField
Create a new nullable field
- PasswordField::__construct() — Method in class PasswordField
Returns an input field.
- PrintableTransformation_TabSet::__construct() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet
- RequiredFields::__construct() — Method in class RequiredFields
Pass each field to be validated as a seperate argument to the constructor of this object. (an array of elements are ok).
- SelectField::__construct() — Method in class SelectField
- SelectionGroup::__construct() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Create a new selection group.
- SelectionGroup_Item::__construct() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
- Tab::__construct() — Method in class Tab
- TabSet::__construct() — Method in class TabSet
- TextField::__construct() — Method in class TextField
Returns an input field.
- Tip::__construct() — Method in class Tip
- ToggleCompositeField::__construct() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
- TreeDropdownField::__construct() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
CAVEAT: for search to work properly $labelField must be a database field, or you need to setSearchFunction.
- TreeMultiselectField::__construct() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
CAVEAT: for search to work properly $labelField must be a database field, or you need to setSearchFunction.
- Validator::__construct() — Method in class Validator
- Configuration::__construct() — Method in class Configuration
ModelConfiguration constructor.
- Controller::__construct() — Method in class Controller
- HTTPProvider::__construct() — Method in class HTTPProvider
HTTPProvider constructor.
- QueryHandler::__construct() — Method in class QueryHandler
QueryHandler constructor.
- QueryStateProvider::__construct() — Method in class QueryStateProvider
QueryStateProvider constructor.
- RequestContextProvider::__construct() — Method in class RequestContextProvider
HTTPMethodProvider constructor.
- SchemaConfigProvider::__construct() — Method in class SchemaConfigProvider
SchemaConfigProvider constructor.
- TokenContextProvider::__construct() — Method in class TokenContextProvider
TokenContextProvider constructor.
- UserContextProvider::__construct() — Method in class UserContextProvider
- AbstractBulkLoader::__construct() — Method in class AbstractBulkLoader
AbstractBulkLoader constructor.
- BulkLoaderSet::__construct() — Method in class BulkLoaderSet
BulkLoaderSet constructor.
- Collection::__construct() — Method in class Collection
Collection constructor.
- RegistryBackend::__construct() — Method in class RegistryBackend
RegistryBackend constructor.
- DataObjectModel::__construct() — Method in class DataObjectModel
DataObjectModel constructor.
- InheritanceBuilder::__construct() — Method in class InheritanceBuilder
InheritanceBuilder constructor.
- InheritanceChain::__construct() — Method in class InheritanceChain
InheritanceChain constructor.
- InheritanceUnionBuilder::__construct() — Method in class InheritanceUnionBuilder
InheritanceUnionBuilder constructor.
- InterfaceBuilder::__construct() — Method in class InterfaceBuilder
InterfaceBuilderTest constructor.
- QueryCollector::__construct() — Method in class QueryCollector
- FieldFilterRegistry::__construct() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistry constructor.
- ResolverFailure::__construct() — Method in class ResolverFailure
- Argument::__construct() — Method in class Argument
Argument constructor.
- Field::__construct() — Method in class Field
Field constructor.
- ModelField::__construct() — Method in class ModelField
ModelField constructor.
- ModelMutation::__construct() — Method in class ModelMutation
ModelMutation constructor.
- ModelQuery::__construct() — Method in class ModelQuery
ModelQuery constructor.
- PluginRegistry::__construct() — Method in class PluginRegistry
- ComposedResolver::__construct() — Method in class ComposedResolver
- EncodedResolver::__construct() — Method in class EncodedResolver
- ResolverReference::__construct() — Method in class ResolverReference
- Schema::__construct() — Method in class Schema
- SchemaBuilder::__construct() — Method in class SchemaBuilder
- NestedInputBuilder::__construct() — Method in class NestedInputBuilder
- SchemaTranscriber::__construct() — Method in class SchemaTranscriber
SchemaTranscriber constructor.
- StorableSchema::__construct() — Method in class StorableSchema
- CodeGenerationStore::__construct() — Method in class CodeGenerationStore
- Encoder::__construct() — Method in class Encoder
- EncodedType::__construct() — Method in class EncodedType
- Enum::__construct() — Method in class Enum
- ModelInterfaceType::__construct() — Method in class ModelInterfaceType
- ModelType::__construct() — Method in class ModelType
- ModelUnionType::__construct() — Method in class ModelUnionType
- Scalar::__construct() — Method in class Scalar
- Type::__construct() — Method in class Type
- TypeReference::__construct() — Method in class TypeReference
- UnionType::__construct() — Method in class UnionType
- ArrayList::__construct() — Method in class ArrayList
- DatabaseException::__construct() — Method in class DatabaseException
Constructs the database exception
- MySQLQuery::__construct() — Method in class MySQLQuery
Hook the result-set given into a Query class, suitable for use by SilverStripe.
- MySQLQuery::__destruct() — Method in class MySQLQuery
- MySQLStatement::__construct() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Hook the result-set given into a Query class, suitable for use by SilverStripe.
- MySQLStatement::__destruct() — Method in class MySQLStatement
- MySQLTransactionManager::__construct() — Method in class MySQLTransactionManager
- MySQLiConnector::__destruct() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
- NestedTransactionManager::__construct() — Method in class NestedTransactionManager
Create a NestedTransactionManager
- PDOQuery::__construct() — Method in class PDOQuery
Hook the result-set given into a Query class, suitable for use by SilverStripe.
- PDOStatementHandle::__construct() — Method in class PDOStatementHandle
Create a new handle.
- TempDatabase::__construct() — Method in class TempDatabase
Create a new temp database
- DataList::__construct() — Method in class DataList
Create a new DataList.
- DataList::__clone() — Method in class DataList
When cloning this object, clone the dataQuery object as well
- DataObject::__construct() — Method in class DataObject
Construct a new DataObject.
- DataObjectInterface::__construct() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Create a new data object, not yet in the database. To load an object into the database, a null object should be constructed, its fields set, and the write() method called.
- DataObjectInterface::__get() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Get the named field.
- DataQuery::__construct() — Method in class DataQuery
Create a new DataQuery.
- DataQuery::__clone() — Method in class DataQuery
Clone this object
- DataQuery_SubGroup::__construct() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
Create a new DataQuery.
- DBBoolean::__construct() — Method in class DBBoolean
Provide the DBField name and an array of options, e.g. ['index' => true], or ['nullifyEmpty' => false]
- DBClassName::__construct() — Method in class DBClassName
Create a new DBClassName field
- DBComposite::__set() — Method in class DBComposite
Set a property/field on this object. This will check for the existence of a method called set{$property}, then use the {@link ViewableData::setField()} method.
- DBComposite::__get() — Method in class DBComposite
Get the value of a property/field on this object. This will check if a method called get{$property} exists, then check if a field is available using {@link ViewableData::getField()}, then fall back on a failover object.
- DBCurrency::__construct() — Method in class DBCurrency
Create a new Decimal field.
- DBDecimal::__construct() — Method in class DBDecimal
Create a new Decimal field.
- DBEnum::__construct() — Method in class DBEnum
Create a new Enum field, which is a value within a defined set, with an optional default.
- DBField::__construct() — Method in class DBField
Provide the DBField name and an array of options, e.g. ['index' => true], or ['nullifyEmpty' => false]
- DBField::__toString() — Method in class DBField
- DBFloat::__construct() — Method in class DBFloat
Provide the DBField name and an array of options, e.g. ['index' => true], or ['nullifyEmpty' => false]
- DBForeignKey::__construct() — Method in class DBForeignKey
Provide the DBField name and an array of options, e.g. ['index' => true], or ['nullifyEmpty' => false]
- DBInt::__construct() — Method in class DBInt
Provide the DBField name and an array of options, e.g. ['index' => true], or ['nullifyEmpty' => false]
- DBLocale::__construct() — Method in class DBLocale
Construct a new short text field
- DBMultiEnum::__construct() — Method in class DBMultiEnum
Create a new Enum field, which is a value within a defined set, with an optional default.
- DBPercentage::__construct() — Method in class DBPercentage
Create a new Decimal field.
- DBPrimaryKey::__construct() — Method in class DBPrimaryKey
- DBString::__construct() — Method in class DBString
Set the default value for "nullify empty"
- DBVarchar::__construct() — Method in class DBVarchar
Construct a new short text field
- SearchFilter::__construct() — Method in class SearchFilter
- HasManyList::__construct() — Method in class HasManyList
- MarkedSet::__construct() — Method in class MarkedSet
Create an empty set with the given class
- ListDecorator::__construct() — Method in class ListDecorator
- ManyManyList::__construct() — Method in class ManyManyList
- ManyManyThroughList::__construct() — Method in class ManyManyThroughList
Create a new ManyManyRelationList object. This relation will utilise an intermediary dataobject as a join table, unlike ManyManyList which scaffolds a table automatically.
- ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator::__construct() — Method in class ManyManyThroughQueryManipulator
Build query manipulator for a given join table. Additional parameters (foreign key, etc) will be inferred at evaluation from query parameters set via the ManyManyThroughList
- Map::__construct() — Method in class Map
Construct a new map around an SS_list.
- PaginatedList::__construct() — Method in class PaginatedList
Constructs a new paginated list instance around a list.
- PolymorphicHasManyList::__construct() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Create a new PolymorphicHasManyList relation list.
- SQLAssignmentRow::__construct() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Instantiate a new SQLAssignmentRow object with the given values
- SQLConditionalExpression::__construct() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Construct a new SQLInteractExpression.
- SQLDelete::__construct() — Method in class SQLDelete
Construct a new SQLDelete.
- SQLExpression::__toString() — Method in class SQLExpression
Return the generated SQL string for this query
- SQLInsert::__construct() — Method in class SQLInsert
Construct a new SQLInsert object
- SQLSelect::__construct() — Method in class SQLSelect
Construct a new SQLSelect.
- SQLUpdate::__construct() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Construct a new SQLUpdate object
- FulltextSearchable::__construct() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
- SearchContext::__construct() — Method in class SearchContext
A key value pair of values that should be searched for.
- UnsavedRelationList::__construct() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Create a new UnsavedRelationList
- ValidationException::__construct() — Method in class ValidationException
Construct a new ValidationException with an optional ValidationResult object
- ValidationResult::__construct() — Method in class ValidationResult
Create a new ValidationResult.
- ReportWrapper::__construct() — Method in class ReportWrapper
- SideReportView::__construct() — Method in class SideReportView
- Form::__construct() — Method in class Form
- Item::__construct() — Method in class Item
- Storage::__construct() — Method in class Storage
- DefaultAdminService::__construct() — Method in class DefaultAdminService
- GroupCsvBulkLoader::__construct() — Method in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
- InheritedPermissions::__construct() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Construct new permissions object
- InheritedPermissions::__destruct() — Method in class InheritedPermissions
Commits the cache
- LogoutForm::__construct() — Method in class LogoutForm
Create a new form, with the given fields an action buttons.
- CMSMemberLoginForm::__construct() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
CMSMemberLoginForm constructor.
- ChangePasswordForm::__construct() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm
Constructor
- ChangePasswordHandler::__construct() — Method in class ChangePasswordHandler
- LoginHandler::__construct() — Method in class LoginHandler
- LostPasswordHandler::__construct() — Method in class LostPasswordHandler
- MemberLoginForm::__construct() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Constructor
- MemberCsvBulkLoader::__construct() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
- Member_Validator::__construct() — Method in class Member_Validator
Constructor
- PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::__construct() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
- PermissionCheckboxSetField::__construct() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
- Permission_Group::__construct() — Method in class Permission_Group
Constructor
- SecurityToken::__construct() — Method in class SecurityToken
- HistoryViewerField::__construct() — Method in class HistoryViewerField
Creates a new field.
- ProxyCacheAdapter::__construct() — Method in class ProxyCacheAdapter
Create container cache controlling an inner pool cache
- DataDifferencer::__construct() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Construct a DataDifferencer to show the changes between $fromRecord and $toRecord.
- PublishOperation::__construct() — Method in class PublishOperation
- ReadVersions::__construct() — Method in class ReadVersions
ReadOperationScaffolder constructor.
- Rollback::__construct() — Method in class Rollback
CreateOperationScaffolder constructor.
- Versioned::__construct() — Method in class Versioned
Construct a new Versioned object.
- VersionedGridFieldState::__construct() — Method in class VersionedGridFieldState
- ArrayData::__construct() — Method in class ArrayData
- EmbedResource::__construct() — Method in class EmbedResource
- HTMLCleaner::__construct() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
- HTMLValue::__construct() — Method in class HTMLValue
- HTMLValue::__call() — Method in class HTMLValue
Pass through any missed method calls to DOMDocument (if they exist) so that HTMLValue can be treated mostly like an instance of DOMDocument
- ShortcodeParser::__construct() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
- SSTemplateParseException::__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParseException
SSTemplateParseException constructor.
- SSTemplateParser::__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Allow the injection of new closed & open block callables
- SSViewer::__construct() — Method in class SSViewer
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::__construct() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- SSViewer_DataPresenter::__call() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
- SSViewer_FromString::__construct() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
- SSViewer_Scope::__construct() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- SSViewer_Scope::__call() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
- ThemeManifest::__construct() — Method in class ThemeManifest
Constructs a new template manifest. The manifest is not actually built or loaded from cache until needed.
- ThemeResourceLoader::__construct() — Method in class ThemeResourceLoader
- ViewableData::__construct() — Method in class ViewableData
- ViewableData::__isset() — Method in class ViewableData
Check if a field exists on this object or its failover.
- ViewableData::__get() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the value of a property/field on this object. This will check if a method called get{$property} exists, then check if a field is available using {@link ViewableData::getField()}, then fall back on a failover object.
- ViewableData::__set() — Method in class ViewableData
Set a property/field on this object. This will check for the existence of a method called set{$property}, then use the {@link ViewableData::setField()} method.
- ViewableData::__toString() — Method in class ViewableData
- ViewableData_Customised::__construct() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Instantiate a new customised ViewableData object
- ViewableData_Customised::__call() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Attempts to locate and call a method dynamically added to a class at runtime if a default cannot be located
- ViewableData_Customised::__get() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Get the value of a property/field on this object. This will check if a method called get{$property} exists, then check if a field is available using {@link ViewableData::getField()}, then fall back on a failover object.
- ViewableData_Customised::__set() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Set a property/field on this object. This will check for the existence of a method called set{$property}, then use the {@link ViewableData::setField()} method.
- ViewableData_Customised::__isset() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Check if a field exists on this object or its failover.
- ViewableData_Debugger::__construct() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger
- ViewableData_Debugger::__toString() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger
- IntlLocales::__construct() — Method in class IntlLocales
- FlushInvalidatedResource::__toString() — Method in class FlushInvalidatedResource
- Parser::__construct() — Method in class Parser
- i18nTextCollector::__construct() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
- i18n::_t() — Method in class i18n
This is the main translator function. Returns the string defined by $entity according to the currently set locale.